WQ0000088_Application_20200110

I
State of North Carolina
W, D
- Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02V — RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS — GENERATION
Division of Water Resources INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWG 1143 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these
instructions and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time and reduce the amount of additional
information requested. Failure to submit all of the required items will lead to additional processing and review time for the
permit application.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit web site at:
h yp: //portal. ncdenr. org/web/wg1aps11au
General —This application shall be used for projects involving the generation of reclaimed water that is to be utilized in either a
conjunctive or non -conjunctive manner. Non -conjunctive use means that the reclaimed water utilization activity is
required to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the generating facility. Conjunctive use means that the -proposed
utilization option is not required to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the generating facility, and that other permitted
utilization/disposal alternatives -are also available. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one original and
two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
Do not submit this application without an associated Reclaimed Water Project Information form (FORM: RWPI).
A. Reclaimed Water Generation Application (FORM: RWG 1143) (All application packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Reclaimed Water Generation (FORM: RWG 11-13) application. Please do
not make any unauthorized content changes to this form. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to
the application may be made, as long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they
refer.
® The facility name in Item I1.1. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 9 of this form shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 9 of this form shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). The
application must be signed by a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president or his authorized
representative for a corporation; by a general partner for a partnership or limited partnership; by the proprietor for a
sole proprietorship; and by either an executive officer, an elected official in the highest level of elected office, or other
authorized employee for a municipal, state, or other public entity.An alternate person may be designated as the signing
official if a delegation letter is provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
B. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages involving new or expanding generation systems):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(e) or 15A NCAC 02U .0202(fl, the Applicant shall provide written documentation of ownership
for all property containing the reclaimed water generation equipment, reclaimed water storage units, and 5-day upset units.
Documentation shall consist of one (or more) of the following:
® Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., GIS, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ An easement running with the land specifically indicating the intended use of the property and meeting the requirements
of 15A NCAC 02L .0107(fl, or
❑ A written notarized lease agreement signed by both parties, indicating the intended use of the property, as well as a plat
or survey map.
C. Wastewater Chemical Analysis (For new or expanding generation systems treating industrial Waste):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(a) or .0202 h provide a complete Division certified laboratory chemical analysis of the effluent
to be irrigated for the following parameters (For new facilities, an analysis from a similar facility's effluent is acceptable):
❑ Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N) ❑ 5-day BOD (BODS) ❑Total Dissolved Solids
❑ Calcium ❑Magnesium ❑Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN)
❑ Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) ❑Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3-N) ❑Total Organic Carbon
❑ Chloride ❑ pH ❑ Total Phosphorus
❑ Coliphage (Type 2 reclaimed water only) ❑ Phenol ❑ Total Trihalomethanes
❑ Clostridium perfringens (Type 2 reclaimed water) ❑ Sodium ❑ Total Volatile Organic Compounds
❑ Fecal Coliform or E. coli ❑ Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) ❑ Toxicity Test Parameters
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWG 11-13 &SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 4

D. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(c) or .0202 c ,submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and
dated by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® The engineering plans shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each sheet numbered.
❑ A general location map with at least two geographic references, a vicinity map, fencing around treatment and storage
facilities.
❑ A process flow diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, aeration, chemical, and wasting paths. (For conjunctive
facilities, include only those treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed to produce reclaimed water.)
❑ Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps,
blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.), as well as their dimensions and elevations. (For conjunctive facilities,
include only those treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed to produce reclaimed water.
❑ Auxiliary power supply. (Non -conjunctive systems only.)
❑ A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the point where reclaimed water is released to the distribution
system. (Non -conjunctive systems only.)
❑ Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT
FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than fmal specifications. However, the plans --maybe
labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN -NOT- RELEASED FOR CG�NSTRUCTION.
E. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(c) or .0202 c , submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each section/page numbered.
❑ Detailed specifications for each treatment and storage unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps, blowers,
mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.), audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc. (For conjunctive facilities,
include only those treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed in order to produce reclaimed water.)
❑ Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching,'nackfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
❑ Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
❑ Electrical (i.e., control panels, transfer switches, automatically activated standby power source, etc.)
❑ Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the fnished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
❑ Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the
specifications may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN -NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
F. Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(c) or .0202 c submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North
Carolina licensed Professional Engineer.
® At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
❑ Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.1. were determined (NOTE: "black box" calculations are unacceptable). (For
conjunctive facilities, include only those treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed to produce
reclaimed water.)
❑ Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., blowers, mixers, flow meters, pumps, etc.). (For
conjunctive facilities, include only those treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed in order to produce
reclaimed water.)
❑ Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
❑ Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.
❑ Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWG 11-13 &SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 4

G. Water Balance (For Non -Conjunctive application packages that include new or modified reclaimed water storage units to be
located on the property of the reclaimed water generator):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0202(k), submit a water balance that has been signed, sealed and dated by a qualified professional and
includes at a minimum:
❑ The water balance should be run over at least a two year iteration, should consider precipitation -into and evaporation
from all open atmosphere storage impoundments, and should use variable number of days per month and include:
❑ Precipitation based on the 80`� percentile and a minimum of 30 years of observed data.
❑ Potential Evapotranspiration (PET) using the Thornthwaite method, or another approved methodology, using a minimum
of 30 years of observed temperature data.
❑ Soil drainage based on the geometric mean of the in -situ KSAT tests in the most restrictive _horizon -and a drainage
coefficient ranging from 4 to 10% (unless otherwise technically documented).
❑ Other factors that may restrict the hydraulic loading rate when determining a water balance include:
❑ Depth to the SHWT and lateral groundwater movement.
❑ Nutrient limitations and seasonal application times to ensure reclaimed water is applied at appropriate agronomic rates.
❑ Note: Guidance on completing a water balance for non -conjunctive systems is available in the Water Balance
Calculation Policy.
H. Residuals Management Plan (All Application Packages with new, expanding or replacement wastewater treatment systems):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0802, submit a Residuals Management Plan that shall include, at a minimum:
❑ A detailed explanation of how generated residuals (including trash, sediment and grit) will be collected, handled,
processed, stored, and disposed.
❑ An evaluation of the treatment facility's residuals storage requirements based upon the maximum anticipated residuals
production rate and ability to remove residuals. NOTE: Per 15A NCAC 02U .0402(n), a minimum of 30 days -of residual
storage shall be provided for non -conjunctive reclaimed water systems.
❑ A permit for residuals utilization or a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved
residuals disposaUutilization program that has adequate permitted capacity to accept the residuals or has submitted a
residuals/utilization program application. NOTE: Per 15A NCAC 02U .0202(j), a written commitment is not required at
the time of this application; however, it shall be provided prior to operation of any permitted facilities herein.
❑ If oiUgrease removal and collection are a designed unit process, submit an oiUgrease disposal plan detailing how the
oiUgrease will be collected, handled, processed, stored and disposed. NOTE: If an on -site restaurant or other business
with food preparation is contributing wastewater to this system, an oiUgrease disposal plan shall be submitted_
I. Distribution System Monitoring Plan (All application packages):
® Include a distribution system monitoring plan for verifying that reclaimed water standards (15A NCAC 02U .0301) will be
met at the utilization site(s). At a minimum, the following items shall be included:
❑ Specify the sampling locations within the distribution system that will provide data representative of the reclaimed water
delivered to users.
❑ The number of sampling locations should be equivalent to approximately 25 percent of the service connections -to the
reclaimed water distribution system; or 5 locations, whichever is fewer. In no case shall fewer than two locations be
sampled.
❑ Monitoring shall include samples of: fecal coliform, pH, and total residual chlorine.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWG 11-13 &SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Page 3 of 4

J. Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Non -Conjunctive Systems
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0202(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated
by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor.
❑ For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations maybe submitted.
❑ At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
❑ A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding 10 feet or 25 percent of total site relief
and showing all facility -related structures and fences within the wastewater treatment and storage areas.
❑ The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if availablej, streams (ephemeral, intermittent,
and perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all treatment and storage
sites.
❑ Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02U .0701(a) and (b).
❑ Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all treatment and storage units:
❑ All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment and storage units.
❑ Conjunctive Systems
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated
by a North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Survey.
❑ For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
❑ At a minimum, the site map shall include the following:
❑ A scaled map of the site showing all facility -related structures and fences within the wastewater treatment -and
storage areas.
❑ Location of features in 15A NCAC 02U .0701(a) and (b), to the extent needed to determine compliance with
setbacks.
K. Education Program (All New Generators)
❑- Per 15A NCAC 02U .0501, provide documentation of a program of education and approval for all reclaimed water users. At a
minimum this material shall include:
❑ Defmition of reclaimed water.
❑ Information on the proper use of reclaimed water.
❑ Examples of improper uses of reclaimed water.
❑ Clarification that reclaimed water is not for drinking.
❑ Clarification that reclaimed water cannot be discharged to surface waters and should not be allowed to runoff from the
utilization areas.
❑ Address any other environmental and/or public health protection measures.
❑ Methods to be used to provide employees educational material in a language they can understand.
ONE ORIGINAL AND TWO COPIES OF THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATIQA?
SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVH2ONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY STRL�'-ET
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWG 11-13 &SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 4

State of North Carolina
b . , . , � � � � � � � � � • � ' • �
., 1' i � i
� � �
�.
I. CONTACT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name: Aqua North Carolina, Inc.
2. Signature authority's name: Michael A. Melton (per 15A NCAC 02T .0106) Title: Eng_meering Manager
3. Applicant's mailing address: 4163 Sinclair St.
City: Denver State: NC Zip: 28037-
Telephone number: 704) 489-9404 Email Address: MAMelton(a�AquaAmerica.com
4. Consulting Engineer's name: Ben Clawson License Number: 033710Firm: Municipal Engineering Services
Mailing address: 68 Shipwash Drive
City: Garner State: NC Zip: 27529-
Telephone number: [phone] Email Address: bclawson�a,mesco.com
II. FACILITY INFORMATION
1. Reclaimed water generating facility name: Governor's Club WWTP
Facility's physical address: 12222 Morehead Road
City: Chapel Hill State: NC Zip: 27517-_
2. Facility Coordinates: Latitude: 35° 50' 14"
County: Chatham
Longitude: -79° O1' 47"
Datum: NAD83 Level of Accuracy Unlrnown Method of Measurement Na-vi�ation quality GPS
3. TJSGS Map Name: Farrin on, NC
4. Information for nearest waterbody a:
Stream Index No.: 16-41-4-2-(1) Stream Classification: WS-IV;NSW
a To determine the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, download the current classifications list
at the following web address: http://portal.ncdenr.or web/wd/ps/csu/classifications.
5. Facility status: Existin
6. Reclaimed water utilization will be:
® Non -Conjunctive —reclaimed water utilization is required to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the facility.
Conjunctive —reclaimed water option is not necessary to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the facility and other
wastewater utilization or disposal methods are available at all times (15A NCAC 02U .0103(3)).
For Conjunctive, what is the alternate wastewater disposal method?
❑ NPDES Permit No.
❑ Other (specify):
FORM: RWG 11-13 Page 1 of 9

III. INFORMATION ON RECLAIMED WATER GENERATION:
1. What is the origin of the influent (i.e., school, residential, hospital, municipality, industry, etc.)? Residential
2. Reclaimed water generating capacity for this project: 300,000 Max Average Daily gallons per day (GPD)
3. What is the wastewater type? ® Domestic or Industrial (See 15A NCAC 02T .0103(20))
Is there a Pretreatment Program in effect? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Has a wastewater chemical analysis beery submitted ir. accordance with
Instruction C? ❑Yes or ❑ No
4. How was the influent flow rate determined? ❑ 15A NCAC 02T .0114 or ® Representative Data
5. Hasa flow reduction been approved under 15A NCAC 02T .0114(f) ❑ Yes or ®No
6. Provide the required information in the table below to document design flow pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0114:
Establishment Type
Daily Design Flow a
No. of Units
Flow
Flow established previously, and part of existing
permit
119,333 gal/day (Historical Avg)
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal
GPD
gal
GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
GPD
lV. TREATMENT AND STORAGE UNIT SETBACKS (15A NCAC 02U .0701)
11
2.
3
Provide the actual minimum distance in feet from the treatment units, storage units, and utilization areas to each item listed
(distances greater than 500 feet maybe marked N/A):
Treatment Units/
Final Effluent Storage
Setback Parameter
5-day Upset Stora a
Units
Required
Actual
Required
Actual
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate
100
200 ft
ownership or not to be maintained as part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source
100
NA
100
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial,
50
280 It
50
perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
100
NA
100
Any property line
50
�70
50
Do the treatment and storage units comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 23 .0200)?
® Yes or ❑ No If no, list non -compliant setbacks: All proposed treatment units comply with all respective setbacks
Are any setback waivers required in order to comply with 15A NCAC 02U .0701? ❑ Yes or ®No
✓ If yes, have these waivers been written, notarized signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register
of Deeds? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If yes, has the required Non -Discharge Wastewater System Waiver (FORM: NDWSW) been included with this
application package? ❑Yes or ®No
FORM: RWG 1143 Page 2 of 9

FORM: RWG 11-1� Page 3 of 9

O
m
0
N
U
Q
U
z
:,
U
.�
.�
N
U
U
�N
bA
.�
N
"�
iii
Q
.�
�i
,mayy
i--i
U
N
.�
'�
��+
J �
-� i
H Y
x
{-�!
J .�
.�
V �
a �
W a�
A �'
a O
WU U
a r:
O
N
� �¢,
� ® O ,'T
N � � ^ N �
y Q � �-. Z Z � o � z3 � a '.� a� H �
QI O � cd W � � p.
O U �
F' w ,p.
O ;.a
U ��
0
U
rn
0
v
o �
z
❑ � �'
® °'
�.
.�
w
0
o ��
U ��-+
N
U
H U
O i-a"
�� �
.� �
S�, '�
N r
R
�.
��
o�,
�—r T1
N-
H �
�. �
� 0 �
� N Qi
,�
� �
� 7 � L
� y
i-+ �
� �
�O��'++ �i
�+ $ti 0
c0 �
.� � �
� N rn
•� � �
O � �
TS �
N
'�
� �a .�
a
�"' U N
N � 4. yam_,
a o
�"� F'�-yI
� W
cd , � �
U �
O
� '�
O � �
� � �
S." � � M
O cd r-+
•� p � i
z
� �
U
N
O
N W

VI. RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA (15A NCAC 02U .0401 or .0402)
1. Plan sheet number where instrumentation for continuous monitoring/recording for turbidity/particle count is shown: N/A
2. Plan sheet number where instrumentation for continuous flow recording is shown: N/A
3. What is the method of preventing public access to the treatment facility and five day upset basin? existing�erimiter fence
✓ Plan sheet number where restricted access method is shown:
4. Is there an automatically activated standby power supply onsite? ®Yes ❑ No
✓ If Yes, plan sheet number where standby power supply is shown: Existing Gen
✓ If No, what other means will be used to prevent improperly treated wastewater from entering the storage, distribution, or
utilization system?
5. Will a certified operator of a grade equal or greater than the facility classification be on ca1124 hrs/day? ®Yes or ❑ No
6. What classification of reclaimed water does the generator intend to provide per (15A NCAC 02U .0301)?
❑ Type 1 — 15A NCAC 02U .0301(b); or
Type 2 - 15A NCAC 02U .0301(a) -(Note: Type 2 required for indirect contact irrigation of food chain crops where the
food product will not be peeled, skinned, cooked or thermally processed prior to human consumption.)
Are the follo�x�ing design criteria met for Type 2?
✓ Dual disinfection systems containing both UV disinfection and chlorination (or equivalent dual disinfection processes)
provided pursuant to 15A NCAC 02U .0401(h) or .0402 ? ®Yes ❑ No
✓ Has documentation been- provided to show that the combined treatment and disinfection processes are capable of the
following pathogen reductions pursuant to 15A NCAC 02U .0401(i) or .0402 r ?
➢ log 6 or greater reduction of E. coli ❑Yes ❑ No
➢ log 5 or greater reduction of Coliphage ❑Yes ❑ No
➢ log 4 or greater reduction of Clostridium perfringens ❑Yes ❑ No
❑ Other —15A NCAC 02U .0301(c) —reclaimed water will be produced by an industrial facility, will be used at the facility
in the industry's process, use area has no public access, and the use will not result in employee exposure.
Items VL7.—VI:15. are for NON CONJUNCTIVE SYSTEMS — If you checked "Conjunctive" in Item IL6., skip to Section VII:
7. Is aerated flow equalization provided with a capacity of at least 25% of daily system design flow? ®Yes or ❑ No
✓ If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02U .0402(b)?
8. Are dual facilities provided for all essential treatment units? ®Yes or ❑ No
Note: This refers to any unit process whose loss would likely render the facility incapable of meeting require performance
criteria including aeration, clarification, filtration, disinfection, pumps, blowers, etc. (See 15A NCAC 02T .0103(16))
✓ If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02U .0402(c)?
9. Is automatic flow diversion to a 5-day upset pond provided in the event of plant upset? ®Yes or ❑ No
10. Does the treatment facility include any bypass or overflow lines? ❑Yes or ®No
If yes, describe what treatment units are bypassed, why this is necessary, and where the bypass discharges:
11. Are multiple pumps provided wherever pumps are used? ®Yes or ❑ No
✓ If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with ISA NCAC 02U .0402(k)?
FORM: RWG 11-13 Page 5 of 9

VI. RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA (Continued)
12. Are any treatment or storage units located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑Yes or ®No
✓ If Yes, which units are affected? (Note that water tight seals or a minimum of two feet protection from the 100-year
floodplain is required.)
✓ If No, then provide the distance to the nearest flood zone: �535 (feet); and provide the typical elevation at the edge of the
flood zone: 252.8 (feet)
13. How many days of residuals storage are provided? �53 days (Note: 30 days required per 15A NCAC 02U .0402(n))
14. If an influent pump station is part of the proposed facility (i.e., within the wastewater treatment plant boundary), does the
influent pump station meet the design criteria in I SA NCAC 02T .0305(h)?
❑ Yes, ❑ No, ®N/A — To be permitted separately, or ❑ N/A —Gravity fed
VILDESIGN INFORMATION FOR NEW OR MODIFIED PORTIONS OF THE TREATMENT FACILITY
1
2,
Type of treatment system (extended aeration, MBR, SBR, etc): extended aeration
Provide the requested treatment unit and mechanical equipment information (For conjunctive facilities, include only those
treatment units, in addition to existing units, that are needed to produce reclaimed water):
a. PRELIMINARY/PRIMARY TREATMENT: ❑New Units, ❑Modified Units ®N/A
Treatment Unit
Number
of Units
Manufacturer
or Material
Dimensions (ft)
/ S acin s (in
Volume
(allons)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Pa a Number
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY /TERTIARY TREATMENT ❑New Units, ❑Modified Units ®N/A
Treatment Unit
Number
of Units
Manufacturer
or Material
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
(allons)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Pa a Number
Select
N/A
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
FORM: RWG 11-13 Page 6 of 9

VII. DESIGN INFORMATION FOR NEW OR MODIFIED PORTIONS OF THE TREATMENT FACILITY (Continued)
c. DISINFECTION ❑New Units, ❑Modified Units ®N/A
Treatment Unit
Number
of Units
Manufacturer
or Material
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
(allons)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Pa a Number
Select
N/A
Select
Select
Select
➢ If chlorination is the proposed method of disinfection, specify detention time provided: minutes (NOTE: 30 minutes
minimum required), and indicate at what treatment unit chlorine contact occurs:
➢ If ultraviolet (UV) light is the proposed method of disinfection, specify the number of banks: ,number of lamps per
bank: and maximum disinfection capacity: GPM.
d. RESIDUALS TREATMENT ❑New Units, ®Modified Units ❑ N/A
Number
Manufacturer
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treatment Unit
�f Units
or Material
Dimensions (ft)
(allons)
Number
Pa a Number
Retrofit Existing
General Spec.
Aerobic Digester
1
Tank
11' x 41'
.,, 27,000
S1 & D1
12.0 & 13.0
Select
Select
e. PUMPS ❑New Units, ®Modified Units ❑ N/A
Location
Number
of Pumps
purpose
Manufacturer /
Type
Ca acity
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
GPM
TDH
Proposed Digester
Tank
2
Convey flow
from
Digester to
EQ
ABS /
Submersible type
130
20
S1 & D1
Special
Equipment - 1
f. BLOWERS ❑New Units, ❑Modified Units ®N/A
Location
No. of
Blowers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
T e
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Pa a Number
Utilizing Exis.
Units
FORM: RWG 11-13 Page 7 of 9

VII. DESIGN INFORMATION FOR NEW OR MODIFIED PORTIONS OF THE TREATMENT FACILITY (Continued)
g. MIXERS ❑New Units, ❑Modified Units ®N/A
Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
T e
Power
(h)
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Pa a Number
N/A
h. FLOW METERS, OTHER RECORDING DEVICES &RELIABILITY ❑New Units, ❑.Modified Units ®N/A
Device
Number
of Units
Maximum
Ca acit
Manufacturer
Location
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Pa a Number
Select
N/A
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
i. DISTRIBUION PUMP /DOSING TANK (IF APPLICABLE): ❑New Units, ❑Modified Units ®N/A
Plan Sheet I Specification
Reference Reference
FORM: RWG 11-13 Page 8 of 9

VHI. DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EARTHEN STORAGE IMPOUNDMENTS: 15A NCAC 02U .0402
IF MORE THAN ONE IMPOUNDMENT PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PAGE AS NECESSARY.
1. Are there any earthen reclaimed water storage impoundments located at the generator site? ®Yes or ❑ No
✓ If no, then skip the remaining items in Section VIII.
2. What is the storage impoundment type? 5-day upset
3. Storage Impoundment Coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds): Latitude: _° _' _" Longitude: -_° _' _"
Datum: Select Level of accuracy: Select Method of measurement: Select
4. Do any impoundments include a discharge point (pipe, spillway, etc)? ❑Yes or ❑ No
✓ If Yes, has the required NPDES permit been obtained to authorize the discharge of reclaimed water? ❑Yes or ❑ No
➢ Provide the NPDES permit number or the date when NPDES application was submitted:
5. Are subsurface drains present beneath or around the impoundment to control groundwater elevation? ❑Yes or ❑ No
6. Is the impoundment designed to receive surface runoff? ❑Yes or ❑ No
✓ If yes, what is the drainage area? ftZ, and was this runoff incorporated into the water balance? ❑Yes or ❑ No
7. Will the reclaimed water be placed directly into or in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑Yes or ❑ No
If yes, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that such placement will not result in a
contravention of GA groundwater standards? ❑Yes or ❑ No
8. What is the depth to bedrock from the earthen impoundment bottom elevation? ft
✓ If the depth to bedrock is less than four feet, has the Applicant provided a liner with a hydraulic conductivity no greater
than 1 x 10-� cm/s? �es, ❑ No or ❑ N/A
Has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that surface water
or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑Yes or ❑ No
✓ If the earthen impoundment is excavated into bedrock, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling
demonstrating that surface water or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑Yes, ❑ No or ❑ N/A
9. If the earthen impoundment is lined and the mean seasonal high water table is higher than the impoundment bottom elevation,
how will the liner be protected (e.g., bubbling, groundwater infiltration, etc.)?
10. If applicable, provide the specification page references for the liner installation and testing requirements:
11. If the earthen impoundment is located within the 100-year flood plain, has a minimum of two feet of protection (i.e., top of
embankment elevation to 100-year flood plain elevation) been provided? ❑Yes or ❑ No or ❑N/A
12. Provide the requested earthen impoundment design elements and dimensions:
Earthen Impoundment Design Elements
Earthen Impoundment Dimensions
Liner type:
❑Clay
❑Synthetic
Top of embanlanent elevation:
ft
❑ Other
❑Unlined
Liner hydraulic conductivity:
cm/s
Freeboard elevation:
ft
Hazard class:
Select
Toe of slope elevation:
f±
Designed freeboard:
ft
Impoundment bottom elevation:
ft
Total volume:
ft3
gallons
Mean seasonal high water table depth:
ft
Effective volume:
ft3
gallons
Embankment slope:
Effective storage time:
days
Top of dam water surface area:
ft2
Plan Sheet Reference:
Freeboard elevation water surface area:
ftZ
Specification Section:
Bottom of impoundment surface area:
ft2
FORM: RWG 11-13 Page 9 of 9

I'roCessianal Engineer's Certification:
T, Ben Clawson attest that this application far Governor's Club WGrJTI? Digester Tank
Improvements has been reviewed by me
and is accurate, complete and consistent wzth the information supplied in th$ engineering plans, calculations, and aII other supporting
documentation to the best o£ any knowledge, l fiuther attest that to tl�e nest o£my knowledge the proposed design has been prepared in
accordance with this application package and its instructions as well as all applicable regulations and statutes. Alttaaugh other
professionals may have developed certain portions of this submattal package, inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal
signifies that l have reviewed this matexial and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design. Note: lu accordance with NC
General Statutes 143-2I5.6A and I43-215.6I3, any person who knowi_ngiy makes any false statement, xepresentatian, oz` certification in
any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which inay include a fine .not to exceed $10,D00 as well as civil
penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature-, and date;
`, r` �i
Q � L ��
_ A
.,�.� e d�6�� q�,o �Q.-G� `�
Applicant's Gerti+cation (signing authority must be.in comptiaoca with 15A. NCAC D2T .Eif ©6):
1, Michael A. lyleltan En ineerina Manager
(signing authority name—PiEASE PRINT} (title)
attest that this application fax Governor`s Club W WTP
(faeiliiy name)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best o£my laaowledge. l understand that any discharge of wastewater from
dais non discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil penalties,
injunctive relief, andlor criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources shouid a condition o£ this
permit be violated. l: also understand that if all required pacts of this application package are not completed and that if all -required
supporting informafion and attachments are not Included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. l further certify
that the applicant or any aftiliiate has not been Convicted of an environmental crime, lass not abandoned a wastewater facility without
proper closure, does not have an outsiandirg civil penalty where -all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with -any
active compliance schedule, and do -not have any overdue amtualfees-under Rule 15A NCAC 02T .OI05. I�Tote: I'xi accordance with NC
General Statutes 143-21S.6A and 143-2iS.613, any person who Irnowingiy makes any false statement, representation, or certification in
any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdenieanax, which may include a fine not to exceed $10,000 as well as civil
penalties up to $25,Ofl0 �ger vigalation. 1 ,�
Signature;
Date; . t--�� � �.d �
F©IZM; RWG ll-l3 Page 1l 0£9

CALCULATIONS & SUPPORTING
DOCUMENTATION
• - •-
� - .� •
Chatham County, North Carolina
FOR
:�
;.
December 2019
Revised Feb 2020
Garner, N.C.
Boone, N.C.
Originating Office: PO Box 97
Garner, NC 27529
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
Corporate License No.: C-0281

Qi�ester
The Governor's Club WWTP is experiencing an emergency situation regarding the existing
Digester. This existing unit process is close to a structural failure as the side walls on the steel
tank -are close to a breaksng_point. Because of this possible failure operators cannot fill the tank
over^' 40% of its total height. To address this issue Aqua NC wishes to construct an emergency
digester that will act as an additional unit for the facility and give them the needed digester
volume to properly treat residuals from the process. Once this additional emergency digester is
online it will allow Aqua to address the older structure and -work towards correcting the
structural issues so it can be brought back into full operation.
This projectproposesthe addition of one Digester tank, 11' x 4 1' with 8' depth. This proposed
structure will have a volume of approximately 27,000 gallons based on 2' of freeboard. The
existing Digester tank has larger dimensions and has a volume of approximately 45,000 gallons
for the Governor's Club WWTP. The -current condition of this existing digester only allows for it
to be filled roughly 40% full making the usable volume approximately 18,000 gallons. This along
with the additional emergency digester will allow the facility to utilize the originally intended
total volume for these digesters. The long term plan will be for Aqua NC to restore the older
digester structure and allow for full utilization of the existing structure with the additional
digester being used to allow for operation flexibility by Aqua NC.
Two submersible pumps will be -used to convey flow from this new Digester tank to the existing
EQ basins that are part of the existing package plant. Design calculations and sizing information
for these two new submersible pumps designated for the Digester tank is on the following
sheet. It should be noted the spreadsheet results were for a flow condition of 130 gpm @ 13 ft.
TDH, but the design for the pump was upsized to 20 ft. TDH for easier pump selection for Aqua
NC .This will also allow for future conditions of increased pipe roughness within the discharge
line.
This new Digester tank will require aeration; -and to provide needed aeration for this new unit a
new air line will be extended from the -existing blowers to the nevv Digester tank. Subsequent
calculations show that the existing blowers onsite are sufficient to provide the additional
digester with enough needed air.

Aerobic Digester Calculations -Retrofit
Governor's Glub WWTP , Chapel Hill tUC
Q.30
Permitted Elow, mgd
250
Influent
BODs,
mg/I
5
Effluent
BODs,
mg/1
626
influent
BODs,_!bs/day
13
Effluent
BODs,
Ibs/day
613 Pounds of BODs removed/day
398 Sludge Production per day (assume 65% of BODs(Ibsj removed)
Assume the #ollowin�_
Min. Temp =15° C (Winter}.
Max. Temp = 25° C (Summer}
MCRT (sludge age} must be a minimum of 4Gdays C+ 20" C
and 64 days @ � S° C to comply with S03 Regs.
Reaction Rate Coefficient, Kd = i).06 d-� @ 15° C
Vo{atiie fraction of Digester suspended solids - 0.80
Sludge Concentration in digester is 2.Q1
3.. Compute the volume of sludge to be disposed of per day.
_ Ws
� 8,34#/ga! Ps
39g Ws = weight of dry solids, Ib.
0.8 Ps =Assumed suspended solids concentration afi return sludge in percentage
5972 Qi =influent average fiowrate to digester, gpd
319 Total mass of Volatile Suspended Solids (VSS} ibs/d
2. Compute the sludge ale required far winter conditions and the percent
volatile solids reduction under summer (maximum} conditions.
Use chartfgure 22-25 "WostewaterTreatmentand Dtspasal-Nletcatf
and Eddy -Third Fditfon)
Winter: 1S" C @ 60 degree-day
1.S x 60 = 900 (45�° VSS reduction from chart)
i43 VSS Reduction (winter} lbs.
Summer 25° C @ 50 degree-day
25x60=1500 (529'° VSS reduction from chart}
166 VSS Reduction {summer} lbs.
3. Determine Volume of Digester
V- Qi (Xi + Y Si}
X (Kd Pv+ 1/9 c
36939 V =volume of aerobic digester, gals.
4938 V =volume of aerobic digester, cu.ft..
5972 Qs =influent average fiowrate to digester, gpd

8,Ogq.gO Xi =influent suspended solids, mg/1
q Y =fraction of the influent BOi)s-consisting of raw primary sludge {decimal]
25q Si -= influent BODs, mg/l
2q,ggq.qq X = digesster suspended solids, mg/l
q.q6 Kd � reation-rate constant d-1
q.80 Pv =volatile fraction of the digester suspended solids {decimat}
6q 8c =solids retention time {sludge age},d
4. Determine Oxysen Requirements
VSS Reduction x 2.3 (Oxygen requirements, Ib OzJlb solids destroyed]
a. Winter
330 Mb 02/d
b. Summer
3$1 lb Oz/d
5. Camoute the volume of air required at standard conditions
Theoretical air requirement, assuming that air contains
23.2 percent oxygen by weight.
lb Oz/d
{0.075 ib/,�t�} {q,232}
Volume of air ft�/d
a. Winter
18,96q.41. ft3id
b. Summer
z1,so�.s� ft'/d
Assuming an oxygen trans#er efficiency of 10/, the air requirements for winter are:
Volume of air
0.10{1440 min/d}
132 ft3/min
and for summer are:
1Sz ft3/min
6. Compute the air requirement per 1000 ft3 of digester Volume:
Air Req'd (summer)
(val/looa ft3}/ 10�
30.83 ft3 / 10 ft3 ft3 min.

7. Anaiyze Total and effective Storage far the Proposed Digester
Dimensions of proposed Digester Tank
41 Length (ftj
i1 width (ftj
g Total Height (ftj
Total Storage Utilizes Total Tank cu. Et x 7.4805 =gal
3608 Total Storage (cu. Ftj 26989.64 Tota{ Storage {galj
Normal operating practices will allow for some Level of freeboard between water level and tap of tank.
Effective Storage will leave 24" of freeboard, making total effective height 6 feet.
6 Effective Height (ftj
2706 Effective Storage (cu. Ftj 20242,23 Effective Storage (gaij
cu. Ft x7.4805 =gal

Force Main Diameter {in} = 3
Equivalent Force Main Length_{£k} = 64
fiazen-Williams C Faetnr = 120
Minimum Required Pump Rate {GPM} = 0
Design Pumpiztg Rate {GPM} T 190
;Pump Manufacturer. i'etilAiir - E#y'drnina#�c
Model Number S3�l5�NX :' -: > :.
Iinpeiter Diameter: S:�S inches ::
Flarsepower: Z.Np:'. ! .:.:
Voltage: 230v l phase ;

i
L.
i
...�
�._
v
�
O
T
a.
t�..
�
n-
0.
�.r� o u� o �
N cV '�- �
{l�I HOl
Q
0
c�;
0
0
cv
b
C7
T
-a
0
0

I.
(.
;;.
Pump Pertarmance Datasheet
Encompass 26 - 19.5.E
Qperating Condtttons Lfquid
-, . �-- :9- ty ,
.,
Flaw, rated -�� � _ : 130.0 USgpm Li uid � pe _ :Wafer
Differential head J pressure, rated (requested} : 20.00 ft Additional liquid description
Differential head J pressure, rated {actual} : 20.31 ff Solids diameier, max : 0.00 in
Suction pressure, rated /max : 0.00 / 0.00 psi:g Solids diameter Ilmlf ; 3.00 in
NPSti available, rated :Ample Saiids concentration, by volume : 0,00 °lo
Frequency : 60 Hz Tenipera[ure, max. : 68.00 deg F
performance Fluid density, raced J max : 1.000 i 1.000 SG
.:: .. , . _ _, _ <..,. _ :.-.:, Viscosi rated : 1.00 CP
.,-... -
Speed, rated : 1750 rpm t3'•
impeller diameter, rated : 5.75 in Vapor pressure, raced : 0:34 psi.a
impeller diameter, maximum : 7.50 in tsnatenai
impeller diameter, minimum : 5.54 In iviaterfal selected :-Standard
Efficiency : A5,82 % Pressure Data
NPSH required !margin required : - i O.OQ ft Maximum wprking pressure : 11 38 psi g
nq (imp, eye flow) J S (imp. eye flow) : 41 J -Metric units Maximum allowable working pressure : N1A
Minimum Continuous Stable Fiow : 57.90 USgpm Maximum allowable suction pressure : fJ/A
Head, maximum, rated diameter ; 26.25 ft Hydrostatic test pressure : NtA
Head rise to shutoff : 31.25 °!° Driver 8, power Data {@141ax density}
Flow, best eft. point : 233.0 USgpm ,.__ ,,. ,:, .,
.. .._ _ ,
Driver sizing spec ification :Rated powar
Flaw ratio, rated ! BEP � 55.79 % Margin over specification , 0.00 1°
Diameter rafio (rated J max) : 78.67 % Setvice factor : 1.00
Head ratio (rated dia !max dia) : 40.59 % Power3 hydraulic : O.fifi hp
Cq/ChiCelCn [ANSI/tic 9.8.7-2010j : 1.00 ! t;001 1.00 J 1.00 Power, rated : 1-43 hP
Selection status : Accepfabie power, maximum, rated diameter : 1.53 hp
Minimum recommended meter -rating : 2.00 hp ! 1.49 kW
2.0
1.5
as
1.(3
O
d
45
O.D
8a
72
64
:.
i.
3
�
�`
-
l
i
1
i
,,1��_
1
f
- t
s
,
}i}
S6
�$
�
m
qo
Q3
�
32
��
1E
f
!
„, � t.-1
_ }
� 1 t
1
3
�
-1 ,..
i.. i ,µ
' f,_
1 �
---Minimum ConNnaous Stable Flow
:' Prefsned operating region
_
i
3 (
n
` '- 3.
i t�
.. 3
�
!
f
- 4
t
i i
�
5
!-- f
t
3 3 i'
f .. �
... # .�
F 3-, i
1
1.
"{ t i+
f �
44�.�
# . .. e
t
�' F"
i � 3
51 3
I ;
�
�
1
r
i m 3
£.
_.._,
t ,
- 3
t
_ _. �,, i.
' "�
i
t
s
i
3
€ i
.a., r
t
{ �----�--
}`
-
� .,
i
°
�,.
56
4 �j
._(.
�
i
_� {
3
.,.� i
575rn t
3 f
.� ....,
i i
i `i
3
x ,.._ 1
i �
e �
n �..:.. � � .s,.
i
-...._......i 3, ..
� t _..._
�� i s
_�
i i"
..., 3 _
y �
�: .._.,�
f
t ;_.
i
' t
i
..
:.. -
i
} _
i
4 ;.
1 ".
..3 ,..
�! ..
�
f
,
-
�f
1
-
.��
;
1 t
5
ni {__
5a 16a 1sa zou z5u 3��
Flaw - tlSgpm
JJU 4UV
�jt
CLEARWATER, INC,
Pfl BOX 1459 • HICKORY, NC 26662
PHONE: {826) 855-3162 � FAJC; (62a} 855-31a3

■ 11 M
GOVERNOR'S
CLUB
WWTP
DIGESTER TANK ADDI TION
AQUA NORTH CAROLINA
CHATHAM COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA
Aqua North Carolina Inc.
Engineering Manager -Michael A. Melton
4163 Sinclair St.
Denver, NC.
[phone]
Engineer
Municipal Engineering Services Company, P.A.
Garner, NC -Boone, NC
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
by
Professional Engineer
(Garner Office)
1..1
Q
�
N
L`
Z
■
�
N
�0
L�
�
�
�
�
0�
N
�0
W
�N
W
wN
°°
Z
ZZ
°W^
2
a
o
00
�
fn
a
rna°
=
N
1�1
Z
�
N
'�
�
�
O
U
W
W
O
N
�
�0
°°
m
C]
Z
N
�
�
Z
J
�Z
W
ZwZ
W
�,
Q
U]
�
�
U_
W
p
m
J
�
U
�
>
�
�
�
�
�
Z
�
2
N
Q
(y]
X
O
a_
m
W
=
�
rn
a
SCALE:
NOT TO SCALE
DATE:
10/7/19
DRWN. BY:
R A/OSS
CHKD. BY:
� CLANbQIV
PROJECT NUMBER
�17096.2
DRAWING NO.
SHEET NO.
T-1
1

■ 11 r7
L�,RRR�\/IL�,TI(lnl�
@
AT
A
AREA
A.B.C.
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
AC
ACRE
A.D.
ALGEBRAIC DIFFERENCE
A.F.F.
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
APPROX.
APPROXIMATE
ARCH.
ARCHITECTURAL
ASSY.
ASSEMBLY
B-B
BACK TO BACK
BEAR.
BEARING
BLDG.
BUILDING
BOC
BACK OF CURB
BOT.
BOTTOM
�
CENTERLINE
CB
CATCH BASIN
C-C
CENTER TO CENTER
CF
CUBIC FEET
CFM
CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE
C&G
CURB AND GUTTER
CH
CHORD
CI
CURB INLET
CLD
CENTER LINE OF DITCH
CL.
CLASS
CMP
CORRUGATED METAL PIPE
CNST
CONSTRUCTION
C.O.
CLEAN -OUT
CO.
COMPANY
COL
COLUMN
CONC.
CONCRETE
CONN
CONNECTION
CPP
CORRUGATED PLASTIC PIPE
CSP
CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE
CULV.
CULVERT
°
DEGREE(S)
0
DELTA ANGLE
O / DIA.
DIAMETER
D
DEPTH /DEEP
Dc
DEGREE OF CURVATURE
DET
DETAIL
DI
DROP INLET
DIP
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
DN
DOWN
DWG(S).
DRAWINGS)
E
EAST
EA.
EACH
EIP
EXISTING IRON PIN
EL/ELEV
ELEVATION
ELEC.
ELECTRICAL
EOP
EDGE OF PAVEMENT
ESMT
EASEMENT
EX/EXIST
EXISTING
F.D.
FLOOR DRAIN
FES
FLARED END SECTION
FFE
FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION
FH
FIRE HYDRANT
FHA
FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY
FI
FLOW INDICATOR
FLEX.
FLEXIBLE
FLG.
FLANGE
FM
FORCE MAIN
FOC
FACE OF CURB
FT
FEET
FUT
FUTURE
GA
GAUGE
GAL.
GALLON
GALV.
GALVANIZED
GEN
GENERATOR
G/L
GUTTER LINE
GV
GATE VALVE
HD
HEAVY DUTY
HEX.
HEXAGONAL
HOR(IZ).
HORIZONTAL
HP
HIGH POINT
HWL
HIGH WATER LEVEL
HWY.
HIGHWAY
ID
INSIDE DIAMETER
I.E.
INVERT ELEVATION
IN
INCHES)
INV.
INVERT
I: �1�1:,�I�K�7���[�71�►�1
L
LENGTH
LB
POUNDS)
LD
LIGHT DUTY
LF
LINEAR FEET
LG
LONG
LP
LOW POINT
LT
LEFT
LWL
LOW WATER LEVEL
MAX.
MAXI M U M
MECH.
MECHANICAL
MFR.
MANUFACTURER
MH
MANHOLE
MIN.
MINIMUM
MI
MILE
MJ
MECHANICAL JOINT
#/NO.
NUMBER
N
NORTH
NC
NORTH CAROLINA
NCDOT
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
NCDENR
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
NEMA
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION
N.I.C.
NOT IN CONTRACT
NTS
NOT TO SCALE
O.C.
ON CENTERS)
O.D.
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
OHE
OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
OPER
OPERATION
OPNG
OPENING
PC
POINT OF CURVATURE
PERM.
PERMANENT
PI
POINT OF INTERSECTION
PITO
POINT OF INTERSECTION -TURN OUT
PL
PROPERTY LINE
PP
POWER POLE
PROP.
PROPOSED
PS
POINT OF SWITCH
PSF
POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT
PSI
POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH
PT
POINT OF TANGENCY
PT
POINT
PVC
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
P.V.C.
POINT OF VERTICAL CURVATURE
P.V.I.
POINT OF VERTICAL INTERSECTION
PVMT
PAVEMENT
P.V.T.
POINT OF VERTICAL TANGENCY
R
RADIUS
RCP
REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
RD
ROAD
RED.
REDUCER
REQ'D.
REQUIRED
R.O.W.
RIGHT OF WAY
RR
RAILROAD
RT
RIGHT
S
SOUTH
SAN
SANITARY
S.C.
SECONDARY CLARIFIER
SCH
SCHEDULE
SDMH
STORM DRAIN MANHOLE
SEC
SECONDS
SECT.
SECTION
SED.
SEDIMENT
SEW
SEWER
SF
SQUARE FEET
SHT. / SH.
SHEET
SPEC.
SPECIFICATION
SQ.
SQUARE
SR
STATE ROAD
SS
STAINLESS STEEL
SSMH
SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
STA.
STAT I O N
STD.
STANDARD
STL
STEEL
S/W
SIDEWALK
T/C
TOP OF CURB
TEL.
TELEPHONE
TEMP.
TEMPORARY
TK
THICK
T/G
TOP OF GRATING
T.O.
TOP OF
T/S
TOP OF SLAB
TST
TEMPORARY SEDIMENT TRAP
T/W
TOP OF WALL
TYP.
TYPICAL
U/G
UNDER GROUND
UGE
UNDER GROUND ELECTRIC
UV
ULTRAVIOLET
V
VALVE
VC
VERTICAL CURVE
VCP
VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE
VERT.
VERTICAL
VFD
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
W
WIDTH
W
WEST
W/
WITH
WD
WIDE
WL
WATER LEVEL
W/L
WATERLINE
WSE
WATER SURFACE ELEVATION
WWF
WELDED WIRE FABRIC
YD YARD
YI YARD INLET
YH YARD HYDRANT
YR YEAR
�� -c�. chapel Hill
7A33 �, y
-F Carrbofa r.Y�+, +err
University a� �"'''��
-_�ti l�orlh Carol�r*� �
at hapell�yHill
14s� �: �, '+�
West Campus -- � UNC Finiey Cal€ 6
�' i:sa-,
Mason E�rm
fa, B+ol�g�c�'
+��serve
l cc-+
pp�yyq�.i
teas Acre.:: , M.;
..
144b
._s�_
o -
LEGEND
SYMBOLS
PROP.
EXIST.
�
SAN. MANHOLE
•
O
CLEAN OUT
®
DRAIN INLET
'
®
DOUBLE DRAIN INLET
Q
STM. MANHOLE
�
D
FLARED END SECTION
�
O
BLOW OFF
HYDRANT
®
°�
AIR RELEASE VALVE
H
VALVE
•
METER VALVE BOX
•
m
VALVE BOX
�
REDUCER/INCREASER
TEE, CROSS
F�4
��
SIGN
ROAD SIGN
POWER POLE
GUY POLE
LIGHT POLE
^^ MAILBOX
'� `�.2�s' ��� TR E E
BUSH
EIPO EXISTING IRON PIPE
SURVEY CONTROL
® INLET PROTECTION
ti � _
ry xR�
���•
T5F ��;{
�.�"' � ,.
,� Lrzexl k4
��rr4 — FT�� - ��
- ��ptl _ a_,�.
'o —�
>_
slai�ds ��
�y
m
Gtir�
'�`;`�� 75T
J�
��
�, v.�n•., r•�i
.��
�;."
��
�� NORTH
�5
Old Ci��thart .
Go�� f,+lainienanne#�
LINE TYPES
GRAVEL
ASPHALT
CONCRETE
DITCH
— OHE— —OHE
ELECTRIC -OH
^
FENCE
c- -c-
GAS
ss- -ss-
SEWER
-
SERVICE -SS
FM-
FORCE MAIN
_ =
STORM
- W W—
WATERLINE
SERVICE-WTR
-
CONTOUR -MAJOR
CONTOUR -MINOR
ss ss SEWER
- - SEWER -SERVICE
`������������� STORM
W W WATERLINE
WATER -SERVICE
- - CONSTRUCTION CENTERLINE
LIMIT OF DISTURBANCE
INDEX OF DRAWINGS
,;�,�,lt1eB11Blf✓�,>
�.� � �A ,�
a� �'�°
��®lI p q 4�' ����� ���
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
SHEET DRAWING DESCRIPTION
N 0. N 0.
1 T-1 COVER SHEET
2 T-2 INDEX OF DRAWINGS
3 T-3 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE
4 S-1 SITE PLAN
5 D-1 DIGESTER PLAN AND SECTION
Q
�
�
Z
■
�'
N
`°
L�
�
N
W
Q1
�N
lD
W
wN
°°
Z
ZZ
�
°W�
�
fn
a
�
rna°
=
N
1�1
Z
�
N
`�
�
�
a
U
1.'
W
W
O
N
�
�0
°°
m
Z
N
U
�
Z
J
�ZW
W
Z
�
Q
�
�
Q
W
Z
Z
W
U
aW
°°J
wm
�
-
U�
U
�
'�
�
�
Z
�
2
�
Q
C'7
X
O
a
m
�
W
=°
rn
a
l0
i
J
O
�z �
0 � Q
� �_ z �
o
Q
� � v0
�z z
Q I- T^
o� oz
z� z�
�u W� U
V
ro � Q QT
v � y
TQT
-L
U
m
a
0
SCALE: AS SHOWN
DATE: 10/7/19
DRWN. BY: R. MOSS
CHKD. BY: 8. CLAWSON
PROJECT NUMBER
G17096.2
DRAWING N0. SHEET N0.
T-2 2

■ 11 r7
GENERAL NOTES
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY SHOULD ANY
FIELD CONDITIONS BE ENCOUNTERED THAT VARY FROM THE INFORMATION
PROVIDED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
2. LOCATIONS OF SHOWN UTILITIES ARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING EXACT LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF ALL
UTILITIES PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION FOR THE PROJECT. NO SEPARATE
MEASUREMENT OR DIRECT PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR THIS WORK AND ALL
COST SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE PRICE BID FOR THE ITEM TO WHICH IT
PERTAINS.
3. BURIED TELEPHONE CABLES (FIBER OPTICS AND CONVENTIONAL) ARE KNOWN
TO VARY DUE TO INSTALLATION TECHNIQUES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE
FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY TO
DETERMINE SPECIFIC CABLE LOCATIONS. THE ENGINEER MUST BE NOTIFIED OF
THE EXACT LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF THE CABLES.
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WITH THE
LOCAL ELECTRIC UTILITY COMPANY ANY ADDITIONAL SUPPORT OF EXISTING
ELECTRIC UTILITY POLES AS REQUIRED FOR THE EXCAVATION.
5. REGULATIONS AND CODES, SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH NCDOT, NCDER
REQUIREMENTS AND STATE BUILDING CODE.
6. RELATION OF WATER MAINS TO SEWERS
(a) LATERAL SEPARATION OF SEWERS AND WATER MAINS. WATER MAINS SHALL BE
LAID AT LEAST 10 FEET LATERALLY FROM EXISTING OR PROPOSED SEWERS,
UNLESS LOCAL CONDITIONS OR BARRIERS PREVENT A 10-FOOT LATERAL
SEPARATION-- IN WHICH CASE: (1) THAT WATER MAIN IS LAID IN A SEPARATE
TRENCH, WITH THE ELEVATION OF THE BOTTOM OF THE WATER MAIN AT LEAST
18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE SEWER; OR DENR-PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY
SECTION 15A: 18C.0900 (2) THE WATER MAIN IS LAID IN THE SAME TRENCH AS
THE SEWER WITH THE WATER MAIN LOCATED AT ONE SIDE ON A BENCH OF
UNDISTURBED EARTH, AND WITH THE ELEVATION OF THE BOTTOM OF THE
WATER MAIN AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE SEWER.
SEEDBED PREPARATION (SPA
SP-1 Fill slopes 3:1 or steeper to be seeded with a hydraulic seeder
(permanent seeding).
1) Leave the last 4-6 inches of fill loose and uncompacted, allowing
rocks, roots, large clods and other debris to remain on the slope.
2) Roughen slope faces by making grooves 2-3 inches deep,
perpendicular to the slope.
3) Spread lime evenly over slopes at rates recommended by soil
tests.
SP-2 Fill slopes 3:1 or steeper (temporary seedings).
1) Leave a loose, uncompacted surface. Remove large clods, rocks,
and debris which might hold netting above the surface. 2) Spread
lime and fertilizer evenly at rates recommended by soil tests.
3) Break up large clods and rake into a loose, uniform seedbed.
4) Rake to loosen surface just prior to applying seed.
SP-4 Gentle or flat slopes where topsoil is not used (grassed ditches)
1) Remove rocks and debris.
2) Apply lime and fertilizer at rates recommended by soil tests;
spread evenly and incorporate into the top 6" with a disk, chisel
plow, or rotary tiller.
3) Break up large clods and rake into a loose, uniform seedbed.
4) Rake to loosen surface just prior to applying seed.
SEEDING METHODS (SM�
SM-1 Fill slopes steeper than 3:1 (permanent seeding).
Use hydraulic seeding equipment to apply seed and fertilizer, a
wood fiber mulch at 45 Ib./1,000 s.f., and mulch tackifer.
SM-2 Gentle to flat slopes or temporary seedings.
1) Broadcast seed at the recommended rate with a cyclone
seeder, drop spreader, or cultipacker seeder.
2) Rake seed into the soil and lightly pack to establish good
contact.
Temporary Seeding Recommendations
(Late Winter and Early Spring)
Seeding Mixture
species
Rate (Ib/acre)
Rye (grain)
120
Annual lespedeza
50
(Kobe in Piedmont and
Coastal Plain, Korean in Mountains)
Omit annual lespedeza when duration
of temporary cover is no to
extend beyond June.
SEEDING DATES
Mountains - Feb.15
- May15 (above 2500 feet)
- Feb. 1
-May 1 (below 2500 feet)
Piedmont - Jan. 1
-May 1
Coastal Plain - Dec. 1
- A r. 15
P
SOIL AMENDMENTS
Follow recommendations of soil tests or apply 2,000 Ib/acre ground
agricultural limestone and 750 Ib/acre 10-10-10 fertilizer.
MULCH
Apply 4,000 Ib/acre straw. Anchor straw by tacking with asphalt,
netting, or a mulch anchoring tool. A disk blades set nearly straight
can be used as mulch anchoring tool.
MAINTENANCE
Refertilize if growth is not fully adequate. Reseed, refertilize and mulch
immediately following erosion or other damage.
GENERAL NOTES
(b) CROSSING A WATER MAIN OVER A SEWER. WHENEVER IT IS NECESSARY FOR A
WATER MAIN TO CROSS OVER A SEWER, THE WATER MAIN SHALL BE LAID AT
SUCH AN ELEVATION THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE WATER MAIN IS AT LEAST 18
INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE SEWER, UNLESS LOCAL CONDITIONS OR
BARRIERS PREVENT AN 18 INCH VERTICAL SEPERATION--IN WHICH CASE BOTH
THE WATER MAIN AND SEWER SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF FERROUS
MATERIALS AND WITH JOINTS THAT ARE EQUIVALENT TO WATER MAIN
STANDARDS FOR A DISTANCE OF 10 FEET ON EACH SIDE OF THE POINT OF
CROSSING.
(c) CROSSING A WATER MAIN UNDER A SEWER. WHENEVER IT IS NECESSARY FOR A
WATER MAIN TO CROSS UNDER A SEWER, BOTH THE WATER MAIN AND THE
SEWER SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF FERROUS MATERIALS AND WITH JOINTS
THAT ARE EQUIVALENT TO WATER MAIN STANDARDS FOR A DISTANCE OF 10
FEET ON EACH SIDE OF THE POINT OF CROSSING. A SECTION OF WATER MAIN
PIPE SHALL BE CENTERED AT THE POINT OF CROSSING.
7. RELATION OF SANITARY SEWERS TO STORM SEWERS
(a) A 24 INCH VERTICAL SEPARATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BETWEEN STORM SEWER
AND SANITARY SEWER OR FERROUS PIPE SHALL BE PROVIDED.
8. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY THE LOCATION, SIZE, AND
TYPE OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION WHETHER
SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR NOT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE
FOR THE RELOCATION (AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER) OF ANY CONFLICTING
UNDERGROUND UTILITIES, IF REQUIRED, AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE
OWNER. IT IS ADVISABLE THE CONTRACTOR VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING
AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE SITE AND ANY POTENTIAL CONFLICTS.
9. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SITE LAYOUTS AND STAKING AND
THE COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN HIS BID.
SEEDING SPECIFICATIONS
MULCH MU
MU-1 Steep slopes (3:1 or greater). In mid -summer, late fall or
winter, apply 100 Ib./1,000 s.f. grain straw, cover with netting
and staple to the slope. In spring or early fall use 45 Ib. /
1,000 s.f. wood fiber in a hydroseeder slurry.
MU-2 High -maintenance vegetation and temporary seedings. Apply 90
Ib./1,000 s.f. (4000 Ib./acre) grain straw and tack with 0.1
gal./s.y. asphalt (11 gal./1,000 s.f.).
MU-3 Grass -lined channels. Install excelsior mat in the channel,
extend up the channel banks to the highest calculated depth
of flow, and secure according to manufacture's specifications.
On channel shoulders, apply 100 Ib./1,000 s.f. grain straw and
anchor with 0.1 gal./s.y. (11 gal./1,000 s.f.) asphalt.
MAINTENANCE (MAC
MA-1 Refertilize in late winter or early spring the following year. Mow
as desired.
MA-3 Inspect and repair mulch and lining. Refertilize in late winter of
the following year with 150 Ib./acre 10-10-10 (3.5 Ib./1,000
s.f.). Mow regularly to a height of 3-4 inches.
MA-4 Top dress with 10-10-10 fertilizer if growth is not fully
adequate.
MA-5 Top dress with 50 Ib./acre (1 Ib./1,000 s.f.) nitrogen in March.
If cover is needed through the following summer, overseed with
50 Ib./acre Kobe lespedeza.
Temporary Seeding Recommendations
Temporary Seeding Recommendations
(Summer)
Seeding Mixture
species Rate (Ib/acre)
German millet 120
In the Piedmont and Mountains, asmall-stemmed Sudangrass may be
substituted at a rate of 50 Ib/acre
SEEDING DATES
Mountains -May 15 - Aug.15
Piedmont -May 1 -Aug. 1
Coastal Plain -Apr. 15 -Aug. 15
SOIL AMENDMENTS
Follow recommendations of soil tests or apply 2,000 Ib/acre ground
agricultural limestone and 750 Ib/acre 10-10-10 fertilizer.
MULCH
Apply 4,000 Ib/acre straw. Anchor straw by tacking with asphalt,
netting, or a mulch anchoring tool. A disk blades set nearly straight
can be used as mulch anchoring tool.
MAINTENANCE
Refertilize if growth is not fully adequate. Reseed, refertilize and mulch
immediately following erosion or other damage.
NC Department of Transportation Permanent Seeding
Specifications
Permanent erosion control shall be performed as follows:
(a) All disturbed areas will be dressed to typical sections and plowed
to a depth of 5 inches. The top 2 inches shall be pulverized
to provide a uniform seed.
NOTE: Lime should be applied before plowing.
(b) Lime, seed, and fertilizer shall be applied with necessary
equipment to give uniform distribution of these materials. The
hand -bucket method is not acceptable. The following are rates
and kinds of these materials to be applied ep r acre:
75 lbs. Ky 31 Fescue
50 lbs. Pensacola Bahiagrass
50 lbs. Korean Lespedeza
40 lbs. Sericea
500 lbs. 5-10-10 Fertilizer
4,000 lbs. Agricultural Limestone
NOTE: Only tested and certified seed shall be used. Seed certification
shall be provided to the District Engineer prior to use.
(c) Seeded area shall be cultipacked to firm seedbed and cover seed.
(d) Grain straw shall be applied over seeded areas as a mulch. No
bare ground shall be visible when riding by a mulched area if
proper application is achieved. Thick clumps of straw are not
permissible, as uniform coverage is expected.
(e) Mulched area shall be tacked with asphalt sufficient to hold straw
in place.
(f) Ditch treatment shall be used in areas where steep grades (more
than 10%) could cause ditch erosion. Use of jute mesh,
excelsior matting, or fiberglass roving is acceptable. Ditch
treatment should be installed before mulching.
Temporary Seeding Recommendations
(Fall)
Seeding Mixture
species Rate (Ib/acre)
Rye (grain) 120
SEEDING DATES
Mountains -Aug. 15 -Dec. 15
Coastal Plain and Piedmont -Aug. 15 -Dec. 30
SOIL AMENDMENTS
Follow recommendations of soil tests or apply 2,000 Ib/acre ground
agricultural limestone and 1,000 Ib/acre 10-10-10 fertilizer.
MULCH
Apply 4,000 Ib/acre straw. Anchor straw by tacking with asphalt,
netting, or a mulch anchoring tool. A disk blades set nearly straight
can be used as mulch anchoring tool.
MAINTENANCE
Repair and refertilize damaged areas immediately. Topdress with 50
Ib/acre of nitrogen in March. If it is necessary to extent temporary
cover beyond June 15, overseed with 50 Ib/acre Kobe (Piedmont and
Coastal Plain) of Korean (Mountains) lespedeza in late February or
early March.
GENERAL NOTES
10. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERALLY
ACCEPTED CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED
TO ASSUME SOLE AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE JOB SITE
CONDITIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT,
INCLUDING THE SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY. THIS REQUIREMENT
SHALL BE MADE TO APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT BE LIMITED TO THE
NORMAL WORKING HOURS. THE CONTRACTOR FURTHER AGREES TO DEFEND,
INDEMNIFY AND HOLD OWNER AND ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL
LIABILITY, REAL OR ALLEGED IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF
WORK ON THIS PROJECT. EXEMPTING LIABILITY ARISING FROM THE SOLE
NEGLIGENCE OF THE ENGINEER.
11. ALL EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS THAT BECOME DAMAGED DURING
CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE COMPLETELY RESTORED TO THE SATISFACTION OF
THE OWNER AND ENGINEER AT THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE EXPENSE.
12. THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS REPRESENT THE FINISHED
STRUCTURE AND DO NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPERVISE AND DIRECT THE WORK AND SHALL BE SOLELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES,
SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO BRACING AND
SHORING. OBSERVATION VISITS TO THE SITE BY THE ENGINEER AND/OR THE
ENGINEER'S REPRESENTATIVES) SHALL NOT INCLUDE INSPECTION OF THE
PROTECTIVE MEASURES OR THE CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES.
13. ALL WORK WITHIN NCDOT RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST
EDITION OF NCDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROADS AND STRUCTURES
AND THE APPROVED ENCROACHMENT AGREEMENT.
14. DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE
WORK AREA AND ADJACENT AREAS FREE FROM ACCUMULATIONS OF WASTE
MATERIAL, RUBBISH AND OTHER DEBRIS TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE
ENGINEER.
15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND PROPERLY REINSTALL ANY FIXTURES,
FENCES, AND/OR OTHER STRUCTURES THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH
CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER,
AND THE COSTS FOR SUCH SHALL BE INCLUDED IN HIS BID.
16. THE CONTRACTOR IS URGED TO VISIT AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE
JOB SITE AND TO COMPLETELY READ AND UNDERSTAND THE CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID.
SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL NOTES
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE
OWNER, FOR MAINTENANCE OF ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES UNTIL SUCH
TIME AS THE APPROPRIATE STATE, COUNTY, OR MUNICIPAL AUTHORITY
RELEASES THE SITE AT WHICH TIME THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL
TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
2. CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES
SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CORRESPONDING SECTIONS OF THE
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLANNING AND
DESIGN MANUAL, LATEST EDITION.
3. ALL APPLICABLE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES SHALL BE IN
PLACE PRIOR TO ANY GRADING OPERATION AND/OR INSTALLATION OF
PROPOSED STRUCTURES OR UTILITIES.
4. APPLICABLE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES SHALL BE LEFT IN
PLACE UNTIL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED AND/OR THE AREA IS STABILIZED.
5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK, FURNISH ALL MATERIALS AND
INSTALL ALL MEASURES REQUIRED TO REASONABLY CONTROL SOIL EROSION
RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND PREVENT EXCESSIVE
FLOW OF SEDIMENT FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE.
6. ALL CATCH BASIN INLETS WILL BE PROTECTED ACCORDING TO THE CERTIFIED
PLAN.
7. ALL STORM DRAINAGE OUTLETS WILL BE STABILIZED, AS REQUIRED, BEFORE
THE DISCHARGE POINTS BECOME OPERATIONAL.
8. A COPY OF THE CERTIFIED SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN MUST
BE MAINTAINED ON THE PROJECT SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION.
9. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED
ACCORDING TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AS DIRECTED BY THE
ENGINEER. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE MAINTAINED SUCH THAT THEY FUNCTION AS
INTENDED &AND DESIGNED BY THE MANUFACTURE.
10. PROVIDE SEEDING AND MULCHING ON ALL DISTURBED AREAS WITHIN 14
CALENDAR DAYS OF DISTURBANCE.
11. TOTAL DISTURBED AREA =LESS THAN 1 ACRE
STABILIZATION TIME FRAME
Table Z 5tabiEization TirrEe Frame
Site Area Description
Stabilization
Stabilization Tirt�e ,FrameExceptivns' ..';.
Tirrie Frame
perimeter dikes, swales, ditches arod slopes
7 Days
None
Nigh Quality Water (HQW} Zones
7 Qays
None ,
Slopes steeper than 3:�
7 Days
If slopes are 10' or less in height and are I
not steeper than 2.1, 14 days are allowed I
Slopes 3:1 or flatter ��
14 Days
7 days for slopes greater tha n 50' in length
All other areas with slopes flatter than 4:1.
�4 Days
None (except for perimeters and HQW
zones)
UTILITY NOTES
1. TYPICAL MINIMUM DEPTH OF COVER FOR BURIED PIPE LINE SHALL BE 3 FEET
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED.
2. MAINTAIN 2'-0" MINIMUM CLEARANCE BETWEEN ALL EXISTING PIPES CROSSED,
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE MECHANICAL JOINT, DUCTILE IRON AND COMPACT
FITTINGS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN BYPASS PUMPING OF SEWER
AS CALLED OUT IN SEQUENCE CONTAINED IN SPECIFICATIONS. THE COST OF
BYPASS PUMPING SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACTORS COST FOR THE BID
ITEM TO WHICH IT PERTAINS.
5. ALL WORK TO COMPLY WITH NCDEQ AND CHATHAM COUNTY REGULATIONS AND
CODES.
CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE
1. OBTAIN ALL PERTINENT PERMITS.
2. CLEAR AREAS NECESSARY TO CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY EROSION DEVICES
AROUND THE SITE TO CONTAIN ALL RUNOFF DUE TO CONSTRUCTION.
3. INSTALL ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES.
4. ANY AND ALL LAND DISTURBED DURING ONE WORKDAY SHALL BE STABILIZED BY
THE END OF THAT SAME DAY. ANY DITCHES DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION
SHALL BE RETURNED TO EXISTING CONDITION AND SEEDED AND MULCHED AS
NECESSARY.
5. COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION AND APPLY PERMANENT SEEDING PER SCHEDULE.
APPLY STRAW AND ASPHALT TACK TO ALL SLOPES .
6. MAINTAIN ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES UNTIL PERMANENT VEGETATION HAS
BEEN ESTABLISHED.
7. COORDINATE ALL ROAD CLOSINGS AND DETOURS WITH NCDOT AND TOWN OF
CHAPEL HILL.
8. MAINTAIN DETOURS, CLOSINGS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL AT ALL TIMES IN
ACCORDANCE WITH NCDOT'S M.U.T.C.D.
9. SEE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS DOCUMENT FOR PROJECT SPECIFIC
CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE.
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
�°'
Q
��
Z
■
�
N
`�
L�
_
�
�
�
N
W
0�
�N
t0
W
wN
°°
Z
ZZ
�
°w�
a
O
�
�
fn
a
�
rna°
=
N
1�1
Z
�
N
`�
�
�
�
U
w
W
O
N
�
�0
°°
m
Z
N
U
�
Z
J
�
w
Z
Z
w
rn
Q
�
�
Q
w
z
z
w
U
aW
°°J
w
�
m
-
U
U
'�
�
0
�
�
Z
�
2
�
Q
t�
X
O
a
m
�
W
=°
rn
a
�0
J
O
�z �
0 � Q
� �_ z �
TT
Q O y
�/
Q
� � v0
�z z
Q � T^
o� oz
z� z�
r^ � O
�u w � U
rO _ Q QT
v � y
TQ
-L
U
Z
0
a
U
W
o �
O
z
J
W
W
c�
W
00
Q
0
SCALE: AS SHOWN
DATE: 10/7/19
DRWN. BY: R. MOSS
CHKD. BY: 8. CLAWSON
PROJECT NUMBER
G17096.2
DRAWING NO. SHEET NO.
T-3 3

WAS LINE RAS /WAS LINE
--------------------�------------�------------------------------------1`-------------------------------------------�
w ;
z�
' J ;
� �
ERATION
ASIN #1
DER BOX
4ERATION
3ASIN #2
__________ KH5 / WHJ LINt
------------------�------r------------------
w � � SPLITTER BOX
z ;
J � '
� '
� '
� �
� '
� �
� 1 �
z /-�\
� ; �
(n � �
X i �
W ; �;,
' /;\ ; ---- ----� AERATION BASIN #3
w
w
z_
; ;
�
�
�
�
e �
��
N
Q
, �
, �
�
;
J �
3
� ;
;
N
c� �
�
�
a
z_;
�
�
� ;
� WAS LINE �------------------------------------------_-------;
X�
w�--------------------------------------�------------------------
�--------------------------------------------------------------- -�
-------.-•----•-
MECHANICAL
;
SPLIT
BOX
r FILTER #1-2
FILTER FILTER UV
TROUGH MEDIA BACKWASH CHAMBER DISCHARGE
I I I �
��
— --=
; w�
zU � _
Q _
r—I. O ----�
H �� �
Jz
_� 20 � - -
UU
L
FILTER
TROUGH MEDIA
----
- ��,,
� �
.. .
Wid
.- -�
Z� � _ — _� ';` �rILItK CSHI.fSVVHJI—I
� PUMP
Q '
� ~ -�-
J Z . _---�
= O ,
� � � _ ._ _� _ FILTER
BACKWASH
�________� FILTER #3 FILTER BACKWASH
' PUMP
i
. _
_�,
�✓
CLARIFIER #3
z
'
m
i
'
i
.0
D
Cn
V'�
/ RAS /WAS LINE �
' D
_____________________________________________ 0 0
r
' z
m
BAR SCREEN AND r-- -'
MECHANICAL SCREEN � /� � TANK 2
TANK 1
30,000 GAL `"""" """' , ,
EQUALIZATION TANK ,
��
Ec
��
��
��
___� r---------4
� i
30,000 GAL
�UALIZATION TANK
NEW DIGESTER
PROCESS FLOW SCH EM ATI C
N.T.S.
��IJ i iNG FENCE / �� �
//
/II
/� / �I
/ I�
PROPOSED SITE LAYOUT
SCALE 1 " = 10'
2) NEW PUMPS
DISCHARGE PUMP
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
��
W
W
Z
l7
Z
W
■
U
Z
7
Q
d
}
Z
Q
a
F
0
U
N
W
U
W
N
z
0
U
w
w
m
w
M
0�
[Yl �
� �
N L�
<`
� N
0� �0
N
��
Z
p w
2
a o 00
= N
o� a
N � U
� �
� � w
N l0 m
U � �
Z N �
U Z
� Z w
w �
Z W Z
� Z W
� p U_
p J
w m
�_
� �
� �
= x
U1 p
� m
a
_ �
rn a
a
J
O
Q
zQ
J =
0
Qo
C� Z
�w
oc �
0
Q O
�V
Qa
a
z
W
V
z
Q
0
J
SCALE: AS SHOWN
DATE: 10/7/19
DRWN. BY: R. MOSS
CHKD. BY: 8. CLAWSON
PROJECT NUMBER
G17096.2
DRAWING NO. SHEET NO.
S-1 4

NEW 4"� DISCHARGE PIPING TO EQ BASINS.
(HATCHED PORTIONS OF PIPE WILL BE 4"� FLEXIBLE
EDPM TUBE, TIRE CHORD BRAIDED WITH HELIX WIRE
REINFORCEMENT COMPLETE WITH ANSI/AWWD —
C110/A21.10 STANDARD CLASS 125 FLANGED FITTING
ON EACH END)
4"D WELDED PIPE NIPPLE
WITH FLANGED CONNECTION o
INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF TANK _I
WALL FOR WATERTIGHT CONNECTION
(2) REQUIRED I
0
PIPE SUPPORTS
AS NEEDED
16' — 4"
4"� 90° FLANGED
VERTICAL BEND
4"b 45° VERTICAL
FLANGED BEND
EXISTING WALL
NEW 4"�b LINE TO
EQ BASIN 1 & 2
NEW DECANT SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS W/
MOUNTING BRACKETS, SLIDE RAILS
AND LIFTING CABLES.
24'-8"
4"� X 4"� FLANGED TEE
4"� PLUG VALVE WITH
HAND WHEEL OPERATOR
(TYP) (2) REQUIRED
°
4"� 90° VERTICAL
FLANGED BEND
(POINTED DOWN)
4"�b 90° VERTICAL
FLANGED BENDS
ACCESS STAIRWAY
(ALREADY CONNECTED
TO SIDE OF TANK)
NEW COARSE
BUBBLE DIFFUSER
■
[r]
Z
Q
�
M
�
�
t0
_
�
N
�
l�
�
N
0�
t0
W
�N
p
W
Z�
Za
Z
�w^
o
00
fn
a
rn
=
a
N
1�1
N
�
U
WASTE ACTIVATED
�—� ~SLUDGE
Z
�
N
p
w
FROM CLARIFIER
W
p
���
t0
m
Z
�
N
U
�
Z
PIPE SUPPORTS
AS NEEDED
J
�
w
�
Q
Z
w
Z
w
Z
w
�
�
U_
NEW S.S. 4" AIR LINE
�
W
�
w
p
m
J
U
>
�
�
�
�
EXISTING RELOCATED TANK
�
t,7
�
Z�
�
2
a
X
�
aI
a_
m
W
=
�
A
�
[�]
rn
�
a
(2) QUICK CONNECT FITTING J 41'-0" �
FOR SLUDGE REMOVAL 4"� SLUDGE REMOVAL 4"� 45° VERTICAL
LINES NEW PUMP HOIST PLAN VIEW FLANGED BEND EXISTING 24" WALKWAY
SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET „
4"� PLUG VALVE WITH 3/8 = 1 -0
HAND WHEEL OPERATOR
(TYP) (2) REQUIRED
NEW 2"� S.S.
DROPS
4"� WELDED PIPE NIPPLE
WITH FLANGED CONNECTION
INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF TANK
WALL FOR WATERTIGHT CONNECTION
(2) REQUIRED
4"D PLUG VALVE WITH
HAND WHEEL OPERATOR
(TYP) (2) REQUIRED
24" MIN. REACH
(STANDARD)
WINCH CABLE
ASSEMBLY 1/4" S.STL.
°� o
0 0 � �
160" OVERALL
HEIGHT
/ � QUICK CONNECT FITTING � I
SAFETY FOR SLUDGE REMOVAL in
HOOK I
� STATIC
LOOP
STAINLESS 49"
STEEL TUBE LIFTING
DAVIT HEIGHT
STAINLESS
STEEL TUBE
MAST
• STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION
• PORTABLE WITH SOCKET
• 30 FEET OF STAINLESS STEEL CABLE AND SAFETY HOOK
• HAND WINCH
• 1000 LB CAPACITY
• FINAL LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED BY OWNER
• HOISTS BY THERN, HALLIDAY, BARNES OR PRE —APPROVED EQUAL
• MANUAL WILL BE INCLUDED WITH HOIST.
PUMP HOIST
N.T.S.
EXISTING GROUND
10 "
® ® PIPE SUPPORTS
AS NEEDED
10"
® ® WEEP HOLE
� 3/8" BASE MOUNTED
8„ TO 1" THICK STEEL PLATE
� 1" THICK STEEL PLATE
WELDED TO TOP OF WALL.
WELDED ANGLE SUPPORTS
(2) 1 /4" WELDED STEEL GUSSET
WALL
FLOOR MOUNTED
STAINLESS STEEL
SOCKET
NEW PUMP HOIST
SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET
5'— 7'
NEW COARSE
BUBBLE
DIFFUSER
ELEV. = 275.02'
16' — 4"
45° 4"D VERTICAL
FLANGED BEND
4"b 90° VERTICAL
FLANGED BENDS
NEW 4"� DISCHARGE PIPING TO EQ BASINS.
(HATCHED PORTIONS OF PIPE WILL BE 4"� FLEXIBLE
EDPM TUBE, TIRE CHORD BRAIDED WITH HELIX WIRE
REINFORCEMENT COMPLETE WITH ANSI/AWWD —
C110/A21.10 STANDARD CLASS 125 FLANGED FITTING
ON EACH END)
4"� X 4"� FLANGED TEE
4"� 90° VERTICAL BALL VALVE AT EACH
FLANGED BEND DROP WITH LEVER
NEW S.S. 4"� AIR LINE (POINTED DOWN) OPERATOR (TYPICAL FOR 6)
W.L. VARIES
EXISTING WALL � � — �
— — — I — — 90° REDUCING — — — — ��� / -\ — — -
-5' I FLANGED BEND 4'-7" 4'-7" 5'-3"
\ \\
45° 4"� VERTICAL oO�\\\ \\
FLANGED BENDS\\ \\
.°off\\ \\
c�\\\
\ ��
� � .°°��
I
��\\
I
ao � � ao N ELEV. = 275.02'
NEW DECANT PUMPS W/
MOUNTING BRACKETS, SLIDE RAILS
AND LIFTING CABLES. ATTACH SLIDE
RAILS TO FLOOR VIA WELDED ANGLE
AND S.S. BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS.
24'-8"
SECTION A -A ELEVATION VIEW
4"� INFLUEPWR��II�EACTIVATED
SLUDGE FROM CLARIFIER
1' MIN.
ACCESS STAIRWAY
(ALREADY CONNECTED
TO SIDE OF TANK)
-EXISTING RELOCATED TANK
- PIPE SUPPORTS
AS NEEDED
EXISTING GROUND
6" THICK COMPACTED #57
STONE BASE (TYP)
NOTE:
1. EXCAVATE TOP 1'-6" OF AREA FOR TANK FILL WITH SELECT MATERIAL COMPACTED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH METHOD C OF ASTM D698 (STANDARD PROCTOR COMPACTION) ®95%
MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY TANK PAD SHALL BE COMPLETELY LEVEL.
FINAL DESIGN
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
1
►�
Z
o
a
� r ^
U �+ J
w
o �
Q
z
Q
J
W
> ~
> �
m
W
a
0
SCALE: AS SHOWN
DATE: 10/7/19
DRWN. BY: R. MOSS
CHKD. BY: 8. CLAWSON
PROJECT NUMBER
G17096.2
DRAWING NO. SHEET NO.
D-1 5

PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
• - •-
� - . � � • L
Chatham County, North Carolina
•�
.=
DECEMBER 2019
Final Specifications —
NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
Garner, N.C.
Boone, N.C.
Originating Office: PO Box 97
Garner, NC 27529
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
Corporate License No.: C-02S1

GENERAL SPEGIFICATtt?I�tS:
1.0 Clearing and Grubbing 1-5
2.ti Structures —Excavation and Back#ill 1=10
3.0 Th'rs Section Not Used 1
4.0 Site Work '}-17
5.t} This Section Nat Used 1
6.0 This Section Nnt Used 1
7.{l Gravity Sewers, Conduits and Drains 1-26
8.t} This Section Not Used 1
9.0 Concrete and Reinforcing 1 �2�
10.0 Manholes Inlets, Catch Basins, Vaults &Drainage Structures 1-10
11.g� Inside Process Piping 1-�7
12.t1 Niisce}laneous >Vietalwork 1--�{}
13.t} Structurai Steel 1-11
14.0 This Section Not Used 1
15.0 Electrical Mofors 1-3
16.C1 E}ectrical 1-37
17.Q Restoration and Clean -Up 1-2
SPECIAL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS:
1.0 Submersible Pump to Digester
1-5

.: ;�
w, !
1 A1.1 SCQf?E OF WQRK
(a} Ail labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services required for the work
under this section shall be furnished and performed in compliance with the
fiollawing General Specification, the Project Specifications which precede all
General Specifications and the Contract drawings.
(b} This Genera! Specifications designated as Section `iA CLEARING AND
GRUBBING covers the description of work generally utilized and the
specifications for performing such work. The Project Specifications and the
Contract Drawings designate the specific work to be performed under the
Contract. The inclusion of items of material or work within this Specification
does not necessarily constitute their use an this Project,
(c} The Contractor shall accept conditions at the site of the work as found and
shall assume the risk of any variation of the condition of site or buildings
thereon which may occur subsequent to signing of the Contract. The
Contractor must assume the risk of meeting, and the Contract price shaft
include, the cost of removal of quicksand, hardpan, boulders, clay, rubbish,
unforeseen obstacles, underground conduits, gas pipe, drain tile, trees,
roots, timber ar masonry structures, railroad tracks, pavements and
sidewalks and the delay or damage occasioned by the same, whether or not
these obstacles are shown on the Contract Drawings. No claim for an
amount of money beyond the Contract price of the work will be entertained
or allowed an account of existing conditions.
(d} The work of clearing shall consist of the cutting of all vegetation and removal
of debris. All timber wifihin the clearing and grubbing limits shah become the
property of the Contractor to cut and dispose of unless noted otherwise in
the Project Specifications. The work of grubbing shah consist of the removal
and satisfactory disposal of all vegetation and all surface debris.,
(e} The work of clearing and grubbing shad also include the removal and
satisfactory disposal of crops, weeds, and other annual growth; the removal
and satisfactory disposal of fences, steps, walls, building foundations, and
other rubble and debris and the filling of hoses and depressions in
compacted lifts. This work shaft also be performed in all non wooded areas
behveen the construction limits and the limits of the project right of way or
easements shown on the project plans upon which seeding and mulching,
sprigging, or sodding is to be performed.
(f} Clearing and grubbing operations shalt be completed at the beginning of the
project and sufficiently in advance of grading operations as may be
necessary to prevent any of the debris from the clearing and grubbing
operations from 'interfering with the excavation ar embankment operations.
Rev. 08100 SECTfQN 'l

Page 2
1 A1.2 �LE�RIN�
(a) Existing pavements, foundations, structures and similar work encountered
which will interfere with the new construction operations shall be demolished
and remaved. A[I existing construction and abstruatians in areas to be
occupied by new buildings ar structures shall be remaved as indicated on
the Contract Drawings. All pipe and sewer services shall be sealed during
demolition. Ali such existing construction and abstruations shall be disposed
off the project site unless otherwise Hated.
{b) The Engineer will designate all areas of growth ar individua#-trees which are
to be preserved due to their desirability far landscape or erosion control
purposes. When the trees to i3e preserved are located within the
construction limits, they will be sa shown on the plans ar designated by the
Engineer.
(c) In embankment areas where the depth of the embankment exceeds 6 feet in
height, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, sound trees sheik be -cut
at a height a# not more than G inches above natural graund. When trees are
to be cut outside of construction limits and the Engineer has designated that
the area is Hat to be grubbed, the trees shalt be eut off reasonably close to
the natural ground surface. In swamp areas, trees may be cut off to
approximately 6 inches above law water level.
{d) Branches of trees which overhang the roadbed or obstruct sight distances
and which are less than 16 feet above the elevation of the finished grade
shall be trimmed or cut in a manner that will not endanger the health ofi the
tree. Cut surfaces more than 1 inch in diameter shall be covered thoroughly
with an asphaltum base tree paint,
'i.U1.3 GRUSr316�G
(a) The work of grubbing shall be performed an all areas cleared, with the
fallowing exceptions;
(1) In embankment areas, when the depth of embankment exceeds 6 feet
in height, sound stumps shall be cut off no more than 6 inches above
the existing graund level and Hat grubbed. Unsound or decayed stumps
shaii be remaved to a depth of approximately 2 feet below the natural
ground surface.
{2} When authorized by the Engineer, stumps outside of canstructian limits
may be allowed to remain in place. Such stumps shah be cut off
reasonably close to the natural ground surface.
{3) Stumps in swamp areas shall be cut off to approximately 6 inches above
low water level and not grubbed.
Rev. 08tgU �EGTI©N 1

s���
(4) Grubbing wi{I not be required in areas where waste ar unsuitable
materiaC is to be deposited unless such areas are to become a part of
future construction.
{b) All areas where piles are to be driven- sha(1 be grubbed regardless of fill
height In graded andlor planted areas, all obstructions shall be removed to
a paint 12 inches below proposed ground level,
(c) Within the areas between construction limits and the limits of clearing and
grubbing, ail hales and other depressions shall be filled, in compacted lifts
and the area brought to suffix{ently uniform aantaur that subsequent .mowing
operations will not be hindered by irregularity of terrain, This work shall be
done regardless of whether the irregularities were the re -suit of the
Contractor's operations or were originally existing.
�.o�.a euRNlrv�
{a} Ali brush, roots, stumps, tree limbs, timber and other vegetation, shall be
disposed of by the Contractor either by burning the vegetation within the
area cleared or by disposal in locations obtained by the Contractor and
approved by the Engineer,
(b) When the vegetation is disposed of by burning, all burning shall be done in
such a manner as to prevent injury to property within ar outside of the
project. limits. Burning steal{ be in strict compliance with all local, state, and
fiederal laws, ordinances, and regulations, The securing of necessary
burning permits shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All burning shall
be under the constant care of competent watch -person, Burning shall be
thorough and shall not be permitted to smolder and result in dense smoke.
{c) When the timber and debris are to be disposed off in locations off the right-
of-way and out of sight of the project, the Cantraatar shall furnish the
Engineer, before final acceptance of the project, a written release frpm the
property owner, or ttis authorized agent, granting the servitude of his lands,
1.01.5 PRQTECTICiN UE VECE7'ATIUN 1"O REMAIN
The Contractor shall conduct his operations in a manner to prevent limb, bark, or
root injuries to trees, shrubs: ar other types of vegetation that are to remain
growing and also to prevent damage to adjacent property. When any such
injuries unavoidably occur, all rough edges of scarred areas shall first be made
reasonably smooth in accordance with generally accepted horticultural practice,
and the scars then thoroughly covered with an asphaltum base free paint, Any
such plants that are damaged by any construction operations to such an extent
as to destroy their value for shade or their landscape purposes, shaft be cut and
disposed off by the Contractor, without extra compensation, when so directed by
the Engineer.
Rev. Q8/t}0 SECT{UPI 1- ; .

Page 4
1.U'f.fi PR©TECTION QF PE2©PERTY
{a} Necessary arrangements shall be made by the Gontractor with all persons,
firmslcarporations owning or using any poles, pipes, tracks or conduits, etc.,
affected by the work included under this Section to maintain and protect
such facilities. The cost of any such protection shall be paid by the
Contractor and included in the Contract price.
{b} Excavated materials shall be deposited in areas designated by the Engineer,
The Gantraator shall not deposit excavated materials on pavements,
sidewalks or grass plots, except an authorization of the Engineer, and then
only when adequate temporary provisions have been made for passage and
protectionlsafety of pedestrians and vehicles. Adequate bridging and
planked crossings must be provided and maintained across all open
trenches far pedestrians and vehicles.
{c} The Contractor shall protect ail adjacent property which might be disturbed
during the progress of the work. The Contractor will be held liable far any
damage which may result to neighboring property from operations
performed under this section.
(d} Where excavation or demolition is to be carried on adjacent property or
construction owned by others, the Gontractor shall give due and legal notice
to such owner and shall take all steps necessary to protect adjacent
construction from damage arising out of his operations; and the Contractor
shall protect the Owner named in the Gontract and his agents from any and
all claims arising due ta'work covered in this section.
'f.U1,i )rRflS14N
(a} Al! work under this section shall be performed in a manner which will cause
a minimum of soli erasion. The Contractor shall perform such erasion
control work, temporary ar permanent, as may be directed by the Engineer,
indicated on the Gontract Drawings, ar required by local regulations in order
to satisfactorily minimize erosion resulting from clearing and grubbing and
other construction operations.
{b} Failure on the part of the Contractor to perform the required erasion control
measures, including in a timely manner, will be just cause for the Engineer
to direct the suspension of clearing and grubbing and other construction
operations at the Contractor's awn time and cast. The suspension will be in
effect until such time as the Gontractor has satisfactorily performed the re-
quired erasion control work. !n the event the Gontractor fails to perform the
directed wank within a reasonable length of time, the Engineer may have the
work performed by others. See General Ganditions �3.09 NEGt_ECTED
WORK BY CONTRACTOR.
Rev. Cl8IQO � SECTION 1

Page 5
(a} All measurement of clearing and grubbing will be made horizontally.
{b} Wark performed in cleaning up non -wooded areas shad be in accordance
with Section 1.{?1. However, the removal pf weeds, vines, plant stalks, base
rock, and small scattered trees will be considered as a minor and incidental
part of the work of clearing and grubbing and no measurement ar payment
will be made far such work.
{c} On lump sum contracts, and an lump sum items in a unit price contract, na
separate measurement or payment will be made. On unit price contracts
and an unit price items in a lump sum contract, measurement will- be made
based on the actual surface area cleared and grubbed at the unit price
allowed in the proposal. On -site barrow areas, approved by the Owner and
the Engineer; shah be cleared and grubbed, and paid far in the above
manner.
{d} When the Contractor is required to furnish barrow sources; material sources,
or waste areas, ar when the Engineer permits the Contractor to obtain borrow
ar deposit waste on any area within the right of way in lieu of barrow and
waste areas which were to have been furnished by the Contractor, na
.measurement of alearing and grubbing will be made far such areas.
'1.t73 NEGLECTS[? Vtt'4�tRC B� CC3PdTFiAG1"OR
If the CONTRACTOR shauid neglect to prosecute the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule, the OWNER,
upon written notice to the CONTRACTOR, after three {3} days from receipt of such notice
by the CONTRACTOR and without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, may
make goad such deficiencies and the cost thereof (including compensation far additional
professional services} shall be charged against the CONTRACTOR if the ENGINEER
approves such action, in which case a Change Order shall be issued incorporating the
necessary revisions in the Contract Documents including an appropriate reduction in the
Contract Price. If the payments then or thereafter slue the CONTRACTOR are not
sufficient to cover such amount, the CONTRACTOR will pay the difference to the
oWN1TR.
Rev. O�JOq SECTION 1

Page 1
2.Q1 �EIVEFtAL,
2.01.1 SCt7FE ©F WORK
{a} All labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services req-aired far the making
of al! excavations far structures, the placing of backfill for structures and
general site grading required in the Contract shall be furnished and per-
formed in compliance with the falfawing General Specification, the Project
Specifications which precede all General Specifications and the Gontract
Drawings.
(b} This General Specification designated as Section 2,0, Structures -
Excavation and >3ackfill, savers the description of methods usually employed
in excavation and backfill for structures and general grading operations.
The Project Specifications and the Gontract Drawings designate the specific
work, the lines, grades and details and the excavation and backfill for
structures to be cansfiructed under this Contract, The inclusion of items of
material ar work within this Specification does not necessarily constitute their
use an this Project.
Excavation includes loosening and removing; transporting, storing and
disposing of items whose removals are not specified under another contract
section and which are necessary to be removed far the construction and
completion of al! work under the Contract. Excavation shall be made to the
widths and depths shown on the plans ar as specified herein.
When rock is encountered, excavation shall be performed in accordance
with the section headed "ROCK EXCAVATION". The term "Excavation"
shall be deemed to cover the price bid for any and all items including
"excavation" for any or all of the following operations:
{1} Removing, storing and rehandling of all paving materials of any name
and nature.
{2} Sheeting, sheet piling, shoring and bracing including driving, and
removing.
(3} i*iitching, pumping, coffer damming, or bailing or other methods of
disposing of water.
(4} Refitting of all ditches, pits, sump areas, and the compaction of ail fill
materials.
{5} Maintenance and protection of traffic.
(6} Protection of aft sidewalks, tress, shrubs, structures, underground
conduits or the replacement thereof.
Rev. 02197 SECTION 2

Page 2
{7} Temporary paving, fencing, warning lights, traffic guards far direction
and control of traffic during rush hours.
The term "Earth" as used herein shall include alI materials except rock
requiring blasting and larger than twelve {12} cubic feet but shah specifically
exclude all ledge and bed rock.
The term "Spoil" includes material not used or not suitable for use as backfill
or fill.
The term "E�ackfill" includes acceptable materials for backfitling of all
excavations and ditches up to ttte original ground surface.
The term'"Embankments" shall include fills constructed of selected materials
above the original surface of the ground to the compaction specified herein.
2,Q'1.2 SFIQP DRA�IlINGS
{a} Attention is directed to the provisions in the General Conditions of the
Contract requiring the submission to the Engineer of descriptive details and
of shop and setting drawings, an Structures - Excavation and. Backfill
operations, which include the installation of cofferdam work, such
submission shall include drawings and details of the cofferdam proposed,
2.Q2 CONSTRUGTft�N METMQDS
ZA2.'! GENERAL
{a) The Contractor shall accept conditions afi the work site as found and shall
assume the risk of any variation of the condition of site or buildings thereon
which may occur subsequent to signing of the Contract. The Contractor
must assume the risk of meeting, and the Contract price shall include, the
cast of removal of quicksand, hardpan, boulders, clay, rubbish, unforeseen
obstacles, underground conduits, gas pipe, drain tile, tress, roots, timber or
masonry structures, railroad tracks, pavements and sidewalks and the delay
or damage occasioned by the same, whether or not these obstacles are
Shawn on the Contract Drawings, No claim for an amoun# of money beyond
the Contract price will be entertained or allowed on account of the character
of the ground in which the excavation is made unless rack as defined here-
inafter is encountered and removed.
{b} The location of utilities systems and structures as shown on the Contract
drawings has been selected to provide the least possible interference with
.existing utilities and facilities, The Uwner reserves the right to make minor
variations in the Location of proposed work during the construction. No extra
payment will be allowed the Contractor for such shifts in alignment or
location.

Page 3
{a) Soils investigation data may be available upon request of the Engineer.
When available it is presented only for the general information of the
Contractor as stated in the General Conditions of the contract. lf, after
excavation is made, conditions are disclosed which are unsuitable far the
type of foundations shown on the Contract Drawings, the Gontraator shall
perform additional excavation, drive fioundation piles, or take other
measures as directed by the Engineer. Any such work ordered will be paid
for under provisions of Article 14 in the General Conditions of the Contract ar
at Contract Unit Prices. However, the Gontractar is reminded that the costs
fiar all compaction tests, etc. shall be a part of his Contract bid.
2.Q2.2 iPRaTEGT1tJN OP P(24PERTlt
(a) Necessary arrangements shall be made by the Gontractar with ail persons,
firms, corporations owning or using any poles, pipes, tracks ar conduits, etc.,
affected by construction included under this Section to maintain and protect
such facilities during construction, The cost of any such protection shall be
paid by the Contractor and included in the Contract price.
{b} In the event that any existing gas pipes, water pipes, conduits, sewers, the
drains, poles or other utilities are blocked or interfered with by canstruatian
operations, the Cantractar shelf maintain them in continuous operation, and
restore them to the same condition as they were prior to the start of the
project, all at no additional aampensatian.
(c) Excavated materials shall be deposited in areas designated by the Engineer.
The Cantractar shall avoid depositing excavated materials on pavements,
sidewalks or grass plats, except on autharizatian of the Engineer, and then
only when adequate temporary provisions have been made far passage and
protection of pedestrians and vehicles. Adequate bridging and planked
crossings must be provided and maintained across all open trenches far
pedestrians and uehicles.
(d) The Contractor shall share up or otherwise protect all fences, buildings,
walls, walks, curbs ar other property adjacent to any excavation, which might
be disturbed during the progress of the work, The Contractor will be held
liable- far any damage, which may result to neighboring property from
excavation, backfill ar grading operations performed under this Section,
{e} Where excavation ar demolition is to be carried an adjacent to property ar
construction owned by others, the Cantractar shall glue due and written legal
notice to such owner and shaD take all steps necessary to protect adjacent
cons#ruction Pram damage arising out of his operations, and he shallpratect
the Qwner named in this Contract and his agen#s from any and all. claims
arising from exaavatian ar demolition operations.
Rev.02197 SEC`CION 2

2.02.3 PROTECTIC3N AGA{NST WATER
(a} The Contractor shall take all steps necessary, such as ditching, diking,
pumping, Weil pointing and bailing, canstrust necessary drains and channels
to keep the excavation clear of ground v�+stet, sewage ar storm water, during
the progress of the work and until the finished work is safe from injury.
Water shall not be allowed to rise over and come in contact with masonry,
concrete or mortar, until at least 24 hours have elapsed after placement of
same, and no stream shall be allowed to flow over such work without the
Engineer's permission.
{b} Adequate measures and protection shall be provided for vaults, reservoirs,
tanks, basements, etc., from effects of possible uplift due to storm or ground
water where buoyancy might lift structures or floor failures which may occur
during construction.
2.02.4 EXCAVAT{ON
{a} Exsavation shall include the loosening, loading, removing, transporting and
disposing of all materials„ wet or dry, necessary to be removed- to construct
all work included in this Section, to the lines, grades and locations shown an
the Contrast Drawings. Excavated materials shall be piled in locations that
will not interfere with sonstructian operations.
(b} Exsavation for structures shag sonform to the depth and dimensions
necessary for the proper installation of all strustures detailed an the Contrast
Drawings. Unless spesifisally directed by the Engineer, excavation shaCl not
be carried below the eleuatians indicated on the Contrast Drawings. Where
any exsavatian is made below the elevations indisated on the Contrast
Drawings, the exsavations, if under slabs, shall be restated to the proper
elevation with composted well -graded granular foundation material
conforming to RIC Department of Transportakion standard gradation for size
67 stone, ar if under. footings, the depths of the walls or footings shall be
increased at no additional expense to the Owner. In any event, the
operations necessary to correct an excess of excavation shall meet with the
approval of the Engineer. If deemed necessary, concrete shall be used to
correct unauthorized excavations. iVa compensation wiCl be allowed for any
unauthorized excavation, slides, falls or cave-ins.
(c} The Contrastar shall furnish and install all temporary sheeting, shoring,
timbering., bracing and steel sheet piling required to maintain the excavation
in a condition to permit the safe and efficient installation of all items of
Contract work. Upon completion of the various Contrast items, all temporary
forms, shares and bracing shall be removed. While being withdrawn all
uacancies left by the sheeting and bracing shall be carefully filled with sand
and composted ar puddled as dirested by the Engineer.
Rev, 02J97 SECTION 2

Page 5
(d} Under certain conditions, sheeting and bracing may be ardered by the
Engineer to be left in place. Any sheeting sa ardered left in place will be
paid far on the basis of the Contract unit price for such work. if no Contract
unit price is established for this work, payment will be established in
accordance with provisions far Extra Work in the General Conditions of the
Contract,
(e} Sheet piling indicated on the Contract Drawings to be placed far the purpose
of retaining the stability of sail adjacent to excavations shall be driven to
lines and grades indicated thereon and left in place. When so Hated, depth
of penetration, type and weight of piling shall be as designated on the
Contract Drawings. Cost of such permanent sheet piling shall be included in
the Contract lump sum price.
(f} When sail materials encountered in any excavation are determined by the
Engineer to be unsuitable far structural foundations, the Contractor shall
furnish and place granular foundation material of well_.graded crushed stave
and gravel backfil( conforming to NC Department of Transpartatian standard
gradation far size 57 stone, in 6 inch layers, as directed by the Engineer.
The cast of additional excavation and disposal of excavated materials shall
be merged into the Contract unit price far granular foundation material. if na
Contract unit prioe is established far this wank, payment wiif be made in
accordance with the provisions far Extra Work in the General Conditions of
Contract.
(g} All areas to be excavated ar regraded shall have topsail stripped and
deposited in stockpiles convenient to the areas, which are subsequently to
receive application of topsoil. Topsail shall be used exclusively far fiinishad
grading as specified in Section 4.Q, Site Work.
(h} Unsuitable and surplus excavated material and debris not incorporated in
the prajeat shall be disposed of by the Contractor at his awn expense
outside the limits of the Project site or as directed by the Engineer.
(i} if private land is used as a spoil site, the Contractor shall obtain written
permission from the owner of the land, or his agent, and provide the project
Owner with a certified copy of such agreement.
(j} When, for any reason, the work is left unfinished for extended periods, all
trenches and excavations shall be filled and all roadways and sidewalks left
.unobstructed with their surfaces in a safe and satisfactory condition.
(k} When it is necessary to haul material over the streets or pavements, the
Contractor shaii provide suitable tight vehicles sa as #o prevent deposits on
the streets or pavements. In all cases where any materials are dropped
from the vehicles, the Contractor shall clean up the same as often as
directed and keep the crosswalks, streets, and general pavement clean.
Rev. f}2197 SECTIOi� 2

Page 6
{I} Surface of the ground in streets and elsewhere shall in ail cases be left in as
good a condition as it was prior to the commencement of the work. Curbs,
gutEers, and culverts disturbed on account of the work of the Contractar shaA
be repaired and restored. The work of restoring and repairing shall be as
specified in the General Specification Section 17.0, Clean-up and
Restoration, the Project Specifications and the Contract Drawings.
2.02,5 Rt�GK E3tCA1lATlt��(
{a) Wherever the word "Rock" appears, it shall be interpreted to mean any
material encountered of a uniform hardness of three {3) in the scale of
mineral hardness and/or any material which cannot be removed from its
original position with a 30Q hp {minimum), 70,QOp Ib. working weight
{minimum) dozer with a rock ripping attachment, in good condition, without
continuous drilling and blasting. The Contractor will be responsible for
praying, by demonstration and photographic evidence that slate, shale,
sandstone or other hard material encountered cannot be removed with
heavy equipment without continuous drilling and blasting. Other materials
shall not be classed as rack, although it may be mare economical to remove
same by blasting. 8aulders will not be classified as rock unless larger than
112 cubic yard.
(b) Should rock be encountered in the excavation, it shall be .removed- by
blasting or other approved methods. Where blasts are made, the
excavation shall be carefully covered with suitable brush, timber or matting
to prevent danger to life and property. The Contractor shall secure all
permits required by l*aw for blasting operations and any additional hazard
insurance required, the cost of such permits and insurance to be borne by
the Contractor, The Contractor shall strip the rack. of over -burden, such
stripping to be done in sections and approved by Engineer. Na blasting shall
be done by the Contractar until he has notified the Engineer and until the
necessary crass -sections of the top of the rock have been taken. No loaded
hales shall ice left unattended or overnight without approval from the
Engineer. Blasting will not be permitted within 25 feet of completed pipelines
or structures nor will it be permitted within 25 feet of any existing structure,
pipeline or conduit, Adequate warning and danger signals shah be given
before firing dynamite explosives. Adequate records shad be kept by the
Contractor of all explosives kept at the site of the work. All explosives shall
be used and handled, stored and exploded in conformance with all state and
local laws and regulations.
{c} Materials classified as "Rack" in these Specifications, if encountered, shall be
excavated to the grade of the bottom of structures to be installed unless
specifically shown on the Contract Drawings to be removed to a greater
depth. Afker such rook is removed the excavation, when required, shall be
backfilled with clean low -void sand or other non- compressible fine law -void
material satisfactory to the t=ngineer, and consolidated to place the tap
surface at the grade established an the Contract Drawings for the bottom of
the structure. The cost of furnishing, placing and consolidating of such fill
material shall be entered as the unit price for granular foundation material,
except in Proposals where this item does not appear. In these cases, this
cost shall be merged in the unit price bid for rock excavation, In Proposals
......that do not have a rock efause� the cost -for rack excavation and -fill -material
Rev. ©2197 SECTION 2

Page 7
shall be considered to be unclassified and shall be merged with the lump
Sum bid far the Project.
2.(}2.6 BACKFIt.t.ING, EIVIBANKi411E�iT AND CUT AREAS
(a} A(I backfHing shall be made to lines and grades shown on the Contract
Drawings. Backfill adjacent to and under structures, foundations and
caricrete slabs shall be placed in horizontal layers not in excess of 6 inches
in thickness, loose measurement, with optimum moisture content required
for maximum compaction. Backfill under structures, foundations and
concrete slabs shall be made using well -graded sands ar sand and gravel
mixtures subject fa approval of the Engineer. Vibratory methods shalt be
used far campacfron. Each horizontal layer shall be compacted to 10t)% of
maximum dry weight density in pounds per cubic foot as determined by the
Standard Proctor Campaation Test, unless otherwise specified by the
Engineer or the Contract Documents. A minimum of two (2} tests and not
less than one (1}test far each 15,Ot�C1 square feet of area shall be taken far
each three (3}feet. All tests shalt be at the Contractor's expense.
(b} Embankments shall be constructed to established lines and grades at the
locations shaven on the Contract Drawings and as directed by the Engineer.
Embankment material shall be natural sail free from excessive moisture ar
deleterious materials. Embankments shall be obtained from materials at the
site or acceptable barrow pits, In either ease, acceptable materials shall be
well graded from twne to coarse with a very minimum of silt. The entire
surface to be covered with embankment shall be stripped of all topsoil
before any embankment material is placed.
(c} Embankments and fills far general site grading shall be made using
cohesive or cohesionless materials, as approved by the Engineer, Before
any Embankment or f[li is placed, the entire area shall be cleared, as
previously specified. if embankments and fills are constructed in winter,
snow and ice shall be removed from the area. The site shall be thoroughly
plowed before any fill is placed to insure a proper bonding of the materials.
Sa far as is practicable, each layer shall extend the entire length of the
embankment or fill. They shall be constructed in layers not exceeding 6
inches in thickness. Sheepsfaot rollers shall be used to compact aN soils
except. sands or gravels and shall have a weight an each row of feet of not
less than 2D(i nor more than 5t70 pounds per square inch of foot surface,
Pneumatic- tired rollers ar vibrators shall be used to compact sands and
gravels and shall be so constructed that the weight per tire shall be not less
than 1,000 pounds nor mare than 2,000 pounds. Pneumaticwtired rollers
shall have a width of not less than four (4} feet,
Where required to da so in order to properly compact the soil, the Contractor
shall add sufficient water during railing and tamping to assure consolidation
of the fill materials. Unless specifically shown otherwise an the Conkract
Drawings or specified differently herein, all embankments shall be
compacted in accordance with method "C" of ASTM D69$ {Standard Praatar
Compaction Test) to the following minimum percentages expressed as a
percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content:
Rev. 02197 SECTIC�C�I 2

f
1
Under roadways and parking
areas {except the upper
three feet} and water
holding embankments
Under proposed structures
and the upper three feet
under roadways and parking
areas
Areas not otherwise specified
---- 96 percent of maxi-
mumdry density and
90 pounds per cubic
fact dry density
--- 100 percent of maxi-
mum dry density and
95 pounds per cubic
fact dry density
-_-- 90 percent of maxi-
mum dry density
Compaction curves shall be developed for each type of soil proposed far use
in embankment. The development of the curves from the standard density ar
compaction test shall be done at or by an approved testing laboratory at the
Contractor"s expense. Nat less than one {1 }test for compacted density shall
be taken or.. each three {3) feet for each 10,000 square feet of embankments
and fills for general site grading.
{d} Al[ materials required for backfili, embankment or fill in excess of that available
an the site shall be obtained by the Contractor from other sources as approved
by the Engineer. All costs thereof shall be merged in the Contract price for the
project.
{e) Backfill shall not be placed against structure walls until the concrete has:
{1} Attained a strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch.
{2) Intermediate floors andlor framing levels have been poured.
{f) �3ackfil! shall be brought up evenly an each side of buried structures such as
tunnels, galleries, pump stations, wet wells, etc., to prevent imposing
unbalanced faroes against these structures.
{g) -Where slabs are to be poured an soil, it shall be the Contractor's
responsibility to take all precautions and necessary steps to facilitate the
placing of concrete, i.e.; well painting, trenching and dewatering, placement
of a concrete mud slab, etc., as required. All such casts shall not be paid tar
as separate items, but shall be merged into the applicable lump sum or unit
price items listed for the project.
{h) Cut areas where roadways, drives ar structures are to be Located shall be
scarified to a depth of six {6"} inches. These areas shall then be compacted
and tested in the same manner and to the same extents as embankment
areas or as specified by Section 2.02.E{c) of these General Specifications ar
as modified by the Project Specifications.
2.42.7 SITE GRADING
{a) Upon completion of construction operations, the entire site within limits
designated in the Project Specifications ar indicated on thi? Contract
Drawings shall be brought to the finished rough grades indicated an the.........
Rev. 02197

,•+s- •
Contract prawings, AIC surfaces shall be smoothed and left in condition to
permit placing of topsoil. The Contractor's attention is directed to other
sections of these General Specifications, the Project Specification and the
Contract Drawings covering the placing of topsoil, grassing and erosion
control.
2.03.`1 LUMP SUM CONTRACTS AND LUMP SUM !TENS
{a) Gn lump sum contracts and lump sum items in a unit price contract, no
separate measurement ar payment will be made far excavation {except
where allowed for rock), ar for dewatering, kemporary sheeting, backfill or
final grading,
2.03.2 UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS AND UNIT PRICE ITEMS
on unit price contracts and an unit price .items in a lump sum contract,
measurement for payment and compensation will be as follows:
{a) EXCAVATICIN -Measurement far payment will be made from the ground
surface to the bottom of the slab, and within a vertical plane around the
perimeter of the structure, which is 3 feet distant from the extreme edge of
the base slab. Compensation will be at the unit price. per cubic yard named
in the Contract for material removed, carnputed on the basis defined above,
which shall cover removing material, backfill, grading and the removal of
excess excavated material from the site.
{b} ROGK EXCAVATION -Rock excavation will be measured from the average
tap surface of the rock to a plane coincidental with the bottom of the
structural stab or as Hated an the Contract Drawings and to a vertr""cal plane
around the perimeter of the stnucture, measuring three {3} feet outside the
extreme limit of the base slab. Compensation wi[I be made at the Contract
unit price far rock removed, computed an the basis defined above, which
shall cover removal of rock, dewatering if required, and the removal of
excess excavated material from the site.
{c) SHEETING AND BRACING LEFT IN PLACE -Temporary timber sheeting
and bracing ordered left in place will be measured on the basis of the actual
quantity of lumber left in place, computed on nominal lumber sizes.
Compensation will be made an the basis of the Gantract unit. price per
thousand feet board measure {MFBM), which shall include the furnishing
and placing of material and all cutting, splicing, bracing and spiking ar
bolting.
Rev. E}2C97 SECTION 2

Page 10
(d� GRANULAR FOUNDAT[ON MATERIAL - Compensation for sand and
gravel or crushed stone foundation material ordered placed wit{ be based
upon the Contract unit price for such material, multiplied by the actual
tannage or cubic yards placed. Such compensation shah include the cost of
removal and disposal of excavated material, wet or dry, and the furnishing,
placing and compacting of refit( material. Granular foundation material
specifically shown on the Contract Drawings or called far in the Project
Specifications, such as sand and gravel layers under slabs, and at relief
valve loca#ions, wit[ be paid for as granular foundation material where a unit
price exists. Otherwise the cost of such material sha0 be included in the
appropriate lump sum item.
(c) SACKF[LL[NG AND EMBANICMI=NT -There will be no direct payment for
this item. Payment at the contract unit prices for the various items listed
above in this Section 2.Q3.2 shall be full compensation for all work covered
by this item.
Rev.O�l97 Si*CT10N 2

GEhtERA�. SPCIFICATI®P�5
SECTIt�N 3.0

Page 1
GENERAL SPECI�IGATI®NS
4.0 SITE 1�iQR6C
4.0'I GENERAL
4.01.1 SCOPE OP WORK
{a} Alf fiabor, materials, equipment, foals and services required to fulfill the
requirements of this Contract far Site Wark shall be furnished and
installed in compliance with the fallowing General Specification, the
Project Speaificatians, and the Contract Drawings,
{b} The General Specification designated as Section 4.Q Site Wark covers
the description of Wark and materials generally utilized in site work and
erosion control and the specification far performing that work.. The
Project Specifications and the Cantraat Drawings designate specific work
to be performed under the Contract. The inclusion of items of material or
work within this Specification does not necessarily constitute their use on
this Project.
{c} Cited examples are used only to denote the quality standard of
product desired and does not restrict bidders to a specific brand,
make, manufacturer or specific name. They are used only to set
Earth and convey to bidders the general style, type, character, and
quality of product desired. Equivalent products wilt be acceptable.
4.02 GLEARWG ANQ GRUBBING
{a} Clearing and grubbing of the site shall be in full aanfarmance with Section 1.t),
Clearing and Grubbing, of the General Specifications. The limits of clearing and
grubbing and specific details concerning the work shall be as set forth in the Project
Specifications and the Contract Drawings.
{b} All trenches, ditches, and hales resulting from the work of this section shall be filled
with clean earth and compacted to the level of the surrounding elevations.
4.03 GRAf?ING
�,03.1 EXGAVATItJN
{a} GENERAL
{1 } Excavation shall include the loosening, loading, removing,
transporting, and disposing of all materials, wet or dry, necessary to
be removed in order to meet the lines, grades and elevations shown
an the Contract Drawings. The Contractor must assume the risk of
meeting and the Contract price shall include the cast of removal of
quicksand, hardpan, boulders, clay, rubbish, unforeseen obstacles,
underground conduits, gas pipe, drain tile, trees, rants, timber ar
masonry structures, railroad tracks, pavements, and sidewalks; and
the delay or damage occasioned by the same, whether these
obstacles are spawn on the Contract Drawings or not.
Rev. 9/09 SECTION 4

{2} No claim far any amount of money beyond the Contract price of the
work will be entertained or allowed on account of the character afi the
ground in which the excavation is made unless rock as defined
hereinafter is encountered and removed, and only then when rock
appears as a unit price item. The quantities for payment shall be
determined an the basis established in Section 4.t}8 of this General
Specification.
{3} The location of existing piping and underground utilities, such as gas
mains, water mains, electric duct lines, telephone conduits, etc., as
shown on the Contract Drawings as approximate. The Owner does
not assume responsibility for fihe passibility that during construatian
utilities other than those shown may be enaauntered, ar that actual
location afi those shown may be different from the locations
designated on the Contract Drawings.
{4} At the locations wherein detailed positions of these facilities became
necessary to the new constn.�ction, the Contraator shall, at his own
expense, furnish all labor and tools to either verify and substantiate
the record drawing location, or definitely establish the position of the
facilities.
{5} Necessary arrangements shall be made by the Contractor with all
persons, firms, corporations awning ar using any pales, pipes, tracks,
ar conduits, etc., affected by the construction of this Project, to
maintain and protect such facilities during construction with the cost
of such protection paid by the Contractor and included in the contract
price. In the event that any existing gas pipes, water pipes, conduits,
sewers, file drains or pales are blocked or interfered with by the
excavation required on this project, the Contractor shall maintain
them in continuous operation, and restore them to fihe same
condition as they were prior to the start of eanstructian of this Projee#,
all at no additional compensation.
{6} Excavated motet"ral shall not be placed an grass plats unless there is
na other suitable place to put it. Excavated material shall be placed
an pavements or sidewalks only on the explicit approval of the
Engineer.
{7} Sidewalks and pavements musk in no case be blocked ar abstruated
by excavated material, except on the authorization of the Engineer,
and then only when adequate provisions have been made far a
satisfactory temporary passage of pedestrians and vehicles.
Adequate bridging and planked crossings must be provided and
maintained across all open trenches for pedestrians and vehicles.
Barriers, lights, flares, and watchmen shall be provided and
maintained by the Contractor at all excavations, and embankments at
na additional compensation, as provided in the General Conditions of
the Contract.
Rev. 9td9 SEGTl4N 4

Page 3
(8} Topsoil shall be stripped and stockpiled on the jab site. Topsoil shall
be removed to the depth of fertility, except that in na instance shah
topsail be stripped below a depth of 12 inches. Topsoil shall be
stripped only when friable, Topsoil shall be free of clay, stones 2"
and larger, and debris. Upon completion of construction, topsoil is to
be distributed as set forth in the Project Specifications and Contract
Drawings.
(9} Excavated material shall be deposited sa as to interfere as little as
possible with the execution of the whole work ar its several parts, and
in such manner that for each purpose the most suitable material may
be placed in its final position but not in a manner to interfere with the
satisfactory carrying out of the work. Such material as cannot be
placed in its final position in fills and embankments shall be removed
to a temporary spoil bank, from which it shall later be taken and
paced in embankment ar fibs.
{10} Unsuitable and surplus excavated material not incorporated in the
improvement shall be disposed ofi by the Contractor at his own
expense unless otherwise designated in the Project Specifications, or
an the Contract Drawings.
(1 � } If private land is used by the Contractor as a spoil site, the Contractor
shall obtain written permission from the Owner or Agent of the land
agreeing to its use for this purpose, and provide the project Owner
with a certified copy of such agreement,
(�2} All cuts shall be brought to the grade and cross section shown on the
Contract Drawings, or established by the Engineer, prior to final
inspection and acceptance by the Engineer.
(�} uN�rr�cuT
{1} Undercut excavation shall be in accordance with Section 225-4 of the
STANDARD SPECK=iCATIONS FOR ROADS AND STRUCTURES,
North Carolina Department of Transportation, published Jan 2Qg2.
{2} The backfilling of undercut excavation shah be in accordance with
Section 4.Q3.2 {EMBANKMENT} of these General Specifications.
(3} Backfilling of undercut excavation shah not toe a pay item unless
specifically called far in the Project Specifications. The cost of
backfilling shall be inoluded in the cast of undercut excavation.
(c} SUBGRA'Jl;
{� } The Contractor shad be responsible for preparing and maintaining the
subgrade in a condition suitable for installation of the cohesive soil
liner unless specificially agreed otherwise.
{2} Before beginning construction of the base liner system, the project
engineer shall visually inspect the exposed surface to evaluate the
suitablity of the subgrade and document that the surface is properly
prepared and that the elevations are consistent with the approved
engineering plans.
Rev. 9{09 SECTION 4

{3} At a minimum, the subgrade shall be proof -rolled at cut sections
u#ilizing a fully loaded tandem dump truck or equivalent. !f movement
of the subbase is observed under the wheels, the section of
movement will be repaired or removed and replaced with suitable fill
material This newly placed fill material will then be tested #qr proper
density and moisture,
{4} All fill soils shall be placed in no more than eight {$"} inch thick loose
lifts with a maximum six {6"} inches of compacted lift. The soils shall
be compacted to at least 95°/a of the Standard Proatar maximum dry
density {ASTM T3-69$) and at or near optimum moisture content
using approved compaction equipment. The fill subgrade shall be
tested for density and moisture content at one {1} test pr six {6"}
inches of compacted lift far each 10,00{7 square feet, or fractions
thereof, of compacted fill. if an area fails, it shall be repaired ar
replaced with suitable compacted soils and retested.
4.03.2 EMBANKMENT
(a} GENERAL .
{1} Embankment includes the transporting, placing, compacting and
testing of suitable fill material as indicated in the Project
Specifications and on the Contract drawings. It shall include the
preparation of the areas upon which the embankment is to be
constructed; the formation, compaction, stability, and
maintenance of the embankment; the placing and compacting of
.approved material within areas where unsuitable material has
been removed; and the placing and compaction of embankment
materials in hates, pits, and other depressions within the area.
{2} Qnly suitable materials shall be used in the construction of
embankments and baakfills. Na frozen material, roots, sod, ar
other objeatianable material shall be incorporated or placed in the
embankments ar backfills. The top 6 inches of any embankment
shall not contain any material larger than will pass a 3 inch sieve
except where written permission is given by the Engineer,
:} s
{1} Before embankment construction !s begun, all vegetation and
rubbish shall be removed from the area within the limits of the
embankment. This material shall be disposed of as directed by
the Engineer, ar required by these Specifications. Mowed sod
may be plowed and left in place where the height of the
embankment to be constructed is greater than 6 feet, unless
otherwise Hated.
{2} Where embankments are to be placed and compacted on
hillsides, ar when new embankments are to be compacted
against existing embankments, or when embankments are built
in part widths, the slopes that are steeper than 4:1 shall be
loosened or plowed to a minimum depth of 6 inches or, if in the
opinion of the Engineer, the nature of the ground is such that
greater preeaukians should be taken to bind the fill to the original
ground, then benches shall be cut in the existing ground,
Rev. �io� SECTION 4

{c)
Page 5
(3} AU portions of the surface upon which an embankment is to be
placed shall be thoroughly plowed or scarified and al( cleavage
planes broken up before beginning the embankment.
EMHANKMEI`di FCIRMA7'lON
(1 } The material shah be deposited and spread in successive,
uniform, approximately harizantal layers of not mare than 6
inches in dep#h, lease measurement, for the full width of the
cross section, and shaft be kept approximately level by the use of
effective spreading equipment. Each layer of the embankment
shall be thoroughly Gampacted as hereinafter specified, Hauling
shall be distributed over the fu(I form during the construction of
the embankment, The embankment shall be properly drained at
all times.
(2} Where embankments are to be constructed across ground which
will net support the weight of trucks or ether hauling equipment,
the first layer of the embankments may be Constructed by
dumping successive truck ar other equipment loads in a uniform
distributed layer of a thickness not greater than that necessary to
support the trucks or hauling equipment while placing
subsequent layers. The remainder of such embankments shall
then be constructed in layers as above specified.
(3} Where it is necessary to place embankment material ir. a swamp
or in water, unsuitable surge material sha11 be kept in a fluid state
ar removed to prevent any of this material from being trapped in
or under the embankment.
(4) Na rack lifts shall be placed within 2 feet of the finished grade.
No rack or broken pavement shall be placed in embankments
where piles are to be placed or driven.
(5} In valleys, ravines, and at the foot of slopes an side hills, a limited
amount of end ar side dumping will be allowed, when permitted
by the Engineer, to form a satisfaatary base in the formFation of
the embankment, after which the layers shall be constructed
parallel with the finished grade as hereinbefore specified,
(d) ENl8AN1�NIENT CC?IVIPACTION
(1} All embankment material shall be Compacted as specified herein
unless otherwise stipulated by the Contract or directed by the
Engineer. Gompactian equipment used by the Contractor shall
be adequate to produce the required Gompactian and produce a
uniformly construoted embankment with all layers uniformly
bound to all preceding layers.
(2) One compaction test shall be made far each 10,000 square feet
of fill three (3) feet deep. Compaction shall be accomplished with
other than heavy machinery where that machinery may cause
damage to facilities. See Section 2.0: Structures -Excavation
and Backfill.
Rev, 9109 SECTION 4

(3} All fill shall be carnpaGted in accordance with method "C"" of
ASTM D698 (Standard Proctor Compaction Test} to the foCCowing
minimum percentages expressed at a percent of the maximum
density at optimum moisture content:
Under Roadways and
parking areas (except}
the upper three feet}
and water holding
embankments
----- 95 percent of maximum dry
density and 9Q pounds
per cubic fact dry density
Under proposed structures ----- 100 percent of maximum
and u}�per three feet under dry density and 95 pounds
roadways and parking areas per cubic foot dry density
Areas not ofherwise
specified
(e) IUTA[NTENANCE
-�-- 9g percent of maximum dry
density
{1} The Contractor shall be responsible during construction and un#iC
final acceptance for the maintenance of all embankments made
under the Contract.
(2) During construction and until final acceptance the Contractor shall
construct temporary ar permanent earth berms along the Qatar
edges of the top surface of the embankment, construct temporary
ditches, shape the embankment surface to provide far the
drainage of surface runoff along and throughout the length of the
embankments, and use any other methods necessary to maintain
the work covered by this section so that the work will not
contribute to excessive sail erosion.
(3} The Contractor shall replace, at na cast, any portion of
embankments which have become displaced ar damaged due to
carelessness or neglect an the part of the contractor,
(4} Aq embankments shall be brought to the grade and Gross section
shown on the Contract Drawings, ar estab[ished by the Engineer,
prior to fine! inspection and acceptance,
�.t�3.3 RACK EXCAVATlC3N
(a) Wherever the word "Rock" appears, it shall be interpreted to mean any
material anGauntered of a uniform hardness of three {3) in the scale of
mineral hardness andlor any material which cannot be removed from its
original position with a 30i) Hp {minimum), i0,0(itl Ib. working weight
{minimum} dozer with a rock ripping attachment in good condition without
continuous drilling and blasting will be considered rook, provided that the
Contractor proves by demonstration and photographic evidence that slate,
shaCe, sandstone ar other hard material encountered cannot be removed
with heavy equipment without cant[nuous drilling and blasting. Other
materials shall net be Glassed as rock, although it may be more
economical to remove same by blasting. Boulders will not ba classified as
rock unless larger than 1I2 GubiG yard.
Rev. 9/Q9 SECTCON 4

Page 7
(b} Should rack be encauntered in the excavation, it shall be removed by
blasting or other approved methods. Where blasts are made, fihe
excavation shall be carefully covered with suitable brush, timber or matting
to prevent danger to life and property. The Contractor shaIl secure al(
permits required by Law far blasting operations and any additional hazard
insurance required, the cast of such permits and insurance to be barite by
the Contractor. The Contractor shall strip the rock of aver -burden, such
stripping to be done in sections and approved by the Engineer. Na
blasting shall be done by the Contractor until he has ratified the Engineer
and until the necessary crass -sections of the tap of the rack have been
taken. No loaded hales shaA be left unattended or overnight without
approval from the Engineer. Blasting will rat be permitted within 26 feet of
completed pipe lines ar structures nor will it be permitted within 25 feet of
airy existing structure, pipe line or conduit. Adequate warning and danger
signals shall be given before firing dynamite explosives. Adequate
records shall be kept by the Contractor of ail explosives kept at the site of
the -work. All explosives shall be used and handled, stared and exploded
in conformance with all state and local laws and regulations.
(c} Materials classified as "Rock" in these Specifications, if encauntered, shall
be excavated to the grade of the bottom of structures to be installed
unless specifically shown an the Contract drawings to be removed, to a
greater depth. After such rack is removed, the excavation, when required,
shall be backfilled with clean low -void sand ar other non -compressible fine
low -void material satisfactory to the Engineer, and consolidated to place
the top surface at the grade established on the Gantract Drawings far the
bottom of the structure.
(d} The cost of furnishing, placing and cansalidating of such fill material sha{I
be entered as part of the embankment unit price bid, except in proposals
that do not have unit prices, in which case it becomes part of the Lump
Sum Base Bid. In Proposals that have unit price schedules, fihe cast of
removing and disposing of rack shall be entered as Rock Excavation. in
Proposals that da not have unit prices, the cost far Rock Excavation shall
become part of the Lump Sum Base Bid.
4.U4 PINAL GRADING
(a} The fallowing tolerances from. the established grades will be permitted, unless
otherwise specified by the Project Specifications.
1} general site grading: plus ar minus 0.20 foot
2} subgrade under structures, roadways and parking areas:
plus or minus 112 inch
(b} Slope grade away from building walls and grade entire areas oukside of building to
smooth uniform surface. .Finish grades, rat otherwise indicated, shall be uniform
levels or slopes between points where levels are given or between such points and
existing finish grades. Abrupt changes in stapes shall be rounded. Should figures
far finish elevations conflict with finish contours shown, the figures shall govern.
(c} Topsoil shalt then be spread on the ground areas and shall be smoothed down to a
loose depth of not less than three inches. Areas to receive topsoil shall be scarified
12" deep and all construction debris picked out and hauled off before spreading of
topsail. After topsoil has been spread, the entire area shall be left smooth and all
stones, roots, debris, etc., measuring 2" and larger shall be removed. Topsoil
Rev, 9/09 SECTIt7N 4

4.Q5
required, over the amount in the stockpile, shall be furnished by the Contractor at the
unit cost as set forth in the Contract Documents.
ERC�SIQN AND SERIMENT CONTRQL.
4.Cl5.1 GENERAL
{a} The Contractar. shall provide erosion and sediment control as detailed in
the Project Specifications and the Contract Drawing, during the period of
construction. The Contractor shall protect and maintain all temporary
erosion and sediment control features required by construction of this
project. Maintenance is to include, but is not limited to, removal of
sediment as it accumulates in and around structures and basins,
maintenance of temporary diversion swales, which will include, regrading
and seeding, if deemed necessary by the Inspector or the Engineer.
{b} Temporary erosion control measures shaft include but not be limited to the
use of temporary berms, dikes, dams, drainage ditches, silt basins, sift
ditches, slope drains, structures, vegetation, mulches, mats, netking,
gravel, or any other methods or devices that are necessary. Temporary
erosion control measures may include work outside the right of way or
construcfion limits where such work fs necessary as a result of
construction such as borrow operations, haul roads, plant sites, equipment
storage sites, and disposal of waste or debris. The Contractor shaft be
liable for all damages to public or private property caused by sifting or
slides originating in waste areas furnished by the Contractor. Materials far
temporary erosion control measures shall have been approved by the
Engineer before being used or shaft be as directed by the Engineer,
Erosion control measures installed by the Contractor shall be acceptably
maintained by the Contractar.
(c} The sediment and erosion measures implemented on this project are
subject to periodic review by the State of North Carolina Department of
Natural Resources and Community Development and are to be kept in
operating condition at all times. All erosion control measures are subject
to the requirements of the NC Sedimentation Pollution Control Act.
{d} The sequence of construction shall be as set forth in the Project
Specifications and the Contract Drawings.
{e} At the conclusion of project construction, the Contractor shall completely
remove and dispose of al! temporary erasion and sediment control
measures, unless othenuise specified in the Projec# Specifications of the
Contract Drawings. Temporary diversion swales shag be regraded to the
lines and grades shown vn the Contract Drawings.
(f} During the application of fertilizer and of asphalt binding material, or other
approved binding materials which may cause damage, adequate
precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to traffic, structures,
guardrails, traffic contro( devices, or any other appurtenances. The
Contractor shall either provide adequate covering ar change methods of
application as required to avoid such damage. When damage occurs the
Contractor shalt repair it, including any cleaning that may be necessary, at
his own expense.
Rev. 9(03 SECTION 4

4.05.2 TEMP©BABY SILT FENCE
{a} The Contractor shall construct a temporary silt fence for retention of s1t,
The Contractor shall construct the temporary silt fence at locations shown
on the Contract Drawings ar as directed by the Engineer,
(b} Fabric shall be a minimum of 32" high, have 14 gauge wire mesh, with 6
inch spacing.
{c} Posts -- Posts must be steel. Steel posts shall be five feet in length and
shall be of the self -fastener angle steel type.
No more #han three feet of any past, shall protrude from the ground,
Extra pasts if needed; will be considered an incidental addition to the slit
fence and no add[tionai payment will be made for them.
{d} Siit barrier shall be a synthet[a filter fabric, ar a pervious sheet of
polypropylene, nylon, polyester, or polyethylene yarn, certified by the
manufacturer as meeting the requirements of the NC Department of
Environment,_ Health and Natural Resources, Division of [_and
Resources, "Erosion and Sediment Control Planning and resign
EVlanua[".
(e} The Contractor will be requ[red to maintain the silt fence in a satisfactory
-condition for the duration of the project or until its removal is requested by
the Engineer and shall remove and dispose of silt accumulations at the
silt fence when so directed by the Engineer. After vegetation is
established, the Engineer shall determine if the silt fence is to be
removed or to be left [n place. if the temporary s[It fence is removed, it
will became the property of the Cantractar, but the contractor will also be
required to dress up and seed and mulch the area to give a pleasing
appearance as directed by the Engineer,
(f} All dressing up, seeding and mulching, required in the above paragraph
shall comply with -this General Specification Section 4.0 and all applicable
requirements of the "`Seeding and Mulching" provisions included herein.
{g} After the temporary silt fence has served its purpose at one location, it
may be used at other temporary locations providing it is st[ll in satisfactory
condition.
(h} Pay items associated with the use of the temporary silt fence shall be as
allowed. by Section 4.08 of this specification.
PERMANENT CQVER
4A6,1
GROUND PREPARATION
{a} Areas to be seeded shall Rave been cleared, grubbed and graded.
Excessively wet areas shall be allowed to dry; dry areas shall be lightly
sprinkled the day before seeding is accomplished. Operations shall be
accomplished during favorable weather conditions except that na seed
shall be sown on frozen and crusted soil. All seeded areas shall be
mulched.
Rev. 9/09 SECTION 4

� � �
(b) Ground having a slope steeper than 3:1 shall not be prepared for
seeding; seed, lime and fertilizer shall be applied as specified in
paragraph 4.Q6.2.(b}.
(c} Ground having a slope not steeper than 3:1, shad be plowed to a depth
net less than four inches far shoulders and embankments, naf less than
six inches far front and back slopes of cuts and for level areas, and not
!ess than six inches for waste areas having unstable materials. After
having been pfiowed, areas shall be disced and harrowed, to the depth of
plowing in a manner which will pulverize the sail. Surface of the diced
and harrowed area shalt present a smooth, uniform, loose appearance;
large clads, rack, stumps, roots larger than 1J2 inch in diameter, and
debris shall be removed. If topsail is to be applied to the area, such
preparation by plowing, discing, and harrowing, is to be done prior to the
application of the topsoil.
{d} With soil maferfal reasonably uniform, apply lime, fertilizer, and nitrogen
as follows:
ime - Apply at rate of 2 tans per acre, unless
otherwise Hated.
Fertilizer - {10-10-1Ci} @ 18-23 lbs.J1000 sq. ft.
Nitrogen - Topdress with 30-50 pounds of
nitrogen 30-60 days after planting only
when needed to increase plant growth
and cover.
{e) When hydraulic seeder is to be used, soil preparation is not required.
When conventional seeding is to be done, no preparation is required if
the sail material is loose and has not been sealed by rainfall. On smooth
undisturbed cut slopes, the surface will require pitting, trenching or
scarifying to provide a place for seed to lodge and germinate.
4.�6.2 SEEDING
{aj LEVEL AREAS AND SL®PES Nei 5TEEE'ER THAN 3:9
(1} Seed shaft be sown within 24 hours after ground preparation has
been completed, and .with either mechanical seed drills or rotary
hand seeders; seeds of approximately the same size may be
mixed and sawn together_ ff seeds are sown with rotary hand
seeders, seeded areas shaft be lightly raked. Seeded areas shaft
be rolled and sprinkled before applying mulch.
(2} Mulch shall- be applied to railed and sprinkled areas by either hand -
spreading or mechanical methods. Applied mulch shall be neither
thinner than 3J4 inch nor thicker than 1-1l2 inches {approximately
1-112 to Z tons per acre).
(3) All mulched areas (not hydroseeded) shaft be tacked at the.rate of
1 b0-2a0 gallons of teak per ton of mulch.
(4) t.ime may be spread by any means that will deliver an even
distribution of lime aver the area to be seeded, Na spatting or
heavy deposits will be allowed. The lime shall be applied at the
Rev. �lQ9 SECTION 4

Page 11
rate of 2 tons per acre unless otherwise noted by the Project
Specifications.
(5) Fertilizer shall be applied to timed areas. Fertilizer (10-10-10) shad
be applied at the rate of 18-23 IbsJ1,000 sq. feet.
(b} SL€}PES STEEF'�R THAN 3:9
(1} This work shall be accomplished by hydroseeding and liming.
E-lydroseeding shall consist of mixing fertilizer, seed, and woad
cellulose fiber mulch with water and applying the mixture as a
slurry. Rate of application shall ensure that the fertilizer (10-10-
10} wi[I be applied at a rate of 18-23 lbs./1,000 sq. feet, that the
seed will be applied at the rate specified in paragraph 4.06.2,(c}
and that the applied mulch will be neither thinner than 314 inch
nor thicker than 1-1t2 inches {appr-aximately 1-1/2 to 2 Eons per
acre}. Slurry shall be spread uniformly aver the area and within
one hour after having been mixed, and shah be agitated while
being applied.
(2) Liming shall consist of mixing lime with water and applying the
mixture as a slurry. Rafe of application shall ensure that the lime
will be applied at the rate of two {2} tans per acre. Slurry shall be
spread uniformly over the area immediately after hydroseeding
has been accomplished.
{c} APPLICATION
(1 } Apply seed uniformly by broadcasting with a cyclone seeder,
close drilling ar cultipacker seeder. Normal depths for covering
seed range from 114" for rye grass to i inch far small grain. Firm
the soil after planting with a cultipacker or suitable equipment
except where seed is applied with a hydraulic applicator.
(2) When a hydraulic seeder is used, the seed and fertilizer are
mixed in a slurry and applied in one operation. The seed must
not remain in the slurry with fertilizer for more than one hour.
�4.a6.3 NC DEPARTMENT ©F TRANSPQI�TATIQN {C}bT} - PERIVIANI✓NT SEEMING
Permanent erasion control shall be performed as follows:
{a} Ali disturbed areas shalt be dressed to typical sections and plowed to a
depth of 5 inches. The tap 2 inches sha11 be pulverized to provide a
uniform Seedbed.
NC?TE: Lime should be applied before plowing operation,
(b) Limd, seed, and fertilizer shelf be applied with necessary equipment to
give uniform distribution of these materials. The hand -bucket method is
not acceptable. Fallowing are rates and kinds of these materials to be
applied e�cre:
75 Ibs, Ky 31 Fescue
50 Ibs. Pensacola Bahiagrass
50 lbs. ISorean Lespedeza
1,000 lbs. 5-10-10 Fertilizer
Rev. 9/09 SECTIaN

Page 12
4,000 Ibs. Agricultural Limestone
NQTE: Only tested and certified seed shall be used.
(c) Seeded area shall be cultipacked to firm seedbed and cover seed.
(d) Grain straw shall be applied over seeded areas as a mulch. No bare
ground shall be visible when riding by a mulched area if proper application
is achieved. Thick clumps ofi straw are not permissible as a uniform
coverage is expected. See 4.06.2(a){2) for rates.
{e) Mulched area shall be tacked with asphalt sufficient to held straw in place.
See 4.06.2(a}(3) far rates.
(f) Ditch treatment shall be used in areas where steep grades {mare than
10°l0) could cause ditch erasion. Use of jute mesh, excelsior matting, or
fiberglass roving is acceptable.- Ditch treatment should be installed before
mulching operation.
NtATERIALS-
4,Oi.1
4.ti7.Z
T4FSOIl_
{a) Topsoil shall be fertile, friable, loamy soli having neither less than two
percent nor more than 30 percent organic matter as determined by lass on
ignition of samples which have been oven -dried to a constant weight at
212 degrees F. Sail shall be free from subsoil, heavy and sfiff clay, coarse
sand, stones larger than two inches in their largest dimension, toxic
amounts of acidic and alkaline substances, roots, brush, sticks, coarse
litter, and other substances which would interfere with mixing, planting,
and maintenance.
{b) Topsoil shall be taken from reasonably well -drained, arable land which has
not supported tobacco growth during the previous three years, and which
is not supporting the growth of Johnson grass ar Kudzu. Topsoil she[) be
taken Pram and transported through areas which are free from infestations
of fire ants, white fringed beetles, and Japanese beetles.
{c} Topsoil shall not be Taken below the depth of fertility, except that in no
instance shall topsail be stripped below a depth of 1� inches. Topsoil shall
not be stripped when it is in frozen, muddy, ornon-friable condition,
(d) Topsail shall be stripped and embanked on -site for replacement an all
graded areas prior to re -seeding,
SEED
{a) Seed shall satisfy the requirements of the North Carolina Department of
Agriculture, Na seed will be accepted having a date of test mare than six
months prior to -the date of sowing.
{b} Seed which has become wet, moldy, and otherwise damaged will not be
acceptable,
Rev. 9lOg SECTION �

t
4.�D7.3
4.07.4
4.07.5
4.U7.6
4,OT,7
Page 13
NCTROGEN
Nitrogen shall be either in granular or liquid farm and shall be of commercial
grade. Nitrogen shall be furnished in new, clean, sealed, and labeled
containers; labels shall clearly show manufacturer`s name, brand name, and
the weight and guaranteed analysis of contents.
Lime shall be agricultural type. Total carbonates shall be not less than 85
percent, by weight. Not less than 90 percent shall pass a Na. 10 Sieve, and rat
less than 25 percent shall pass a No, 1gr3 Sieve,.
FERTtLlZER
Ferkiii�er shall be uncaked granular type, and either 1Q:10:10, 4:12:12, �:12:12,
ar 5:1Q:15, >=ertilizer shall satisfy the requirements of the North Carolina
Department of Agriculture.
MULCH
{a} Areas Nat Steeper than 3.1
Mulch shall be either threshed rye; oat, or wheat straw ar i3ermuda grass hay,
and shall have a maisture content of not more than 12 percent. Mulch shall be
free firom noxious weed seeds, sail, sawdust, mildew, leaves, and substances
toxic to vegetation. Material for holding mulch in place shall be asphalt or other
approved binding material.
fib} Areas Stee er than 3:1
Mulch shall be wood aeilulose fiber, shall contain no germination and growth-
inhibiting factors, shall be green to allow visual metering in its applicatipn, and
shall have the properly to be evenly dispersed and suspended when agitated in
water. When mulch is sprayed uniformly on the surface of the soil, the fibers
shall form an absorbent cover, allowing percolation of water to the underlying
soil, Mulch shall be packaged in maisture-resistant bags which have the net
weight of the package plainly Shawn. Properties of mulch shall be as follows:.
Moisture Gantent 9.0 + 3,©
Organic Matter 99.2 + t).8
(Oven Dried Sasis}
Ash Content ©.8 �- 0.2
pH 4.8 + q.5
Water Holding Capacity
{Grams of Water/'1t3Q Grams Fiber} 115t} Minimum.
JUTE NET
{a} Jute net shall be heavy, unifarrn cloth waver of single jute yarn, which if
36 to 48 inches wide, shall weigh an average of 1.2 pounds per linear
yard. Tha jute net shall be as manufactured by Erosionet, Haldgra,
Weedchek, Curlex ar equal.
SEGTIdN 4

4.07.8
4.©7.9
Page 14
a�a�-ExTI�.I= FASRIc FaR RoAawA�rs
{a) Geatextile fabric underlining the access roads shall be a non -woven
needle -punched fabric with the following minimum properties:
1 } Weight 8.0 azJyd2 ASTM C}-5261
2} Grab Strength 2q5 Ibs, ASTM D-4632
3} Grab Elongation 50°f° ASTM D-4632
4) Trapezoidal Tear
Strength 8Q lbs. ASTM D-�533
5} Puncture Strength 105 Ibs. ASTM D-4833
G) Permittivity 1.2 sec' ASTM �-4491
7} Flow Rafe 95 gaVmin/ft.� ASTM D-4491
8} Muf(en Burst Strength 350 psi ASTM D-3786
9} Apparent Qpening
Size (AQS}, maximum q.180rnm too vs sieve} ASTM D-4751
1 Q} UV Resistance after 50U 7Ct% ASTM D-4355
hrs. (% Strang#h Re#ained}
GEt?TEXTtLfr FABRICS F4l'3 �RQSI4N CO�NTRt}L
Geotextile fabric underlying the rip -rap medium in the diversion ditches,
spiil�nrays, etc., shall be woven monafilament_fabric with the fallowing minimum
properties.
1} Wide Width Tensile Strength (IbsJft) 2,70QJMD 1,740tCD ASTM D-4595
2} Grab Tensile Strength {Ibs} 37(?IMD 25pJCD ASTM D-4632
3) Grab Tensile Elongation (°I°) 161MD 15/CD ASTM D-4632
4} Trapezoidal Tear Strength (lbs� 10DJMD 60JCD ASTM D-4533
5) Mullen Burst Strength (psi} 48Q ASTM D-3786
6} Puncture Strength {Ibs) 12a ASTM D-4833
7} Apparent Qpening Size {AQS), max. 4.212mm (7(? US Sieve} ASTM D-4751
8} Percent Open Area (°l°} 4-6 COE -- 22125-86
9} Permittivity (sec �} 028 ASTM D-4491
10) Flaw Rate {gal/minlft2} 18 ASTM D-4491
11 } UV Resistance after 600 hrs,
{°l° Strength Retained) 9Q ASTM D-4355
12} Mass/Unit Area {nzfyd�} 6A ASTM D�5261
13} Thickness {mils} � 13 ASTM D-5199
1�4) Permeability fcmisec} 9.01 ASTM D-4491
4.Q�'.10 SYNTI-�ETIC MAT LINING FQR i3IVERSEC?N f3ITCHE$
Extended -terns degradable erasion control blanket shell be constructed with a
7Q°I° agriculture! straw and 30°fo coconut fiber matrix and have a functional
longevity of approximately 2G months {NQTE: functional longevity may vary
depending upon climatic conditions, sail, geographic location, and elevation}.
The straw and coconut fibers shalt be evenly distributed over the entire area of
the mat, The blanket shall be covered on the top with a heavyweight
polypropylene netting having ultraviolet additives to delay breakdown and an
approximate Q.625 x 0.625 inch {1.59 x 1.59 cm} mesh size. The blanket shall
Rev_ 9/09 SECTION 4

Property
Thickness
Resiliency
Mass per Unit Area
Water Absorption
Swefl ECTG Guidelines
StiffnesslFlexibility
Light Penetration
Smolder Resistanae
MD Tensile Strength
M1;3 Elongation
TD Tensile Strength
TD Elongation
Page 15
be covered on the battam with a lightweight polyprapyfene net having a 0.50
inch x 0.50 inch {1.27 cm x 1.27 cm} mesh size. The blanket shall be sewn
together on 1.50 inch {3.81 cm} centers with degradable thread. The folbwing
list contains fur#her physical properties of the erosion control blanket.
`t'est Method
ASTM
D5199/ECTC
EGTG
Guidelines
ASTM
D6475
ASTM
D11171ECTC
�a%
ASTM
G13881ECTC
ECTC
Guidelines
ECTC
Guidelines
ASTM
D5035
ASTM
D5035
ASTM
D5085
ASTM
D5(}3-5
**Material is smaider resistant according to the specified test
MD -� Machine Direation
TD--1'ransvarse directian
�A8 MEASUt�EMENT FUR PAYMt=NT ANi? CbMPENSATI�}N
4.Q8.'C GENI=RAL
T:
Typical
p.34 in {8.64 mm}
75%
11.44 ozlyd2 {38$ g/mz}
200%
1.11 oz-in {12,397 mg -cm}
't1.70%
Yes**
�05,20 ltas/ft {2.99 kNim}
28.00%
152.40 Ibs/ft {2.22 kNfm}
25.10%
If any or ail of the work to be performed under this contract is an a unit price
basis, the actual number of units of each unit price item of work actually
performed may be mare ar less than the number stated in Bidding Schedule of
the Proposal, or included in the Cantract, but no variation in the Contract unit
price will be made on that account. Payment will be made anly for the actual
number of units incorporated in the work, or for the aatual number ofi units of
work performed, and at the Contract unit price far each such unit with
measurement for payment made as defined in the following paragraphs.
Measurement for payment of wark dane an a unit price basis will be as follows:.
Unless otherwise specified in the Project Specifications or the Gantract
r�rawings, the payment for Clearing and Grubbing shall be as specified in
Section 1, Clearing and Grubbing, of these General Specifications.
4.ii8.3 GRAQfNG
{a} When provided- far by a Unit Price Proposal, excavation shall be paid for at
the Contract Unit price per cubic yard, which price shall be full
compensation for the excavation and fiormation and compaction of
embankments, furnishing water for moisture control, disposal of surplus
materials, preparation and completion of subgrades, shoulders, ditches,
channels, ramps, dikes, and other appurtenances and incidentals
neaessary to complete the work and all haul within the specified "Free
Haul Limit"_
Rev. 9109 SECTION 4

Page 16
(b} Embankment shall net be a pay item unless specifically caked far in the
Project Specificatians, The cast of embankments shall be included in the
cast of excavatian, except that required amount, aver that which is
available from excavatian, which will be paid far at the Cantract unit price
per cubic yard of barrow.
{c} When net provided with a Unit Price Proposal, the Contractor shall merge
the cost of all excavatian and embankment work with the Lump Sum Base
Bid Item,
{d.} The quantity of excavatian to be paid for will be the actual number of cubic
yards of materials, measured in their anginal position and computed by the
average end area method, which have been acceptable excavated 'sn
accordance with Contract Specificatians and Gtrawings. Final crass
sectians will be taken after the excavation has been completed except that
the plan typical sectians will be used for the final crass sectians where, in
the opinion of -the Engineer, the work has been constructed in reasonably
close conformity to the plan typical section,.
4.tt8.4 11Nt�ERGUT EX�AV�TIt,�N
{a} Undercut excavation she([ be as defined by Section 4.03.1(b} of this
Speci#ication. When provided far by a unit Price Proposal, undercut
excavation shall be paid far at the Contract Uni# price per cubic yard, which
price shall be full compensation far the excavating and hauling of this
material; for the disposal of the excavated material; for furnishing any
disposal areas that may be necessary; for the backfilling and compacting of
suitable material to replace undercut excavation; and for the furnishing of
all labor, equipment, foals and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
{b} Undercut excavatian w'sll be measured on a box cut section to widths and
depths as directed by the Engineer.
{a} When not provided with a Unit Price Proposal, the Contractor shall merge
the oast of all undercut excavation work with the Lump Sum Base Bid item
ar the Unit Price ]tem for Excavation.
4.Q8.5 RC2CFC EXCfiVATI(?N
Rack excavatian shall be as defined by Section 4.03,3 of this Specification.
Rack excavatian shall be paid far at a unit price rate provided a Unit Price
Proposal is utilized, ff the Proposal is not Unit Price, the cost of aq rock
excavated and removal steal( be merged with the Lump Sum Base Bid Item,
4.fl8.6 FINCH GRARING
?"his item shall net be paid far as a separate pay item, lout shall be included i,n
the cast of grading.
4,08.7 ER©StQN CQNTRgL
Except for the items shown k� far "Temporary Siit i=ence" other items used
for erasion central shall be paid for at the Cantract Unit price per item utilized in
erosion control, unless otherwise specified in the Project Specifications.
Rev. 9/Q9 SECTIt�N 4

4.t18,9
4.0�,1 p
TEMPORAR'!f SILT FENCE
When provided far by the proper item in a Unit Price Proposal, the quantity of
temporary silt fence to be paid for under this item shall be the actual number of
linear feet of fence installed in place and accepted. Such price and payment
will be full compensation for the work as described in the above paragraphs,
including but not limited to furnishing all materials, tools, equipment and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work. When a Unik Price Proposal far
fhis item is not available, all costs far placing, maintaining and removing all
temporary silt fences and deposited silt materials shall became part of the
lump Sum Base Sid.
SILT ACCt1)UIt1LATfC}NS
(a} When- provided for by the proper item in a Unit Price Proposal, the
rern-oval and disposal of silt accumulations shall be paid for nt the Contract
Unit Priae per cubic yard of "Drainage Ditch Excavation".
{b} When a Unit Price Proposal far this item is not available, all cost far the
removal and disposal of silt accumulations shall became part afi and be
considered to be incidental to the work covered by °Temporary Silt. Pence.'"
G�SStNG
(a} This item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per square yard. The
Contract unit price shall be ful( compensation for ground preparation,
furnishing and planting seeds, plant establishment and any inaidentai
items necessaryta obtain an acceptable ground saver.
(b} All measurement of permanent seeding will be made horizontally.
4.Q8.'I1 TESTS
{a} Tests for compaction of cohesive and non -cohesive soils, which shall be
conducted by a testing laboratory approved by the Engineer, shall not be
paid as a separate item; but shall be merged- into either the lump sum or
unit price items, as applicable.
{b} All cost of fhese tests steal[ be paid by the Contractor.
4.09 NECLECTEt3 W{)RK BY GE}NTRACTQR
if the CONTRACTOR should neglect to prosecute the Work in accordance with the
Contract documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule, the OWNER,
upon written notice to the CONTRACTOR, after three {3} days from receipt of such notice
by the CONTRACTOR and without prejudice to any other remedy he may have, may
make goad such deficiencies and the cost thereof {including compensation for additional
professional services} shall be charged against the CONTRACTOR if the ENGINEER
approves such nation, in which case a Change Order shall be issued incorporating the
necessary revisions in the Contract Documents including an appropriate reduction In the
Contract Price. If the payments then or thereafter due the CONTRACTOR are not
sufficient to saver such amount, the CONTRACTOR will pay the difference to the
OWNER.
Rev, 9/09 SECTION 4

SEGTIQI�S �,q - 6.t�
'��{ES� SECTIONS hEOT USE®

Ky

•..-
,� �
� � � � � ��,
�.oa.� sc��� o� waRK
{a} All lobar, materials, equipment, tools and services required for the
furnishings installation and testing of -all gravity sewers, conduits, and drains
required ar. this Contract shall be furnished and Installed in compliance with
the following General Specification, the Project Speaificatians and the
Contract Drawings.
{b) This General Specification designated as Section 7,d covers the description
of materials generally utilised in sewer and drain construction and the
installation of such materials. The Project Specifications and the Cantract
Drawings will designate the specific work, the materials, the lines, grades
and details and the construction methods to be employed on the furnishing
and installation of all Sewers, Conduits, and Drains an this Cantract. The
inclusion of items of material or work within this Specification does not
necessarily constitute their use on #his Project.
7.C11.2 SHOF CiRAWINGS
{a} Attention is directed to the provisions in the General Conditions of the
Contract requiring the submission to the Engineer of descriptive details and
of shop and setting drawings. ©n Sewer and Drain installations, such
submission shah include the following even though items proposed to be
furnished conform to the exacf description stated in khe General or Project
Specifications;
{� } Full details of pipe, fittings, specials, joints and the assembly thereof.
{2} Joint materials and details.
{3) Reinforcing steel bending and setting drawings:
7.fi1.3 STAt�DARI�S
{a) Where materials and methods are indicated in the fallowing Specifications
as being in conformance with a standard_ specification, it shall refer in all
cases to the latest edition of the specification and shall include aq interim
revisions, Listing of a standard specification without further reference
indicates that the particular material or method shall conform with such listed
5peClfiGatlon.
Rev. 43f1'I SECTIQN 7

Page 2
7.{l2 CCilq$TRUCTIQN IIAATIwR1ALS
7.02.9 GENERAL
All materials and equipment shall be furnished by an established and reputable
manufacturer or supplier. Ali materials and equipment shall be new and shall be
of first class ingredients and canstruetion, designed and guaranteed to perform
the service required and shall conform with the fallowing Standard Specifications.
Cited examples are used only to denote the quality standard of product
desired and does not restrict bidders to a specific brand, matte,
manufacturer ar specific name They are used only to set forth and co:�vey
to bidders the general style, type, character, and quality of product desired,
Equivalent products will be acceptable,
7.Q2.Z CLAY FIFE
{a} CLAY DRACN TILE., ASTM C4.
{b} STANDARD STRENGTH, EXTRA STRENGTH AND PERFORATED CLAY
SEWER PIPE -ASTM C7a0.
7.C}2.3 CONCRETE Fl�'E
{a} CONCRETE DRAIN TILE -ASTM C412.
{b} CONCRETE SEWER PIPE -ASTM C14 and Concrete with minirrrum
cement content of 6.5 sacks per cubic yard of concrete. All pipe specified to
be ASTM C-14 pipe shall be bid as Class 2, "B" wall- pipe with 0-ring rubber
gasket joints unless otherwise- noted by the Project Specifications. Joints
may be either with or without shoulders an the tongue. Joints shall meet
ASTM C-443.
{c} REINFORCED CONCRETE CULVERT, STORM DRAIN AND SEWER
PIPE -ASTM C76 with circular reinforcement, wall thickness 8, or as
designated in Project Specifications or Drawings, and concrete with
minimum cement content of 6.b sacks per cubic yard of concrete. The class
of pipe shall be as required by the Project Specifications and/ar Contract
Documents AlI pipe specified to be ASTM C-76 pipe shall be bid as
Class 3; 'B" wall pipe with 0-ring rubber gasket joints unless otherwise
Hated by the Project Specifications. Joints shall have opposing shoulders
designed to meet ASTM C-443 and suitable for pipe meeting ASTM C-361 ',
and AWWA C-3Q2.
{d} PERFORATED CONCRETE PIPE -ASTM C444
{ej REINFORCED CONCRETE LOW HEAD PRESSURE PIPE -ASTM C361
with circular reinforcement and concrete with minimum cement content of
6.5 sacks per cubic yard of concrete.
{f} REINFORCED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE - AWWA G340 or C3Q1.
Rev. 03I11 SECTION 7

{g} REINFORCED CONCRETE SUBAQUEOUS CYLINDER PIPE -AWWA
C30Q or C8Q1, Steel lugs for draw bolts shall be located on the springline at
the ends of each pipe. Draw bolts with units shall be supplied to pull the
pipe together sut3aqueously.
{h) FLARED END SECTIONS {FES) -FES shall be used on all free -discharging
concrete storm drain pipes unless specifically noted otherwise by the Project
Specifications, All flared end sections (FES) shall be of the same- material
as the pipeline.
7.Q2.4 DUCTILE IRQN PIPE
Ai[ ductile it -an pipe shall- conform to AWWA Ci51, class 50 unless otherwise
noted- in the Project Specifications and?or the Contact Drawings. All joints shall
be of the Push -on type, unless otherwise noted in the Project Specifications
and(or Contract Drawings.
7.Q2.5 P.V.C. GRAVITY SE1�i'ER i'tPl
All P.V.C. Gravity Sewer Pipe shall conform to ASTM D-3Q34 and F-679 in
accordance with ASTM D-1784.
7.U2.6 HIGH DEh151TY P®LYETHYLE(�E PIPE; {HDPE}
HDPE pipe shall be produced from a high molecular weight, high density,
polyethylene resin, meeting the requirements of ASTM D3360, "Standard
Specification for Polyethylene {PE) Plastic Pipe and Fitting Materials", Resin
material shaft be listed by PPl in the name of the manufacturer and shall be
based on testing in accordance with ASTM D2837, "Standard Test Method far
C3btaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe".
HDPE pipe shall conform to ASTM D30"��, "Standard Specification for
Polyethylene {PE) Plastic Pipe {DR -PR} Based on Controlled Outside Diameter"
or ASTM F71�4 D3035 "Standard Specification for Polyethylene {PE) Plastic Pipe
{DR -PR) Based on Oukside Diameter".
The thickness and pressure class of HDPE pipe required for the installation and
operating conditions during the expected ser4�ice life of the force main shall be
determined in accordance with AWWA C906, "Polyethylene {PE) Pressure Pipe
and Fittings, 4" — 63", for Water Distribution",
Fittings for HDPE pipe shall conform to ASTM D3261 "Standard specification for
Butt Fusion of F'alyethylene {PE) Plastic Fittings for PE Plastic Pipe and Tubing"
grid shall be manufactured by injec#ion molding, a combination of extrusion and
machining, or fabrication for HDPE pipe material..
Rev, J3/11 SECT[ON i

�_:-
Force mains of HDPE pipe shalt be joined by the thermal butt fusion process and
shalt be performed in accordance with ASTM A2657 "Standard Practice for Heat
Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and Finings" and the manufacturer's
recommendations during installation.
7,ti2,7 FIBERGLASS REI�iFORCED PIPE
All fibergtass reinforced. pipe shall be a composite pipe consisting of a P.V.C.
interior core around which layers of roving fiberglass are wound and epoxy
banded in accordance with ASTM D299B. The pipe shall be constructed in 20
foot sections, shad be 150 psi pressure rated and shall pass the ASTM D1599
test for burst pressure, The pipe joint shall be of an .integral bell with a spigot end
capable of accepting cast iron or ductile iron- pipe creating a water tight oint with
a rubber ring gasket.
7,€12.8 CORRUGATED NIE7AL PIPE
All corrugated metal pipe shall be famished in accordance with the requirements
of the Project Specifications, the Contract Drawings, and Federal Specification
W W-P�-�4455.
Corrugated metal pipe used for storm drain shall be mitered on all free -
discharging ends unless specifically Hated otherwise by the Project
Specifications.
7A�,9 CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE
All corrugated polyethylene pipe shall be furnished in accordance with ASTM
F405 and F667, and AASHTO M252 and M294.
7.02.1t! JOINTI[+iG MATERIALS
{a} CEMENT MORTAR shall be composed of one (1} part Portland cement and
two (2} parts clean torpedo sand. Where pipe is to be laid in wet sand, the
Contractor shall use one-third (1/3} natural cement and two-thirds {2/3}
Portland cement in lieu of 1Un°lo Portland cement in preparing the joint
mortar ar add an approved waterproofing agent to the mortar.
{b} RUBBER GASKETS � ASTM- C4�I3, Shape and design satisfactory to the
Engineer.
{c} MECHANICAL JOINTS - ASA A21.11.
{d} GASKET TYPE JOINTS FOR BELL AND SPIG©T CAST IRON PIPE shall
be similar and equal to American "Fastife," U.S. "Tyton," Claw "Bell-Tite" or
equal
(e} FACTORY FABRICATED RESILIENT MATERIAL JOINTS FOR CLAY
PIPE � ASTM C425.
Rev, p3111 SECTION 7

Page 5
(f} CORRUGATED METAL PIPE JCJINTS shall be as specified by
Sectian 7.03.3(c){9) unless otherwise Hated by the Project Specification.
(g) All joints used an Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe shall be Mechanical Joints
conforming to ASA A21.11 unless otherwise noted in the Project
Specifications ar Gontract Drawings..
7.U�.'t'I iUTATERIAL TESTING
{a) Attention is directed to the provisions in the Generai Conditions of the
Gontract requiring the inspection and testing of materials to be incorporated
in work included under this Contract, by a Testing Laboratory employed and
paid by the Contractor, unless otherwise noted by the Project Specifications.
{b} All materials to be incorporated in the Construction required under this
Gontract shall be subject to inspection and testing. Specimens up to 0.5
percent of the total number of each size of pipe furnished shall be tested,
except that in no case sha[l less than two {2} specimens be tested. The
laboratory making such tests shah furnish to the Engineer three {3) certii~led
copies of the tests. No pipe shad be laid before these reports are approved
by the Engineer.
{c} Under the following items, the pertinent tests required are:
{1} Clay Pipe -Where the total quantity required an this Gontract, including
ail pipe sizes, is less than 1,000 feet, visual inspection at the site for
conformance with ASTM G4 and G700. Where the total quantity
required on this Gontract including all pipe sizes is more than 1,000 feet,
tests shall be by an .independent laboratory per ASTM C3a1 far
conformance with ASTM C7t70. Drain file shall be tested per ASTM C4.
(2} Concrete Pipe -Where the total quantity required on this Contrac#,
including all pipe sizes, is iess than 1,Q00 feet, visual inspection at like
far conformance with ASTM G14, C412, and C444. Where the totai
quantity required on this Gontract, including ai( pipe sizes, is more than
1,OQ� feet, tests shall be by an independent laboratory per ASTM C14,
C412, and G444.
{3) Reinforced Concrete Pipe -Where the total quantity required on this
Contract, including all pipe sizes, is less than 1,QrJ0 feet, visuai
inspection at the site for conformance with ASTM C76, Where the +otal
quantity required an this Contract, including all pipe sizes, is more than
1,QOq feat, tests shad be by an independent laboratory per ASTM C76,
Sectian 9.0. In sizes 30 inches and larger, strength and amount of
reinforcing may be determined by crushing tests on concrete cores
taken from the pipe in accordance with ASTM C497.
(4} Reinforced Concrete Cylinder Pipe -Where the fatal quantity required
on this Cantract, inciuding all pipe sizes, is [ess than 1,OQD feet, visual
inspection at the site for conformance with AWWA C300 or C301.
Wh2r'� tti�,totat quantity required on this Cantract, including ail pipe
Rev. t33/11 SECTIQN 7

sizes, is more than 1,000 feet, tests shall be by independent laboratory
per AWWA C300 ar G301.
{5) Reinforced Concrete Low -Head Pressure Pipe -Where the total quantity
required on this Contract, including all pipe sizes, is less than 1,000 feet, I.
preliminary hydrostatic joint tests, concrete cylinder tests and visual
inspection at the site far conformance with ASTM C361. Where the total
quantity required on this Contract including all pipe sizes, is more than
1,000 feet, preliminary hydrostatic joint tests, followed by hydrostatic
tests on 0.5 percent of the number of eaah size required and concrete
cylinder tests by an independent labnratory per ASTM C361.
{6) Corru aq ted Metal Pipe � All corrugated metal pipe furnis#�ed shall be
tested in aacardance with the requirements set forth in Section 4,
"Quality Assurance Prnvision�', of Federal Specification WW�P-405B.
All pipe sampling shall be as stated in Federal Specification MIL-STB-
108. A certification from the manufacturer will be accepted when filled
out an the form enclosed as part of these Cnntract Documents.
{7) Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe � All corrugated polyethylene pipe
furnished shall be tested in accordance with the test procedures
described in AAST� M252 and 294, and ASTM 405 and 667. The
supplier shall include a certification fiorm indicating the passage of the
tests as perFormed by the manufacturer on all projects where the tntal
project amount is 1,000 feet ar more.
{8} Reinforcing - Certified mill tests for confnrmance with ASTM A15 and
A305.
{9} ductile Irnn Pipe Fittings - Where the total quantity required nn this
Contract, including all pipe sizes, is less than 200 tans, each piece shelf
bear the manufacturer's serial number and shall be certified by the
manufacturer for conformance.
{10) P.V.C. Gravit Sewer Pie -Where the total quantity required on this
Contract, including ail pipe sizes, is less than 1,000 feet, visual
inspection at the site for conformance with ASTM D303� shalt apply.
Where the total quantity required an this Contract, including all pipe
sizes, is more than 1,000 fleet, test shall be made by an independent
laboratory as per ASTM D3034. The sampling frequency shall not be
less than one {1) sample par lot.
{11) High Density Polyeth�ene Pipe {HOPE) —Tests tc be perfnrmed shall
include those specified in ASTM D3350. Resin material shall be tested
in accnrdance with ASTM D283i.
{12) Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe -Where the tntal quantity required on this
Contract, including all pipe sizes, is less than 1,000 feet, visual
inspection at the site fnr conformance with ASTM D2996 shah apply.
Where the total quantity required on this Contract, including all pipe
sizes, is mare than 1,000 feet, tests shall be by an independent
laboratnry as per ASTM D2992 and D2996. The sampling frequency
shalt not be less than one {1) sample per lot.
Rev. 03111 SECTi�}t� 7

Page 7
+r: � • • s
7.03.1 TUNNELING
(a) Excavation in tunnels made beneath existing structures, across railroad
rights-afi-way, existing pavements and sidewalks for the installation of pipe or
conduits, shall be of sufficient size, height and width to permit the installation
of the pipe, to permit proper bracing of the tunnel section, and to permit
ample roam far the prosecution of the work and safety of the workmen.
(b} ACI tunnels shall be lined with full circle metal Ciner plates of sufficient strength
to meet the loading conditions. Goading for highway and pavement tunnels
shall be based upon continuous load carrying structures for the height of
cover under H-2q loading; and loading far railroad tunnels- shall toe based
upon continuous load carrying structures for the height of cover under Cooper
E-7q loading. In na case snail Ciner plates far H-Zq loading have a section
modulus less than .g736 in. and for Cooper E-7q loading- Cess than .g91II� in,
Girear plates for railroad tunnels shall be gafvani�ed and bituminous coated.
(c) All work performed beneath existing structures, across railroad rights -of --way,
and under pavements shall be performed- in accordance with the
requirements of the porkies or agencies having jurisdiction over these
locations. The Contractor shalC contact tl�e parties ar agencies prior to
starting worK and shall meet all requirements of the parties or agencies in
regard to methods of construction and the safety precautions to be taken in
performing the tunneC work. All casts involved in meeting these requirements
shall be paid for by the Contractor and no additional compensation will be
allowed.
(d} At the Contractor's option, with the written approval of the Engineer, and with
consent of the parties or agencies having jurisdiction; corrugated metal pipe,
reinforced concrete pipe or steel pipe may be jacked ar bored in place as a
casing pipe in lieu of a liner plate tunnel under the fallowing conditions:
(1 } That the Gontractar is responsible far ail approvals from the parties or
agenaie� having jurisdiction, that the Contractor furnish complete details of
the methods to be employed for approval and that the work shall be
performed under the fal€owing conditions:_
(2} Corrugated metal pipe shah be fabricated from corrugated galvanized
sheets, number eight (8} gauge U.S.S., or as specified in the Project
Specifications or Contract Drawings with base metal made by the open
hearth process. Rivets shall be made of the same material as the base
metal, thoroughly galvanized. The base metal sheets shall be galvanized
on both sides by the hat dip process, at the rate of not less than two (2}
ounces per square foot of metal, or one (1} ounce an each side.
Corrugated pipe shalC be specially fabricated far a jacking installation, with
sections fabricated far field riveting. The pipe shall be furnished in lengths
to suit the Contractor; however, the sections should be as long as is
passible far the Contractor to conveniently handle and CnstaU, and shall be
bituminous coated inside and. outside for railroad crossings. Reinforced
concrete pipe shall be of the tongue and groove type, conforming to ASTM
Rev. p3/11 SECTCON 7

Page 8
Designation C76, unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings
andlor designated in the Project Specifications,
(3) A suitable approach trench shah be opened long enough to accommodate
the length of pipe units to be placed, and wide enough to provide sufficient
working room. Guide timbers or rails for keeping the pipe on line and grade
shall be installed in the bottom of the trench, and heavy timber backstop
supports installed at the rear of the trench to take the thrust of the jacks. A
timber bearing ar "pushing frame" shall be built and furnished to fit ar match
the end of the pipe to be jacked, sa t'nat the pressure of the jacks will be
evenly distributed over the end of the }pipe. Two (?) hydraulic jacks of
sufficient power shelf be used to apply pushing or jacking pressure.
Excavation shall be carried an from inside the pipe, eight (8) to twelve (12)
inches ahead of the lead pipe. Excavation at the top and sides shall be
approximately one (1) inch greater than the outside periphery of the pipe.
Battam excavation shall be accurately cut to line and grade. Adjoining
sections of corrugated iron pipe shall be made with cement mortar and jute
from the inside. Adjoining sections of steel pipe shall be welded. Pipe shall
be jacked an successive shifts until completed, this to guard against the
"freezing of the line" due to settlement and compaction of surrounding soil.
7.Q3.2 t�CiRING
(a) lines installed under highways or railroads shall be performed by baring
where permitted and/ar indicated by the Contract Drawings. }IVhere boring
is required, the Contractor will be paid the unit price bid in the proposal fat
each linear foot of pipe, sa placed, of the type bid upon in the proposal.
In placing pipe in bored tunnels, any annular space exceeding one -quarter
inch in width between pipe and tunnel shall be grouted. The cost of
grouting shall be an integral part of the price submitted. in the proposal for
the type and size of pipe required by the installation.
The Engineer may require "Boring or Tunneling" under objects or pavings
not indicated an the plans, but required in the best interest of the ©caner; in
which case the payment for each linear foot required will be made at the
unit price given in the proposal ar at the unit price as established by Article
11 of the General Conditions.
The Contractor shall instaN casings in accordance with the fallowing
requirements:
(1) General
The Contractor shall be required to notify
Transpor#ation or the appropriate Railroad
contemplated construction and shall verify ar
permits far performing the work.
Rev. t)3/11
the Departmerri of
Association of the
secure the necessary
SECTION 7

• � � � f
{2} Carrier Pine
Carrier line pipe and joints under Highways and Railroads shall be ductile
iron pipe as per Section 7.02.5 of this specification unless noted
otherwise.
(3) Casinp Pipe
The casing pipe shall be spiral welded or smooth wall steel pipe unless
noted otherwise by the Project Specifications. All casing pipe shall ha4e
a minimum yield strength of 35,QQQ psi. AEI casing pipe and joints shall
be of leakproof construction, capable of withstanding the intended loads.
The inside diameter of the casing pipe shall be at least -faun {4a inches
greater than the largest outside diameter of the carrier pipe's joints or
couplings. In all cases, the casing pipe shall be large enough- to allow the
carrier pipe .to be removed. The required minimum wall thickness for
casing pipes used under highways shall be as follows:
Pipe Sizes fC3.D.1
12 3/,t
16"
18"
20"
24"
30"
36"
48°
1Nall Thickness
0.188
Q.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.312
0, 875
0.500
The required minimum wall thickness for casing pipes used under
railroads shall be as follows:
Pipe Sizes (C7.D.1 wail Thickness
12"
0,28'I
Linder 14"
0.188
14"
0.219
16"
0.2$1
18"
f}.25Q
20"'
Q.281
22"
fi.312
24"
0.37�
26"
0.375
28"
0.40�
30"
0.469
32"
0.438
34"
0.469
36"
Q.531
38"
0.500
4a°
0.50C1
42°
0.500
48"
Q.6$8
Rev. 03/11
SECTION 7

Page 10
1f casing pipe used under railroads is installed without an exterior
pratec#iue caating, increase the wall thickness an the appropriate size
0.063 inches. The protective caating shall be at least a single coal -tar
primer coat, followed by a single application of hot coal -tar enamel 3l32
inches thick plus a banded 15 pound felt wrap.
(4} installation
All work an borings snail be under the supervision of the appropriate
District Engineer or his authorized representative, who shall be notifiad at
least 5 days before actual work of installation is begun.
Pipelines snail be installed under Highways ar Railroads by boring or
jacking, if practicable.
The casing pipe shall be installed by dry boring and jacking. As the dry
baring operation progresses, each new section of the encasement pipe
shall be butt welded to the section previously jacked into place. The bor-
ing auger shall not be of a greater diameter than the {�.D. of the
encasement (plus protective caating where applicable}.
Voids are to be filled with a 1:3 Portland cement grout at sufficient
pressure to insure that na settlement will occur. In the event that an
obstruction is encountered during the dry baring operation, the auger is to
be withdrawn, the excess pipe cut off and capped, and the void
completely filled with 1:3 Portland cement grout at a minimum of 25 psi
print to moving to another boring site.
All boring operations shall be conducted at all times in such a manner sa
as not to create a hazard nor to impede the narmaE flaw of traffic.
Where the ends afthe casing pipe are below grade, they shall be bricked
up with a four inch {4"} Schedule 4g PVC drain at the low end. The drain
shall have washed rvo. 57 stone covering its outlet. Where the ends of
the casing are at ar above ground surface and above high water level,
they may be left open, provided drainage is afforded in such a manner
that leakage will be carried away from any railroad, highway or structure.
See items 7.03.1{d}(1}, (2} and (3} for additional information pertaining to
the jacking procedure.
7.€33.3 F{C}RIZCIN3AL C?132ECT[ONAL DRiLt_lNG
(a} The contractor shall provide, install and construct in place, the high -density
polyethylene {HD�'i=} pressure pipe at highway and stream crossings where
shown an the drawings.
(b} Work included under this section:
(1} General sitelaccess preparation necessary far construction operations.
{�} Assembly of HDPE pipe,
(3} I-lydrastatic testing of HDPE pipe prior to ins#aliatian {Cantraatar's
C?ptian}.
(4} Erection of drilling equipment.
Rev. 03l11 SECTfON 7

Page 11
(5) Drilling of a small diameter pilot hole along the alignment defined on the
drawings,
(6} Reaming the pilot hole as specified herein to a diameter suitable for
installation of the HDPE pipe.
(7} Pulling the assembled HDPE pipe through the reamed hale along with
the detector wire.
($} Hydrostatic pressure testing of HDPE pipe after installation.
(9} Cleanup and final restoration of ail work areas.
(10)Prevention of affsite sedimentation and surface water contamination and
in accordance with the laws governing the construntion and _the permits
for the installation.
(c) Industry Standards
{1} The horizontal directional drilling method shall be mechaninal with fluid
assistance. Pneumatin, water jetting, jaaking, and boring method wi11 not
be permitted.
(2} The HDPE pressure pipe shall be installed by horizontal directional
drilling in accordanae with the best industry practice and the Project
Manual
(d} Submittals
{1} Gertificatian of pipe materia[ from the pipe manufacturer far compliance
with the specifications,
(2) Description of the arrangement of direational drilling innluding method of
monitoring and controlling fine and grade, snhedule, and procedure of
installation.
(3} Technical data far the drilling equipment.
(4} Product information, material speaifications and handling procedures for
drilling fluid and bentonite/drilling mud.
(5} Final as-builts giving dep#h obtained by drilling contrantor plotted along
the ground lines established by Owner at a scale of 1" = 100' an the
horizontal and at a scale of 1" - 2" an the vertical.
(6} Submission of Engineering Report nnmparing predicted maximum
pullback force versus maximum tension on the pipe and percent
elongation. The report shall provide an Engineer's opinion that the
pullback farce used will not damage the pipe. The procedures used to
support this opinion will conform to pipe manufacturer`s data and
methodology. Full backup data will be provided. The report shall be
sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in North Carolina and
submitted in triplicate.
(e) Materials
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pressure pipe as specified an the
Construction Drawings.
(f} Field Tests
(1} Prior to installation, the Contractor shall at his expense to hydrostatically
test the pipe -line to determine the integrity of the butt fusion joints, This
I�ev. g3/11 SECTION 7

Rev. 03l11
shelf not be considered an alternative to the hydrostatic testing required
after installation.
(2} Fallowing ins#allatian,'the HDFE pipe shall be tested in accordance with
the specifications herein.
(g} Availability of Land
The Qwner has obtained certain easements for the work as shown an the
plans. Additional Basemen#s if needed are to be provided by the Contractor
and the costs shall be included 'in the Bid.
(h} Execution
(1} The HD('E pipe shall be handled in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendafians, Chains, hooks, or cable slings shall not be used to
handle the pipe. Care shall be used to protect the pipe from scarring,
gauging, or excessive abrasion. The directional drilling procedure shalt
include provisions to guard aga[nst electrical shack such as ground
cables, hot boots, gloves and any additional devices deemed necessary.
In addition, the drilling equipment shall include an alarm system capable
of detecting electrical current as it nears electrical lines,
(2} All joints at the ends of direetianal[y drilled runs shall be fusion bonded to
the adjacent pipe section. Mechanical couplings are not permitted.
Fusion bonding may be accomplished through the use of butt fusion,
sock fusion or electro fusion coupling techniques.
(3} The composition of all drilling fluid used shall be submitted for review
prior to utilization. The fluids shall be inert and of no risk to the
environment. No fluid will be approved or utilized that does not comply
with permit requirements and environmental regulations. The drilling fluid
should remain in the bare hole to increase the stability of the surrounding
sail and to reduce the drag on the pulled pipe. DLsposal of drilling fluid
and aN other spoils shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall
be conducted in compliance with all relative environmental regulations,
right-of-way and work space agreements under permit requirements.
Drilling fluid returns at locations other than the entry and exit paints shall
be minimized. The Cantractar shall immediately clean up any drilling fluid
that inadvertently surfaces. Excess drilling fluid shall be disposed of at a
pre -approved location found by Contractor, The Contractor is
responsible for transporting all excess fluids and other spoils and legal
disposal of all such waste products and sail materials. Under no
circumstances will drilling filuid be discharged to any stream ar surface
waters. All such fluids ar slurries are to be removed from the site at
project completion.
(4} The Contractor shall investigate at his awn cost the subsurface
conditions at the crossing Locations,
(5} The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, transporting, and
storing water for the drilling process. Upon completion of the pipe
installation, the drilling pit and receiving pit shall be backfilled as
specified. Restoration of any disturbed area shall be restored in
accordance with specifications.
SECTl4N 7

I�ev. 03I11
Page 1$
{i} Pilot Hale Grilling
{1} The pilot hale shall be drilled clang the path shown on the drawings and
to the fallowing tolerances:
Vertical Location -- Pius ar minus 6 inches
Horizontal Location —Plus ar minus 3 feet, restricted to the minimum
distance from highway structures ar other underground structures.
{2} Reaming Diameter shall be performed to 1,5 times the G.D. of HDPE
pipe being installed. The pipe shall be prepared to facilitate connection to
the remainder of the pipeline being installed.
{j} as -Built Survey
{1} F,t the completion of the pilot hale drilling, the Contractor shad provide to
the Bngineer a tabulation of coordinates referenced to the drilled entry
point which accurately describes the location of the pilaf hale. The
Contractor shall provide tabular depths of the line at 50' horzontal
stations and in addition will provide a profile plat as described above.
The ground lines are to be shown an these plans.
{k} Stress Analysis
{1} The Contractor is required to provide a submittal which confirms the
HGPE pipe will not be overstressed during construction. The submission
by the Contractor shall cover the three critical stages of construction.
which are 1 } pre-tnstallatian procedure testing, 2} pullback, and 3} past
installation testing. The stresses placed upon the pipe are dependent on
the Contractor's methods and equipment which are not known to the
Owner at the time of the bid. The stresses at each stage of construction
must be considered. gating individually and. in combination. The report
shall address all of the following. Stresses resin#ing due to the spanning
between ropers prior to pullback, the hydrostatic testing pressures, pulling
forces during installation, radius of curvature as the pipe enters the
ground, the drill profile curvature, and external pressures in the drilled
hole.
{l} Pre -Installation
{1} Hoop and longitudinal stresses resulting from hydrostatic testing are
calculated.
{2} Using the known distance between rollers as the free spanning distance,
the maximum hogging and sagging moments must be calculated.
Gansidering the greater of these two moments, the maximum spanning
stress shall be calculated. plate: During hydrostatic testing the pipeline
will be full of wafer; therefore, the additional weight of water must be
included in these calculations.
{m} Pullback
{1 } Tha spanning stresses calculated above also apply to this installation
phase.
SEGT(ON 7

Rev. Q31'I t
Page 14
{2} The theoretical pulling farce must be determined in order to provide the
stresses that will result. An assumed dawn -hole friction factor of 1,0 is
required to provide conservative results and to include the effect of the
pipeline being pulled around a curve. The maximum predicted pulling
force should then be used in calculating the resulting_langitudinal stress,
{�} Allowing far a 1p% drilling tolerance, leads to the use of a radius of
curvature 90°I° of the design radius when calculating the longitudinal
curvature stresses.
(4} External pressure from static head in the drilled 'Hole andlar overburden
pressures must be considered. It is required that the static head resulting
from the maximum anticipated drilling fluid density shall be used with a
factor of safety of 1.5 to provide conservative estimates of the resulting
hoop and longitudinal stresses.
{n} Past -Installation — Hydrostatic Testing
(1}
The longitudinal curvature stresses calculated above are to be used
again here.
External pressure stresses from {m} {4} apply.
Heap and longitudina{ stresses resulting
hydrostatic test are to be calculated.
(o} Allowable Stresses
from the required final
(1} The individual and combined stresses at each stage of construction and
those far the in-service conditions must be determined and compared
with allowable limits set by the HDPE manufacturer. The Contractor's
engineer's report shall certify that al( of the above aonditians were
considered and will nok result in failure of pipe.
(p} Environmental Safety of the Drilling Process
(9 } The contractor shalt at all times comply with the permit conditions.
(2} Slurry Composition —The Contractor shall pravide the Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS} for all products utilized in slurries and shall be
familiar with and able to document legal dispose{ of all unused slurry
materials.
{3} Containment. The Contractor shall provide containment pits to contain
the drill slurries. If settling processes are used to allow discharge of
excess slurry water then the Contractor shalt obtain the necessary
permits for such discharge and shall provide them prior to site
mobilization.
(4} Recycling Slurry — To khe extent practical, the Contractor shall minimize
generation of waste slurry by recycling.
{5} Slurry and Cuttings Disposal -- Waste slurry and cuttings shall be
removed from the site and legally disposed of upon project completion. if
requested by the Engineer, the canfiractar will provide a manifest
indicating the receiver of the waste and the disposal method.
(6} Return to Pre -construction Elevations and Gontaurs —The Contractor
shelf return all disturbed areas to pre -construction elevations and
contours and seed and mulch as specified.
(7} At all times the Cantraatar shall comply with the approved sedimentation
and erosion central plan and the storm water permits, if appliaabla.
SECTION 7

Page 15
{q} Connection to ©then Pipes
(1} At the termination of HRPE piping, the Contractor shah install a
mechanical joint adapter or a flanged joint adapter for the purpose of
connecting directly to ductile iron pipe in a fully restrained condition. The
final 10' section of the HRPE pipe at each terminal end shall be laid to a
flat grade to facilitate connection to ductile iron _pipe without undue stress
at the joints. Connections with significant deflections shah not be
perrr�itted. For connections into manholes, the Contractor shall ensure
that HDPE is proper restrained and of sufficient length to maintain a
connection into the manhole after the pipe has relaxed.
i.f13.4 PIPELINE INSTALLATIQN
(a} GENERAL
(1} The Engineer shall provide on the Contract Drawings a horizontal
layout. for the proposed pipeline construction along with a minimum of
one (1} bench mark every 2,000 feet of line length. The Contractor
shall be responsible for verifying the accuracy of any and all bench.
marks prior to use. Na claim for extra work will -be allowed for
alleged inaccuracy of any bench mark.
(2} It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to protect the original line
and bench marks set by the Engineer. Should this information
become destroyed nr damaged, the cost of the replacement will be
borne by the Contractor.
(3} All Clay Pipe, Concrete Pipe, and Corrugated Metal Pipe shall be laid
in conformance with the ASTM standard for installing vitrified clay
pipe, ASTM C12. This specification shall be strictly conformed to
unless otherwise noted by the Project Specifications. The bedding
type shall be Class C unless otherwise noted. This bedding requires
the use of granular materials equivalent to the N.C. Department of
Transportation gradation size 67, or equal, unless otherwise noted by
the Project Specifications or required by the ENGINEER on site
because of local conditions.
All extruded A.B.S. Truss Pipe, PVG Pipe and Fiberglass Reinforced
Pipe shall be laid in conformance with the ASTM standard for
installing flexible thermoplastic pipe ASTM D2321, This specification
shall be strictly conformed to unless otherwise noted by the Project
Specifications or required by the ENGINEER on site because of iocaf
conditions. The pipe shall be bedded to the ASTM G12 specification
for Class G bedding unless otherwise noted. See Section 8.0
Pipeline - Trench Excavation and Backfill of the General
Specifications for additional information.
(4} The junction of twa or more sewers shall be made in strict
conformance with the Contract Drawings. The cost of all connections
shall be included in the contract price for the new sewers unless
otherwise specifically provided in the Contract.
Rev. p3i11 SECTICJN 7

F2ev. g3111
Page 96
{5) New sewer connections with old existing sewers shall be made within
a manhole. Where an old manhole exists at the point of connection
of new and old sewers, it shall be repainted and any loose bricks ar
blocks in the walls of the old existing manhole shall be refold. The
cost of such work shall be included in the Contract price far new main
sewer unless other payments are specifically provided for in the
Prajeot Specifications.
{�) Where no old manhole exists at the paint of connection, a new
manhole shall be constructed of the size and type Shawn on the
Contract Drawings. Payment far such additional manholes will be
made at the unit price in the Contract far new manholes, which price
shall include al! work necessary to make the connection.
{7} Connections of new sewers to existing sewers, when encountered in
construction and not shown on the Contract Drawings, shall be made
where ordered by the Engineer. Such connection shall be made
wi#hin a manhole, except for house sewer and drain connections.
When such sewer connections are made within an existing manhole,
any added wank involved will be paid for in acaardance with the
procedure outlined in the General Conditions of the Gantract. If the
Engineer orders such connections to be made in a new manhole,
such new manhole will be paid far at the prices established in the
Contract, which price shall include all work necessary to make the
connection.
{8} When connections are made with sewers carrying sewage ar water,
special care must be taken that na part of the work is built under
water. A flurne ar dam must be installed and pumping maintained, if
necessary, to keep the new work in the dry until completed and
concrete or mortar has set up.
(9} Junctions .for future sewer connections, where indicated on the
Gantract Drawings, shall be bricked off at the ends ar otherwise
sealed off in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer; the cost to be
merged in the Contract price for manholes or sewers.
(1q} No pipe shall be laid upon a foundation in which frost exists; nor at
any time when the Engineer shall deem that there is danger of the
formation of ice or the penetration of frost at the bottom of the
excavation. The pipe shall be fitted together and matched sa that
there shall be no shoulder ar unevenness along the inside bottom
half of the pipe, and sa that alignment and slope are correct. Na pipe
shall be laid until the preceding length has been completely aligned
and secured. faints shall not be completed until sufficient pipe has
been laid in advance to insure against injuring the finished joints.
When jointed in the trench, the pipe shall farm a true and smooth line
of sewer. Pipe shall not be trimmed except for closures, and pipe not
making a goad fit shall be removed. Where slight defects occur and
the use of the pipe is approved by the Engineer, defects shall be
placed in the top of the sewer. Temporary bulkheads shall be placed
in all open ends of sewer lines whenever pipe laying is stopped far
more than 8 hours, When sections of fine befween manholes have
SECTION 7

Page 17
been completed, an inspection shall be conducted and all
deficiencies corrected. This inspection does not constitute
aceep#once.
{b} PIPE LAYING
{1} Each pipe shad be laid on an even, firm bed, sa that no uneven strain
will come to any part of the pipe. ,Particular care shall be exercised to
prevent the pipes bearing an the sockets. Bell hales far bell and
spigot pipe shall be dug at each point as hereinbefare specified.
Each pipe steal{ be laid in conformity with the line and grades given by
the Engineer, and in the presence of the inspector. The bell -end of
the pipe shall be laid upgrade. Subgrade preparation shall be such
that each pipe spigot will be entered in the receiving pipe bell in such
a manner that the joint packing aan be freely inserted at ait paints of
the joint circumference, special care being taken to provide adequate
joint space at the bottom of the joint without raising the pipe off of the
trench bottom far packing insertion. No portion of the weight of the
spigat end of the pipe shall be transmitted to the receiving pipe- bell
through the joint packing.
Before each piece of pipe is lowered into the trench, it shall be
thoroughly inspected to insure its being clean. Each piece of p'spe
shall be Towered separately. Na piece of pipe or fitting which is
known to be defective shall be laid or placed in the lines, if any de-
fective pipe or fitting shall be discovered after the pipe is laid, it shall
be removed and- replaced with a satisfactory pipe or fitting without
additional charge, In case a length of pipe is cut to fit in a line, it shall
be so cut as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the longitudinal
axis of the pipe.
{2} The interior of the sewer shall, as the work progresses, be cleaned of
all dirt, jointing material and superfluous materials of every
description. On small pipe sewers, where cleaning afiter laying may
be difficult, a swab or drag sha[I be kept inside the pipeline and pulled
forward past each joint immediately after its completion. When laying
of pipe is stopped for any reason, the exposed end of such pipe shall
be closed with a plywood plug fitted into the pipe bell, so as to
exclude earth or other material, and precautions taken to prevent
floatation of pipe by run-off into trench..
{3} All pipes shall be completely shaved home. On pipe of the tongue
and groove type, 30" in diameter and forger, pressure must be
applied to the center of each pipe as it is laid by a winch and cable or
other mechanical means properly set and operated to insure that the
spigot is all the way home in the socket, and that the sewer joint is of
uniform size throughout the circumference of the pipe.
{4} Laying holes in pipe, if used, shall be tapered and shall be plugged
before backfiiling with a tapered concrete plug set. in mortar or
mastic.
Rev. 03111 SECTION 7

(5) Pipes laid in tunnel ar casing pipe shall be supported on suitable
blocks cut or granted into position to place the invert of the sewer ar
drain at the slaps and to the elevations indicated an the Contract
Drawings,
{6} On pipes iaid in tonne( ar casing pipe, the space between the casing
pipe and tunnel lining shah be either backfilled with fine low void sand
thoroughly rammed ar flushed into place, backfilled with Glass "C"
concrete or left unbackfilled as designated in the Project
Specifications. if left unbackfilled, each end shall be suitably
bulkheaded to protect against entrance of foreign material,
{7} Ail Gravity Flaw Pipeline shall be installed using a laser for control of
vertical and horizontal alignment. The Contractor shall fallow
accepted practices in the utilization of the laser. A certified laser
operator shall be present an the jab at ail times. Dare shall be
exercised to assure that the alignment control range of the
instrument is not exceeded; but in na case, shall the range exceed
50t} feet. Gaye shall betaken to prevent vibration afar direct sunlight
an the instrument. 1Nhere present, a blower shall be provided to
purge glue vapors from the pipe. An air velocity meter shah be
provided so that the velocity of air in the- pipe will not be great enough
to cause the light beam to be distorted. The Contractor shall
coordinate the work to minimize the number of take downs and set
ups at each point. Periodic checks of the laser shall be made to
assure that alignment is maintained.
{c} l'lPF_' JOINTS
{1} General - In all jointing operations the trench must be dewatered when
joints are made and kept dewatered until sufficient time has elapsed
to assure efficient hardening of the jointing material. Bell and spigot,
ar tongue and groove ends of the pipe shall. first be wiped clean before
actual jointing operations are started. The type of joint to be installed
in each location of the several following types specified shall be as
specifically designated an the Contract Drawings andlor the Project
Specifications.
(2} Gement Mortar and Jute Joints -Joints between consecutive pipes
made with jnte and Portland Cement Mortar shah be constructed as
follows;
a. On bell and spigot pipe, or variations thereof, plastic mortar shai)
be spread in the batkam one-third of the bell of the pipe previously
laid. A closely twisted gasket of jute of proper thickness and of
sufficient Length to span around the pipe and lap at the tap shall
then be .squeezed into the mortar. The spigot of the next pipe
shah be entered and shoved hams, After the pipe has been
thoroughly bedded to line and grade, the jute gasket shall be
caulked into the annular space with a suitable caulking tool in
snch manner as to sea( the joint against leakage, The remainder
of the space shall be completely filled with plastic mortar beveled
off with the outside of the pipe, The joint in pipes 30" or larger in
Rev. 03111 SECTIC}N 7

".s- •
diameter shall also be pointed and smoothed from the inside after
the pipe has been laid.
b. On tongue and groove type pipe, the jute shall be firmly attached
to the middle of the tongue of each pipe in one continuous length
with a compatible rubber cement having adhesive. properties.
Plastic mortar steal! be placed on the edges of the upper half of
the tongue of the pipe to be laid and the lower half of the socket of
-the pipe previously laid; the pipe then aligned, forced hams and
graded. Sufficient mortar shall be placed an each pipe so that the
space between the two pipes shall tend to become filled by the
sliding action of the socket when the pipe is forced into place. All
beveled surfaces of the adjacent tongue and voids in both- the
inside and the outside shall be completely filled with mortar. The
inside shall be troweled smooth far pipes 30" in diameter and
larger. The finished joint shall net be greater than one {1} inch in
width.
{3} Bituminous and Jute .faints, Mastic Type - Joints between
consecutive pipes made with jute and a bituminous joining
compound shall be constructed as follows. Jute and bituminous
joining oompound shall be applied in the same manner as that
specified for cement mortar and jute joints.
{4) bituminous and Jute Joints, Poured Type - Joints between
consecutive bell and spigot pipe made with jute and a bituminous
joining compound, poured in place, shall be constructed as follows:
The bell and spigot of pipes to be joined together shall first be
painted with a bituminous pr"rme coat to insure adherence of the
poured filler to the sides of the pipe. With pipe at grade and butted,
the jute shall be caulked into position in such a manner as to leave a
uniform space all around. Thejoint shall be made in one pour using
a joint runner.
{5) Rubber Gasket and Bituminous Joints -Joints between consecutive
bell and spigot or tongue and groove pipe made with a rubber
gasket and compatible bituminous compound of a type
recommended by the gasket manufacturer shall be constructed as
follows: The gasket shall be fitted over the tangos or spigot of each
pipe, the space behind the gasket filled with the bituminous
compound on tongue and groove joints, and the pipe entered into
the bell ar groove and shoved name. The remainder of the joint
space shall be filled with bituminous compound in the same manner
as that specified far mortar and jute joints.
{6} C�uctile Iron Pipe Joints.
a. General -Before any joints are made or the spigot of pipes
placed in the bells, the spigots, bells, gaskets and glands shall
be thoroughly cleaned and all foreign materials removed from
their surfaces.
Rev, �3111 SBCTI4N 7

Rev. 03l11
Page 20
b. In joining bell and spigot pipe and fittings, the spigot of each
pipe shall be properly seated in the bell of the next adjacent
piece and adjusted so as to give a uniform space for the joint,
which shall be made with braided hemp ar jute, fiber packing,
or rubber gasket, and with lead as designated fi Project
Specifications. The packing shall be long enough to
completely encircle the pipe, and shall be thoroughly driven into
the bell sa as to leave a space of at least 2112 inches in depth
to be filled with lead. Each joint must be made in one pour. ]n
making lead joints, the melting pat shall be kept near the joint
to be poured, and Brass shall not be allowed to accumulate in
the melting pat. Lead joints steal! be thoroughly caulked by
competent mechanics and in such a manner as shad secure
tight joints without overstraining the iron of the beds.
c. ]n joining mechanical joint pipe and fittings, the gland, followed
by the gasket, shall be placed aver the plain end of the pipe,
the gasket and socket brushed with soapy water and the pipe
inserted into the bell. The gasket shall then be pushed into
position so that it is evenly seated in the be8 and the gland
moved into position against the face of the gasket. The baits
shah be inserted and made finger tight. The bolts shall then be
tightened up with a ratchet wrench to complete the joint.
d. In joining gasket Type pipe and fittings, the gasket shah be
seated evenly around the inside of the bell in the groove ar
recess provided and the inside of the gasket lubricated with
lubricant furnished by the joint manufacturer. The spigot of the
next pipe shall be aligned with the bail and started into the bell
until it contacts the gasket. The joint shall then be completed
by forcing the spigot past the gasket until it makes contact with
the base of the soaket. Pressure to farce the spigot home shall
be applied by means of a bar, a special lever or a mechanical
jack -type assembly tool.
(7) Factory -Fabricated Resilient Material Joints for Clay Pipe - In joining
clay pipe with factory -fabricated resilient material joints, the bell and
the spigot of the pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned, the joint material
assembled an the spigot if it is made up of more than one part, fihe
joint material or both bell and spigot coated with lubricant ar
adhesive, furnished by the join# manufacturer, the spigot entered into
the bell and the pipe forced hams by means of a bar or mechanical
pipe puller.
(8) Rubber Gasket Joints for Reinforced Concrete Law Head and
Cylinder Pressure Pipe -In joining pipes of these types, the ends of
the pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned and the gasket furnished with
the pipe placed in the groove or recess on the spigot, the gasket coo-
ted with a compatible bitumastic compound of a type recommended
by the gasket manufacturer, the spigot entered info the beq and pipe
forced home by means of a bar or mechanical winch. The remainder
of the joint shall be filled with bituminous compound in the same
manner as that specified for mortar and jute joints.
SECTIt�N 7

{9} Carrugated Metal Pipe Joints -Unless allowed by the Project
Specifications, only gasketed standard and two-piece bands and the
o-ring gasketed hugger -type connection will be allowed. The ends of
the pipes shall be cleaned thoroughly to accept the gaskef. All
gaskets shall be lubricated with a lubricant furnished by the pipe
manufacturer to ease assembly and promote uniform tightening of
the connection to the torque specified by the pipe manufacturer.
Upon tightening the connector bands, if the friction afPered by pipe
coatings, gaskets, etc., preclude proper pul!-up of the gasket, the
contractor shall utilize wooden levers to aid the compression of the
bottom two-thirds of the band.
{1Ei} Carrugated Polyethylene Pipe Joints - In joining this pipe, all surl'aaes
shall be cleaned of foreign debris and lubricated far assembly. Ail
joints shall be water -tight rubber gasketed PVC Series 35 coupler
joints, All joints are assembled. by push -an techniques,
{11 } Truss Pipe, Saiid Wall IRaterals and Accessories - In joining this pipe,
the surfaces to be solvent welded shall be thoroughly cleaned of all
foreign material. Primer steal[ be utilized and generously applied to ail
joining surfaces followed immediately with the application of cement.
The joint shah then be made to prevent set-up of cement. [n making
joints of this type, the pipe shall receive a 114 arc rotation while
seating the spigot end into the bell. After the joint is made, every
effort shall be taken not to disturb the pipe.
('k2} PVC Sewer Pipe -PVC Sewer Wipe shall be jointed as per Section
7.Q3.3{c}(6}d above. The Cantraatar is cautioned that all cut ends
are to be beveled prior to assembly.
{13} Fiberglass Pipe -Fiberglass Pipe shall be jointed in the same manner
as the PVC Sewer Pipe above.
7.Q3,5 GC?NNECTIQNS FQR SERVECE PIPES
(a} GENER�t.
{1 } Service Cannea#ions far house sewer andlar drain connection openings
shall be provided in the main. sewers as shown an the Contract
Drawings ar as designated in the Project Specifications. The exact
location shall be as directed by the Engineer during construction.
{2} Unless otherwise shown an the Cantraat Drawings ar so designated in
the Project Specifications, ail sewer connection openings on bell and
spigot pipe shall be wye or tee branches, with the outlet being four (4}
inches in internal diameter. Ali sewer connection openings on concrete
pipe of the tongue and groove type shall be cast in place with the shape,
size and dimension of the opening corresponding to the bell end of a
standard suer pipe four {4} inches in internal diameter. Wye ar tee
branches shall be located at the paints designated by the Engineer.
Wye branches shall be so installed that the lower lip of the branch is not
more than 2 inches below the outside top of the pipe. Tees may be
Rev.. 03/11 SECTION 7

Page 22
installed with the branch vertical or rotated, depending on specific site
situations. After installation, wye or tee branches shall not be covered
with backfill anti! determination and record has been made by the
Engineer of the location of each with reference to the nearest manhole
downstream therefrom, and the direction in which the wye faces.
(3} All connection openings shall be closed with a vitrified the ar concrete
disk ar stopper securely held in place with the same joint material as
that specified far main sewer, unless otherwise noted on the Contract
Drawings.
{�� eoc�s-rRucrt©�
(1 } Ali excava#ion shall be carried out in compliance with the specifications.
{2} Service connection made to the sewer prior to bac{;filling shall not be
installed in the pipe trench as vertical risers except as approved in
writing by the Engineer, but shah be laid on a slope not exceeding � feet
vertical to 1 foot horizontal, and not less than 1(8 inch per foot, cut back
into the trench bank in such a manner that the service connection pipe
spoil -have a solid bearing an undisturbed earth as stipulated far pipe
sewers. The service pipe shall make such a horizontal angle with the
sewer line that a proper connection with the wye or tee branch of slant is
obtained without trimming the pipe and with na danger of jute or jointing
material being forced into the sewer. The first length of pipe shall not
make a total angle with the branch or slant greater than four inches in
two feet, and the wye branch or slant shall be installed in such a manner
as to fit the alignment of the branch service line as closely as possible.
Where vertical risers are specified or ordered by the Engineer, riser
pipes shall be supported to prevent an excessive_ load being applied to
the main sewer pipe, and encased in Class "C" concrete with a
minimum thickness of 6 inches, as spawn on the plans, specified or
ordered by the Engineer.
(3} Wye and Tee branches for bell and spigot pipe, with less than 8 feet
from the surface of the ground to the center of the branch, shai( be lain
horizontally with a slight fall across the branch. Cannectian openings on
concrete pipe of the tongue and groove type shalM be laid with the
opening in the upper quarter of the pipe.
(4} When the distance from the center of the connection openings is more
than 8 feet from the ground surfaces, the connection openings shall be
raised by means of riser pipes to a point less than 8 feet from the
ground surface. ripe risers for single connections shai{ be laid at an
angle of from 4.5 Degrees to 60 Degrees with the horizontal depending
on the side slope of the sewer french, and shall be laid in undisturbed
sail. [pipe risers far double CanneCtlans shall be Installed vertically With a
double "T" branch at the top with the branches placed crosswise of khe
main sewer. All openings shall be plugged with clay or concrete disks or
stoppers. Riser pipes and joints shall be of the same type as specified
for the main sewer.
Rev_ 03111 SECTIC)N 7

Page 23
(5} When sidewalks are available apposite the sewer being constructed, the
Contractor shall notch the street side of the walk directly opposite each
opening left in the sewer far connection to building drains. Where walks
are not available far such marking, the Contractor shall piece a
hardwood stake an the property line directly opposite each opening left
in the sewer. The hardwood stake shall be topped with a brass marker
labeled "Sewer". If the Contract Drawings so stipulate, the sewer
connections she![ be extended to the RNV or as noted, plugged and
provided with a clean out. In this case, the requirements far measured
bcations, notching sidewalks, stakes, etc. shall be omitted. Also, the
Contractor shag locate and keep a record of all opening locations by
measurement to the nearest downstream manhole. Such record shall
be delivered to the Engineer monthly during progress of the work.
�sPi i � � � �s� [iT��s7 �� i l- iTc�_[i� �
7.04.1 TEST'S
(a} G>=NERAL - It is the intent of these specifications to secure pipelines with a
minimum amount of leakage. All ductile iron, reinforced concrete cylinder
. pipe, reinforced concrete pressure pipe and truss pipe shall undergo
hydrostatic pressure tests as herein described. Ali other gravity pipe lines,
except clay pipe, shall be tested for infiltration andlor for exfiltration. Ali clay
pipelines shall be air tested and tested far infiltration as described below.
Unless otherwise Hated by the Project Specifications, na infiltration or extra
#filtration testing will be performed on piping used to transport storm water,
(b} HYDROSTATCC PRESSURE TESTS
(1} When a stretch of pipe and appurtenances has been completed, and
before the pipe ar joints are covered, the Contractor shall furnish
proper appliances and facilities for testing and draining the same,
without injury to the work ar surrounding territory. He shall test by
filling the pipe with clean water in the manner described under
exfltratian tests; however, in no case shall there be any visible
leakage, Water for making tests shall be furnished by the Contractor
at his expense.
(2} Any defects, cracks, ar leakage that may develop, or that may be
discovered either in the joints ar in the body of the pipe, shall be
promptly made good by the Contractor, at his own expense, and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
(3} Upon written permission of the Engineer, the system may be backfilled
prior to testing, it being understood #hat the Contractor assumes the
risk of re -excavating to the pipe in the event the system fails to meat
the requirements of the pressure tee#.
Rev. t�3I11 SECTI©N 7

Rev. i}3111
Page �4
{c) INFILTRATION TESTS
{1) Infiltration is not allowable. The joints shah be tight and visible leakage
in the joints or pipe barrel shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense
by any means found to be necessary, and with the Engineer's consent.
{d} EXFILTRATION TESTS
{1) In areas where ground water is net encountered during sewer
construction, the Contractor shall furnish and install alt necessary
materials, equipment, shall supply water, etc., and run exfiltration tests
as hereinafter described before the sewer is accepted. The joints shah
be tight and leakage shall be repaired by any means found to be
necessary,
(2} To check the amount of exfiltration, the ends of each section of sewer
between manholes shad be plugged with watertight bulkheads, Inserted
in each bulkhead, at the top of the sewer pipe, shad be a 2 inch pipe,
with an elbow, extending 4 feet vertically in the upper manhole and to
the same elevation in the lower manhole. Air in the sewer pipe shad tie
exhausted by filling the 2 inch upper manhole pipe to a height of 4 feat
of water. Using measured containers, the water shall be poured into the
upper 2 inch pipe as needed to maintain a constant head of 4 feet in the
upper pipe for a period of thirty minutes, not allowing the lower pipe to
overflow.
{e) Air Tests
(1) Unless site condi#ions are such that the site to be tested is submerged in
groundwater, ail clay pipes shall be air tested in accordance with ASTM
C$�8. In conditions where this test is not used; the pipe shall undergo
infiltration tests as outlined by 7.Q4.1{c). With the consent of the
- Engineer, the air test may be utilized in lieu of the hydrostatic test
covered in the above sections far other types of pipe. This substitution
shall only be considered far pipe 12" in diameter and smaller.
(f} C�eflection Tests
{1) peflection tests shall be performed on all pipe installations. The test
shah be conducted after the final backfill has been in place at least 30
days to permit stabilization of the soil/pipe system. As an alternative to
waiting 3Q days to permit stabilization of the soillpipe system, the
Engineer will accept eeriification from asoil-testing firm verifying that the
backfill of the trench has bean compacted to at least 95°lo maximum
density.
{2) No pipe shah exceed a deflection of 5 percent. if deflection exceeds 5
percent, replacement or connection shall be accomplished in
accordance with requirements in the approved specifications.
{3} The rigid bap or mandrel used far the deflection test shall have a
diameter not less than 95 percent of the bade inside diameter or
average inside diameter of the pipe depending on which is specified in
SECTION 7

Page 25
the ASTM Specification, to which the pipe is manufactured. The pipe
shall be measured in compliance with ASTM D 2122 Standard Test
Method determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings.
The test shall be performed without mechanical pulling devices.
7.Q4.2 RESP©htSIBILITY
fF1=��►I�;1r.111
(1} Sewers must be built so as to remain true #o line and grade. The
inclining grade of the bottom of the sewer after completion shall be
such that after flooding, the flood water wilt drain off so that no remain-
ing puddle of water will be deeper than one-half (1/2} of an inch an
pipe thirty-six (36} inches internal diameter or smaller, and three-
quarters {314} of an inch on pipe larger than thirty-six (36} inches
internal diameter. Any section of pipe that does not comply with
specifications at any time previous to final acceptance of the work
shall be replaced or relaid at the Contractor`s expense.
{�} The Contractor will be held strictly responsible that all pars of the
work shall bear the load of the backfill. If creaks one -hundredth
(1/100} of an inch develop in the pipe within one year from the date of
final acceptance of the work, the Contractor will be required to
replace, at his expense, ail such cracked pipe. To this end, the
Contractor is advised to purchase pipe under a guarantee from the
manufacturer, guaranteeing proper service of sewer pipe under condi-
tions established by the Contract Drawings, Contract Specifications,
and local conditions at the site of the work.
7.05 Mt=ASt1REMENT FOR, PAYIVIENT AND CC3MPENSATION
i'A5.1 GENERAL
If any or all of the work to be performed under this Contract is on a unit price
basis, the actual number of units of each unit price item or work performed may
be more ar less than the number stated in the Bidding Schedule of the Proposal,
or included in the Contract, but no variation in the Contrack unit price will be made
an that account. Payment will be made only far the actual number of units incor-
porated in the work, ar for the actual number of units of work performed, and -ak
the contract unit price for each such unit with measurement for payment made as
defined in the following paragraphs. Measuremenk for payment of work done on
a unit price basis will be as follows:
?.05.Z FITTINGS AND SPECIALS
Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Project Specifications the cost of
furnishing and placing specials and fi#ings shown an the Contract Drawings
andlor called for in the Project Specifications shall be merged in the unit prices for
the pipelines, and will not be paid for separately.
Rev. 03111 SECTIt�N 7

Page 26
7.Q5.3 GRAVITY SEWERS, CONCtUlTS, CULVERTS, ANC} CIRA[NS ,
{a) Measurement of gravity sewer lines, conduits, culverts and drains will be
made along the centerline of the line, whether curved or straight, measured in
place. The payment for gravity pipelines and related items that are presented
in unit price schedules _and requested on a depth of cut basis shall be the
depth of cut obtained by subtracting the perpendicular distance along the
centerline of the structure or pipeline`s flow line or invert from the natural
ground surface ar tap of structure. -
(b) Linear measurements on sewers of thirty-six {36) inches or less internal
diameter will be made straight through the manholes. On sewers larger than
thirty-six (3s) inches internal diameter, measurement will start and terminate
at the inside face of manholes.
{c) Measurement on catch basin sewer connection leads will be made from the
centerline of basins to the centerline of the manholes ar sewers.
Measurement of sewer leads between inlet boxes and catch basins will be
made from the inside wail of the inlet box to the centerline of the catch basin.
Half traps and running traps will be included in the above measurement and
will not be paid for separately.
7,t35.4 DUCTILE IRON P[PE ANC! F'iTTINGS !`OR RAISING QR LOWER[NG
WATER MAINS
Measurement far payment will be made only for raising or lowering those water
mains which lie within the area to be occupied by the sewer, conduit or structure.
i.05.5 RELC?CATIt)N QF WATER SERVICE PIPES
Measurement for payment will be made only for relocating those water service
pipes which lie within the area to be occupied by the sewer, conduit or structure.
Rev. 03111 SECTIQN 7

Page 1
GENERf�L SPEG1�tCATIC}�!S
SECT[Qt� �,0
THIS SECT[QN tV(�T USED

a :
Page 1
W.: „�.
� � � �. � �.
a.iJ 1. 1 .�`�i�}l�� Q[' 1tYvRPk
(a} All labor, material, equipment, tools and services required far the furnishing and
installation of akl concrete, both precast and cast in place, reinforcing steel and
appurtenances for structures and structural frames required on the Contract shall be
furnished and installed in compliance with the following General Specifications, with
the Project Specifications, and with the Contract Drawings.
(b} This General Specification section, designated as Concrete and Reinforcing, covers
the description of materials generally utilized in precast and cast in place reinforced
concrete construction and the installation of such materials. The Project
Specifications and the Contract Drawings designate the specific work, its locations
and the construction methods to be used on aII Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
installations under this Section. The inclusion of items of material or work within this
Specification does not necessarily constitute their use on this Project.
9.01,2 SUBMITTALS
{a} SHt�P DRAWINGS ,Attention is directed to the provisions in the General Conditions
of the Contract requiring submission to the Engineer of descriptive details and of shop
and setting drawings. On Concrete and Reinforcing Steel installations such
submission shall include the fallowing, even though items proposed to be furnished
conform to the exact descrip#ion stated in the General or Project Specifications.
(1 } Bar lists, bending details and setting drawings far all reinforcing.
{b} PRODUCT i:}ATA -Manufacturers descriptive data and details shall be submitted on
the fallowing products:
(1} Admixtures.
{2} ,loint Materials.
(3} Reinforcing Steel support chairs,
{4) Form Ties.
(5} Forms, if fabricated off the site.
(6} Reinforcing Mesh.
(7) Vapor barriers.
($} Floor and Slab Hardeners.
(9} Non -Slip aggregate.
(10} Curing Materials.
(11} Fiber Reinforcing Materials.
{12} Precast structures.
Rev. 03/(39 SECTION 9

Page 2
{c} RESIGN MIXES � A report of the design mix proposed far each different cancrete mix
required far the project shall be submitted. The report shall include the fallowing:
(1) Name of concrete praducer.
{�} Name ar number of mix.
{3} Description, source and quantities of all ingredients,
{4} Wafer/cement ratio.
{5} Siump.
{6} Air content.
{i} Specified compressive strength.
(3} Average compressive strength by test and age of test.
{d) MATERIAL CERTIFECATES - Cerkificates signed by manufactures indicating that
materials comply with requirements shall be submitted far each of the fallowing
items to be used:
(1) Cement
{2} Aggregates
{3} Reinforcing Steel
{e} SAMPI-ES - Samples of the faliawing materials shall be submitted, unless otherwise
specified in the Project Specifications:
{1) Coarse Aggregate.
(2} Fine Aggregate,
{f) QC1ALlFlGATIgN i7ATA -When directed by the Engineer, the cancrete praducer
shall submit a written description of production ability, including facilities, personnel
and a list of similar completed projects.
{a} GENERAL -Routine testing of materials and concrete for compiiance with the
Specifications shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall
" engage and pay an independent testing laboratory to perform quality control tests as
required by the Contract documents. AI! tests and the manner in which they are
conducted shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. The testing laboratory shall have
prier approval from the Engineer,
{b} CgNCRETE RRgiitlGER QUALIFICATIgNS -The cancrete praducer shall have
net less than 5 years experience in the production of structural concrete and shah
have previously supplied concrete far net less than 5 projects similar in scope of this
project.
{c} TESTING AGENCY QUAL.tFiCATIgNS -The testing agency shall provide evidence
to the Engineer that an inspection of its facilities within the previous 1� months was
made by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National Institute of
Standards and that any deficiencies noted in the report of that inspection have been
corrected.
Rev. 03/0''� SECTION 9

Page 3
�.01.4 �TANDARpS
(a) Where materials and methods are indicated in the following specifications as being in
conformance with a standard specification, it shall refer in ail cases to the latest
edition of the specification and -shall include all interim revisions. Listing of a standard
specification without. further reference indicates that the particular material ar method
steal! conform to such fisted specifiication.
(b) The following reference specifications shall govern the work covered by this Section,
unless otherwise noted or detailed:
American Concrete Institute
ACi-211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Norma(,
Heavyweight and Mass Goncrete
ACE-211.2 Standard Practice for Seieating Proportions for Structural
Lightweight Concrete
ACi-3q1 Specifications for Structural Concrete far Buildings
ACi-304 Guide far Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing
Goncrete
AGI-3q5 Recommended Practice far Hot Weather Concreting
ACI-3q6 Recommended Practice for Gold Weather Concreting
ACI-3q8 Recommended Practice for Curing Gancrete
ACi-3q9 Guide for Consolidation of Goncrete
AG-315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced
Gancrete Structures
ACi-318 Building Gade Requirements far Reinforced Concrete
AGi-347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork
Concrete I;�einforcin Steel Institute
CRSI Manual of Standard Practice
American Society for Testing and Materials
A 82 Specit'jcation far Coid-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete
Reinforcement
A 1�5 Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete
Reinforcement
A 49� Specification for Deformed Steel Wire far Concrete
Reinforcement
A 497 Specification for Welded Deformed Stec! Wire Fabric for
Gancrete Reinforcement
A 61 � Speaification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars far
Goncrete Reinforcement
G 33 Specification for Goncrete Aggregates
Rev. g3l09 SECTION 9

Page 4
American Society for Testing and Materials ... continued
C 39 Test far Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
Specimens
G 94 Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete
C 15q Specification far Portland Gement
C 308 Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds
for Curing Gonarete
C 1058 Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to
Hardened Concrete
D 1751 Specification for Performed Expansion Joint biller far
Gancrete Paving and Structural Construction
{Nanextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types}
D 1752 Specification for Performed Sponge Rubber and Cark
Expansion Joint Fillers far Gancrete Paving and Structural
Gonsfruction
9.t31,5 DELIVERY, ST'C1RAC�1= AFID HA�lDL1l�IG
{a} STORAGE -Gement and aggregates shall be stored in such a manner as to
prevent deterioration or intrusion of foreign matter. Liquid admixtures shall be
protected from freezing and from settling out of solution. Any deteriorated or
damaged material shall not be used for concrete.
{b} DELIVERY OF REINFORCING BARS -Reinforcing bars shall be delivered
without bending.
{c} DELIVERY OF CE7NCRETE - Revolufian counters shall be in operation far aN
concrete discharged for use on this project,
9,02 CONSTRUCT!®N MATERIALS
9.02.1 GENERAL
All materials and fabricated items shall be furnished by an established and reputable
manufacturer ar supplier. All materials and fabricated items shall be new and shall be of
first-class ingredients and consfruction and guaranteed to perform tl�e service required
and shall conform to the following standard specifications. Cited examples are used
only to denote the quality standard of product desired and does not restrict
bidders to a specific brand!, make, manufacturer ar specific name. They are used
only to set forih and convey to bidders the general style, type, character, and
quality of product desired. Equivalent products w!!I Poe acceptable.
9.Q2,2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
{a} l'ORTLAND CEMENT -Portland cement shall conform to Specifications far
Portland Cement ASTM C-15q and shall be Type I, except, where high early
strength concrete is called far, cement shall be Type III.
Rev, 0310g SECTION 9

Page 5
{b} coNCR��r� AGGREGATES
{1} Concrete aggregates shall conform to ASTM C33, Specifications for
Concrete Aggregates. Aggregates failing to meet these requirements but
producing concrete of the required quality as spawn by special test ar
actual service may be used where authorized by the Engineer. {See
Table 1, Grading of Fine and Caarse Aggregate far Concrete}.
{Z} The maximum size of the aggregate shah be not larger than 1t5 of the
narrowest dimension between sides of the forms within which the
�:.oncrete is to be cast par larger than 3t4 of the minimum clear spacing
between reinforcing bars, or between reinforcing bars and forms. For
unreinfarced slabs, the maximum size of aggregate shall be not larger
than 'l/3 of the stab thickness.
{3} Caarse Aggregate shell consist of clean gravel or crushed stone, free
from soft or elongated pieces and deleterious substances.
{4} Fine aggregate shall consist of sand having clean, hard, durable grains
free from deleterious substance. Sand shall be tested far impurities in
accordance with ASTM C 4t} and shall be rejected for exposed work if it
shows a color darker than the reference color. A soundness kest shall be
conducted in accordance with ASTM C 88..
{c) ADIVitKTURES -Admixtures shaft be measured and d'sspensed according to the
manufacturer's recamrnendatians.
{t) AIR EN�CRJ�.1�11�1G -� Air entraining admixtures shall cartfarm to ASTM C
26Q "Specifications for Air -Entraining Admixtures far Concrete.
(2} WATER REDUCING -Water reducing admixtures shall be composed
essentially ofi water soluble reacting products of an amine and an arganio
acid, and spat! not captain lignasulfanic acid, its derivatives ar calcium
chloride. Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C 494, Types A, D ar E,
dependent on the necessity for providing retarding or accelerating
characteristics to the mix.
{3} QTHER - ether admixtures shall conform to appropriate ASTM
Standards. Their use shaft be approved by the Engineer.
{d} IVIIXiNG WATER -Preferably, water used in mixing concrete shall be fresh, clean
and potable. Nonpatable water may be used if mortar cubes made with the water
in question have 7 and 28 days strengths equal to those of companion specimens
in which potable water was used.
9.4Z.3 REINFQRCING
{a} PSARS -Intermediate grade, deformed -ASTM A6'l5, grade 60.
(b} WELDED FABRtC AND CbLD DRAWN WIRE -ASTM A82, A185, A496 and
AA 97.
ftev. 03109
SEGTIC?N 9

9.{i2.4 JOINTING MATERIALS
(a} WATER STOPS -Ribbed ar corrugated and manufactured from virgin polyvinyl
chloride material
(1} (n construction joints - "Durajoint" type 7 as manufactured by W. R.
Grace and Co., Bometals, Vinylex, Greenstreet ar equal.
(2} (n expansion joints - "Durajoint" type 7G as manufactured by W. R. Grace
Ga., Bametals, Vinylex, Greenstreet ar equal
(b) EXPANSION JOINTS MATERIAL - Resilient premalded self- expanding cork
conforming to ASTM D 1752 ar asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber conforming to
ASTM D 1751.
(c} SEALANT -Gray palysulfide joint wafer "Hornflex" as manufactured by W. R.
Grace and Ca., BASF Sonneborn NP-2, Pecos Dynatrol II, Tremca Dymeric or
aqua{.
(d} FOR PRECAST CONCRETE ITEMS -The joints between sections shall be of the
tongue and groove design sealed with a vulcanized butyl rubber e(astameric
compound which meets federal Specification No. SS-S-0021 Q and which has a
temperature service range of -65 degrees F to +2QQ degrees F, Unless
otherwise specified faints will be grouted.
(e} EPDXY JOWT FILLER FOR FLOORS -Semirigid, 1D0 percent solids, epoxy
resin with a Shore A hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240.
9.Q2,5 FLOOR TRIA,TMI=NT MATERIALS
(a} LIi�UIQ FI-QOR HARRE.NER —BASF Sonneborn. Lapidalith, Dayton Superior
Burke a lith, Symons Buff Hard, or approved equal.
{b) SFiAKE�ON FLOOR HARDENER - Factory -graded, packaged, rustproof,
nonglazing, abrasive aggregate of fused aluminum oxide granules ar crushed
emery with emery containing not less than 5g percent aluminum oxide and not
less than 24 percent ferric oxide, unaffected by freezing, moisture and leaning
materials.
9.r)2„6 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS
(a) DURING PAPER —Concrete curing paper shall meet ASTM C171,Type I.
(b) FILM - Polyethylene film conforming to ASTM C 171,
(c} ABSORPTIVE COVER - AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth, weighing
approximately 9 oz./sq. yd.
(d) LIQUIirt MEMBRANE FORMING CURING COMPOUNb -Wax free resin type,
capable of retaining 95% of the moisture far the specified curing period and
conforming to ASTM C-3(i9, Type I, and containing a red fugitive dye. Curing
compound applied to surfaces to be left permanently exposed to view sha0 not
cause permanent discoloration or otherwise adversely affect the appearance of
these surfaces.
Rev. as�as s!✓cTION s

9.Q2.7
9.U2.8
9.Q2.9
Page 7
GROUT
{a} NONSHRtNK GROUT FOR GROUTING COLUMN AND EQUtI�kVIENT BASE
PLATES -Non-metallic aggregate grout capable of developing foil strength
without vertical confinement, and requiring na cutting ar capping of shoulders.
Grout shall be composed of 1/4 inch maximum size coarse aggregate; cement,
sand and water in same proportions as specil=led far Class B concrete, added in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. All non -confined portions
of this grout mixture shall toe removed and replaced with general purpose grout
for final acceptance. This requirement is in effect unless deleted by the Project
Specification.
{b) GENERAL t'URP®SE GROUT -Composed of equal parts of sand and cement,
with water sufficient to produce required consistency.
BONDING AGENT
{a) BONnING AGENT -Non-redispersible acrylic emulsion conforming to ASTM C
1Q59, Type ll.
DRAINAGE FILL UNC3ER SLABS ON GRADE
NC C?epartment of Transportation, Diuision of Highways Standard Size No. 5 stone,
unless shown otherwise on the Contract prawings.
9.n2.10 VAr�OR t3ARRl�R UNDER SLAt35 ON GRADE
Vapor barrier must conform to the requirements of ASTM E154.
9.02.'t 1 RRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
(a) t=lN1SH -All finished precast units shall be neat and smooth in appearance. The
concrete surface shall be dense and free of holes, voids, honeycombs, ar other
irregularities. Precast units having a motiled, uneven, or discolored
appearance will be rejected. The finish requirements for the precast concrete will
be the same as for cast in place concrete.
{b) tDENTtFtCATION - Eaeh precast structure shall have date of casting stamped or
painted an it. if multiple castings are to be erected together, each section shall be
numbered to facilitate assembly, aignrnent and sequence of erection.
{c} CURING -Precast units shall be subjected to any one of the methods of curing
described below or to any other method ar combination of methods approved by
the Engineer that will give .satisfactory results. The precast units shall be cured
far a sufficient length of time so that the concrete will develop the specified
compressive strength in 28 days ar less.
{1} Steam Curing -Precast units shall be placed in curing chamber, free
from outside drafts, and cured in a moist atmosphere maintained by the
injection of steam for such time and such temperature as may be needed
to enable the units to meet the strength requirements. The curing
chamber shall be sa constructed as to allow circulation of steam around
the entire unit.
{2) Water Curing -Precast units may be water -cured by covering with water -
saturated material or by a system of perforated pipes, mechanical
sprinklers, porous hose, ar by any other approved method, that will keep
the units moist for a minimum of 5 days after casting.
Rev. 03/09 SECTION 9

(3} The manufacturer may, at his option, combine the methods above as
long as the required concrete compressive strength is atiained.
{4} A sealing membrane may be applied and should be left intact until the
required strength requirements are met. The concrete at the time of
application sha11 be within 90 degrees F. of the atmospheric temperature.
Ali surfaces shall be kept moist prior to the application of the campaunds
and shall be damp when the compound is applied. This method shall not
be used on surfaces to be painted, surfaces to receive a bituminous
membrane or surfaces which are to receive a finish treatment of any
kind.
9.tl2.'12 CONCRETE iUllXES
{aa GENERAL --Mix designs shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory
in accordance with the following requirements,
(b} COIVIPOSlT1pN � Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine
aggregate, coarse aggregate, water and admixtures as specified herein.
{c} WOf214ABILtTY -The proportions of the concrete shall produce a plastic mixture
that will work readily, with the placement method used, into the corners and
angles of the forms and around reinforcement without segregation ar bleeding.
Maximum slump shaif be 4 inches far concrete to be consolidated by mechanical
vibrators and 5 inches for concrete to be consolidated by other means. Concrete
containing a high range water reducing admixture shall have a maximum slump
of 4 inches before adding the admixture and S inches with the admixture.
{d) STRENGTH -The proportions of the concrete shall produce concrete which has
the compressive strength required. Unless specified otherwise in the Project
Specifications or noted otherwise on the Contract Drawings, all cast in place
concrete shall have the compressive s#rength at 28-days listed below for its class.
(e) CLASSES -The classes of cast -in -place concrete are as faflows:
Class
Campressrve
Strer� th, si
Application
A
4,OC10
Pootin sand slabs on rode
B
4,Q00
Su ooted slabs, beams, columns and walls
C
4,g00
fillets, cradles and filling voids or backfilfing
and sidewalks, edestrian ram s, etc
D
4,Q00
Concrete auement
E
4,OQ0
Curb and utter
{f} AGGREGATE -Coarse aggregate shall be used in each Class of concrete in the
greatesf amount consistent with required warkabi(ity. The ratio of sand to fatal
aggregate shall be from 33 to 42 percent by weight based upon surface dry
material, unless a higher percentage is authorized by the Engineer due to
character of coarse aggregate. Over- sanded mixtures will not be accepted.
Minor changes in aggregate proportioning shall be made during the progress of
the work to adjust for changes in aggregate gradafsons.
(g} AIR CONTENT -Concrete for flatwork, curbs, stairs, platforms and ramps which
wilt be exposed to precipitation, and at other locations as indicated in the Project
Rev. 03/Q9 SECTION 9

•.�- •
Specifications or an the Cantract Drawings, shall be air entrained. The total air
content shall be as follows:
Nominal maximum size of Total air content,
Coarse aggregate, inches percent by volume
'/� 5-9
al 4-8
1 3.b - 6.5
1% 3-6
Concrete for floors to receive a steel trowel finish shall not be air entrained.
{h} ;�gMIXTU�2ES - Except as noted on the Contract Drawings, all cast in place
concrete shall contain an approved water reducing admixture conforming to
ASTM specification C 494. Admixture Types A, D, E or F may be used,
dependent on the necessity for providing retarding or accelerating characteristics
to the mix. The use of calcium chloride in concrete is prohibited. The admixture
shall be used and dispensed according to the recommendations of the
manufacturer. Proportioning and mixing shall be as recommended by the
manufacturer.
(i} AggtTIaNAL 1MATER -The addition of water to plant mix concrete is
discouraged. At any time when additional water is to be added to plant mix
concrete the Cantraciar shall supply the Engineer with documentation to prove
that the total amount of all water in the mix is not exceeding the plant mix design
ar in the event of no speoifc plant mix design, not exceeding the allocations as
provided herein. {f an -site additions ofi water are requested, all necessary
materials to substantiate the maximum amount of field added water shall be
made available to the Engineer prior to any concrete pour. ACI-304 R-89 refers.
{j} M17C gESIGN -Proportions of concrete mixes shall be determined according to
ACl 3U1 based on field tests ar trial mixes.
(1 } TRIAL MIXES -Where required, an advance design of each concrete mix
required shall be made by an independent Testing Laboratory in
accordance with ACI 211.1, for normal concrete, ar ACI 211.2, for
lightweight concrete, to attain the properties of strength, slump and
entrained air content. Advance tests of each class of concrete where
required shall be made in accordance with ASTM C31 by an independent
Testing Laboratory. Four standard 5 inch compression cylinders, one to
be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days, per ASTM C39, shall be made
with the proportioning and materials proposed to be used on this
Cantract. The slump shah not be less than the greatest slump expected
to be used in the structures. Test specimens shall be made before
beginning operations, using the consistencies suitable for the work and in
accordance with ASTM Method of Making and Curing Concrete
Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Laboratory {ASTM
C192}. Tests shall be conducted according to ASTM Method of Test for
Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders {ASTM C39}, A
curve shall be established to represent the relationship between the
water .cement ratio and the minimum 28 day compressive strength ar
earlier -strength at which the concrete is to receive its foil working load.
The- range of values on the curve shall include all the compressive
strengths called for by these Cantract Documents. The curve shall be
established by at least three paints, each point denoting average values
from at least four test specimens. The water cement ratio shall
Rev. i38109 SECTIQN 9

9.02,'i 3
'.�- t'
correspond to a strength sufficiently high as to ensure that Wane of
the s#rength #ests shall have values less than the specified strength.
The tests made an the aggregates as required above may be made a
part of these tests if suitably referenced an the reports which shall be
issued at 7 and 28 days. These tests shall be repeated if necessary
because °f changes in materials or unsatisfactory results. Unfavorable
results of actual pours_ may necessitate redesign of Mixes.
GtifiiCRETE MIXtNC7
(a} BA7CHIIVG - Af( concrete and mortar materials shall be measured in
conformance with ASTM C 94.
(b} IVIlX1NG CUi�GRETE
(1} Mixer -The mixing of conarete shad be done in a batch mixer of
approved type ar in ready -mix equipment conforming to ASTM G 94. The
volume of the mixed ma#eria(s far each batch shall not exceed the
manufacturer's rated capacity of the mixer. All concrete mixers, stationary
or transit mix, shah be equipped with reva{utian counters in proper
working order..
{2} Mixing Time -� Gancrete shah be mixed until there is a uniform distribution
of the materials and shelf be discharged completely before the mixer is
recharged. Far jab mixed concrete, the mixer shelf be rota#ed at the
speed recommended by the manufacturer and mixing shalt be continued
far at least one minute after all materials are fn the mixer. For mixers
larger than 9 cubic yard capacity, the minimum mixing time shalt be
increased 15 seconds for each additions{ one-half cubic yard of concrete
aapacity.Far job mixed concrete, the mixer shaft be rotated at a speed
recommended by the manufacturer. Each, batch of one cubic yard or less
shaft be mixed far at least one minute after elf materials are in the mixer.
The mixing time she{I be increased by 15 seconds far each additional
cubic yard or fraction thereof. The entire batch shah be discharged
before the mixer is recharged, If job mixed concrete fs used, elf
equipment and methods of mixing employed must be approved by the
Engineer.
(c} Ct7LCi WEATNEW �ATGHING - Procedures in AC(-306, "Recommended
Practice far Cald Weather Concreting", shall be followed. When the temperature
is below 40 degrees F ar is likely to fall below 40 degrees F during the 24-hour
period after placing, adequate equipment shall be provided far heating the
aoncrete materials. No frozen materials or materials cantainfng ice chaff be used.
Temperature of the separate materials, including the mixing water, when placed
in the mixer shall net exceed f40 degrees F. When placed fn forms the concrete
shaft have a temperature between 00 degrees F and 90 degrees F.
{d) HOT WEATHER EATCHING -Procedures in ACi-305, Recommended Practice
foe Nat Weather Concreting, shall be followed. Concrete temperature shall not
exceed 94° F prior to placement,
(e} MI�I[�G M{�RTARS -The mixing a# mortars and grouts shelf conform to the
requirements far Mixing Gancrete as stated abave.
Rev, 03109 SECT1Qi�i 9

Page 11
9.03 CQNS�'RUCT[QN Ii�ETHObS
9.03.1 PREPARATIC3N ©F EQt1iP'lVif=htT
(a) Before placement, all equipment far mixing and transporting the cancrete shall be
cleaned and al{ debris and ice shall be removed from the places occupied by the
cancrete. Farms- shall be thoraughky wetted {except in freezing weather) or ailed,
and masonry filler units that will be in contact with concrete shaft be well drenched
(except in freezing weather}. The reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned of
ice, dirt, rust, scale or other coatings.
{b} V1later shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless
ather<,�ise permitted by the Engineer, All laitance and other unsound material
shall be removed from hardened concrete by sand blasting, chipping or wire
brushing before additional concrete is added.
9.t}3.2 Ii�SPECTlQN
After the reinforcing steel is in place and aJl formwork completed, and at least 4$ hours
before placing cancrete (unless shorter notice is specifically permitted), the Contractor
shall notify the Engineer that the work is ready for his inspection. The Engineer will then
inspect the work. The Contractor shag have capable men an the job who shall assist the
Engineer in inspecting the work and who shall make all changes in the work required by
the Engineer prior to placing the concre#e.
9.b3.3 WATERTIGHT STRUGTt1RES
Al( concrete structures steal! be made watertight. The Contractor shall use all means
necessary to produce structures that are absolutely watertight against hydraulic
pressure bath from inside and from outside. Concrete walls, etc„ that show seepage ar
damp spots will not be accepted until this condition is aarrected. No waterproofing
ingredients shall be added to the cancrete mix unless approved by the Engineer.
Should contractor cracks occur in the concrete work, the Contractor steal[ make such
repairs as necessary to produce a watertight structure.
(a) Construction -Farms shall be constructed to oonfarm to the shape, form, line and
grade indicated on the Contract Drawings; shall be mortar tight and shall be
maintained sufficiently rigid to prevent deformation under load. Forms far
exposed concrete surfaces shall be faced with smooth plywood, Exposed wall
surfaces shall include interior and exterior concrete surfaces, beams, columns,
slabs, and all tank, chamber and tunnel walls except those in contact with earth..
All exposed corners shall be aharnfered 314 inch, unless otherwise noted on the
Contract Drawings. Unlined forms may be used for concrete work not exposed to
view upon corripletion of the Project, Farms shall be coated with a nan�staining
mineral oil. Absolutely, under no condition, will the coating of reinforcing or farm
ties with the farm release ail be tolerated. The Cantraator shall be completely
responsible for the design and the structural safety of the formwork, sharing and
bracing and shall provide a reasonable factor of safety in all designs. An
adequate amount of waters, stiffeners and braces shall be used to ensure straight
walls upon stripping of farms.
{b) Alignment -Edges of form panels in contact with concrete exposed to view in the
finished work shall be flush within '1132 inch. Farms for plane surface areas shalt
be such that the concrete will be plane within `1!8 inch in 4 feet. Leading edges of
Rev. 03/09 SECTI©N 9

Page 1�
concrete at tap of walls and other exposed locations shall !ie within 1/4 inch as
measured from a � 0 font template,
(c} Removal -Forms shall be removed in such a manner as to insure the complete
safety of the structure. Beam and girder side forms, calurnns and wall forms may
be removed as soon as the concrete has attained sufficient strength to sustain its
own weight, but not less than 48 hours subsequent to placement. Supporting
forms and shoring for slabs, beams, girders and other structural members shall
not be removed until the members have acquired sufficient strength to support
safely their own weight ant! superimposed loads, but in no case less than 14
days, provided sample test cylinders show a strength of not less than 3,i�q(i p.s.i.
ir, compression when cured- under conditions similar to those affecting the
structure involved.
9.03.5 I✓ORIVI TIcS
(a} The type of form ties proposed to be used shall be approved by the Engineer
before installation. l�,tire ties will not be permitted. Farm ties shall be ad}astable
in length ar of proper fixed length and of such type as to leave na metal closer
than one and one half inches to the finished concrete surface. Ties shall not
leave hales larger than one inch diameter at the surface of concrete. Unless
otherwise permitted ties shall be left in place. A plastic cane spacer shaft be used
at each end of the.farm tie allowing a full 1'lz inch breakback.
ib} Removable pariion of form ties shall be removed from the concrete immediately
after removing the forms. Care shall be exercised to avoid spelling the exposed
conarete surfaces.
(c} Within 24 hours after forms are remaved, holes left by remove{ of ties shall be
patched as specified in 9,03.12.
9.03.8 REINFQRCIhIC
(a} Reinforcing steel shall be handled and placed in accordance with ACI 315, ACI
318 and the CRSI Manuel of Standard Practice. Reinforcing steel, at the time
concrete is placed shelf be free from rust scale ar other coatings that will destroy
ar reduce the bond. It shah be accurately placed in accordance with the Contract
drawings and shall be adequately secured in position by concrete or metal chairs,
spacers and tie wires.
(b} Metal reinforcement shall be accurately positioned and secured against
displacement by using annealed wire of not less than No, 16 gauge, or suitable
clips at intersections, and shaft be supported in a manner that will keep all metal
away from the exposed surfaces of the wall. Nails shall not be driven into the
outside forms to support reinforcement nor shall any other device for this purpose
dame in contact with the outside farm on walls exposed to view after structure is
completed.
(c} Aii bars shall lap a minimum of 36 bar diameters. Adjacent sheets of wire mesh
shall lap a minimum of 6 inches and be securely wired together. Reinforaing
steel in slabs and footings poured against grade shall be supported on precast
concrete units spaced at intervals required by the size of reinforcement used and
of the proper height to accommodate the proper positioning of the reinforcing.
Steel chairs and slab bolsters supporting reinforcing in beams and slabs (on
fon�nwark} shall be galvanized or plastic protected,
(d} Reinforcement shall be carefully farmed to the dimensions indica#ed on the
Contract Qrawngs. Heating of reinforcement will be permitted only when
Rev. 03109 SECTION 9

•_�_
approved by the Engineer. Field bending of reinfarGing bars which project fram
concrete surfaces is prohibited,
(e} Wherever it is necessary to splice reinforcement otherwise than as shown on the
Contract Crawings, the character of the splice she!( be as specified by the
Engineer on the basis of allowable bond stress, and the stress in the
reinforcement at the splice. Splices shall not be made at points of maximum
stress nor shalt adjacent bars be spliced at the same point. Bar splices shall be
staggered. .
(f) The reinforcement shall be protected by the thickness of concrete indicated in the
Contract drawings. Where not otherwise shown, the thickness of concrete over
the reinforcement shall be as fellows:
Location
Minimum Cover
Where concrete is deposited against the. ground
without
3"
the Use of farms
Wt1ere GanGrete IS eXpaSed to weather aC to the
ground
2".
but laced informs
In slabs and walls not exposed to the ground
or the
3/�t"
weather
In beams., girders and Galumns not exposed
to the
1,112
round or to the weather
In all Gases
at least equal to
the diameter of
the bars
(g) Exposed reinforcing bars intended far bonding with future extensions shalt be
protected fram Gorrasion by Gancrete ar other adequate covering,
9.g3.7 ANCHORAGE ITEMS, CHASES; SL©TS, INSERTS, P#PING AND CCiNDUiT
SUPPORTS AND GUIDES AND O'THER EMBEDDED tTEMS '
(a) Alt pipe chases, cavities, slats, inserts, anchors, etc., required may not be shown
on the Contract Drawings. Nevertheless, they shall be provided far before
concrete is poured. It shall be the requirement of this Section to notify other
Sections or Contractors in due time, so they may pravide the essential
information as to size and lacatians and furnish any required embedded items.
These embedded items shall be supplied under the other Sections ar
Contractors, but installed under this SeGtian.
{b} Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete work for anchorage of masonry as
specified in General Specification, Masonry.
{c) Install inserts as required far support of suspended ceilings and other suspended
installations,
(d) Where items are to be installed Later, the space around the fixture shall be made
waker tight by completely filling with anon -shrink grout.
(e) Conduits, pipes, sleeves eta., with the outside diameter not exceeding 1/3 of the
thickness of concrete and spaced net Gtoser than 3 diameters on center may be
Rev. o�ra� SECTtoN s

Page 14
placed in the center of slabs, walls, beams, columns etc., when approved by the
Engineer, Concrete covering shall be naf less than 1" and preferably 2".
(f} Piping carrying liquid, air, gas, etc., shall be tested immediately prior to placing
concrete and again after concrete has attained its designed strength.
9.03.8 Ji)fNTS
(a} [-oGation -Jaints shall to placed at locations indicated on the Contract Drawings.
Jaints not indicated an the Contraat Drawings shall be sa made and located as to
impair least the strength of the structure. If [t becomes necessary to place
construction faints at locations not shown an the Contract Drawings, the lacatians
of such faints shall be approved by the Engineer
{b} Construction Jaints -. Jaints shall have continuous keyways as indicated on the
Drawings. Where not specifically indicated an the Contract Drawings, the
keyways shall to a minimum width equal to the -width of the wall divided by 3 and
a minimum depth of 1-5!8 inches. in order to minimize shrinkage, long rows of
walls shall not be poured at one time. Na mare than 80 feet in the horizontal
direction shall to poured at one time without a construction faint, unless the
Engineer has given written approve( of such procedure. Where a joint is to be
made, the surface of the concrete shall- be thoroughly cleaned and all laitanGe
removed by sweeping the top of the joint with a stiff broom just before the
concrete becomes thoroughly hard. Na such faints shalE be made without first
attaining the permission of the Engineer in writing. In addition to the foregoing,
vertical joints shall be thoroughly wetted and flushed with a coat of neat cement
grout, to which has been added an approved banding agent, immediately before
the placing of new concrete.
(G} Additional Canstruetion Joints - Such joints shall be so made and located as to
least impair the strength of the structure. At least two hours must elapse after
depositing concrete in columns or walls before depositing concrete in teams,
girders or slabs supported thereon, Beams, girders brackets, column capitals
and haunches shall be considered as part of the floor system and shall be placed
integrally therewith. Construction joints in f(oars shall be located near the middle
of the spans of slabs, teams ar girders and shall have an adequate keyway.
(d} Roadway and Curb and Gutter Joints -The Contractor shall forma 1" expansion
faint between all concrete curt and gutter and retaining walls. This expansion
joint shall to an impregnated fifer material recessed from the surface one half
inch (11.�°'). Upon completion of the area work, the 1" x 1/2"' joint shelf be
vacuumed clean and poured full of sail -leveling Sikaflex 1251- Sealer.
{e} Central Jaints -Crack joints -shall be sawed as per the Contract Drawings,
longitudinally along the centerline of all paving, and at every 15 feet across the
pavement and at the joint between the concrete paving and the curb and gutter.
AI( crack joints shall be vacuumed and sealed with BASF SL�2, Pecara NR 200,
Tremco THC 900 or approved equal. All sealant shall be applied to a beaker rod.
{f} Ex aged ed es of joint material and joint filler shall be Gapped with a gray
polysu(fide joint sealer
(g} Water Stops. -Water stops and expansion faint materials shall be securely
anchored to the formwork and reinforcing steel in a manner which will prevent
displacement during pouring of concrete. Water stops and expansion joint
materials for joints shall be continuous around all corners and intersections.
Spices shall be made using an electric splicing tool as recommended by the
water stop ar expansion joint manufacturer. Heated steel plates ar torches for
Rev. 03/09 SECTION 9

Page 15
joining water stags will Hat be permitted. Water stops shall be used in the
fallowing locations;
(�) All vertical construction joints in walls which in the final project are
adjacent to soil.
(2,} All vertical canstruation.jents in walls of s#ructures to be kept dry and
which are adjacent to water containing camparkments, chambers or
tanks.
(3} AN construetion joints in slabs on grade unless specifically omitted in the
Project Specifications.
(4} Ali construction joints in walls of water reservers.
Water stops shall be constructed to the- details as shown and Hated on the
Contract Drawings.
(h} Exaansion Jnints -Expansion joints shall include expansion joint material and
water stops of the types designated herein and. in locations shown on the
Contract Drawings.
(i} Precast Structures -Precast_ structures shall be cast with tongue and groove ar
male and female type joints and ends. When assembled. the joints shall provide
alignment that is continuous and uniform without objectionable deviation from the
lines Shawn on the plans or without excessive grouting ar sealing of the joints.
9.Q3.9 PLACING CQNCR�i'�
(a} GENEt2AL
{f-} Na concrete shall be placed prior to written approval of the Engineer of
each design mix proposed
(2} No concrete shalt be placed except when the Engineer ar his
representative is present and has approved the work and authorized the
placing of the concrete. The Contractor shall afford the Engineer
whatever casual labor, platforms or other access as may be required for
proper fietd observation of the concrete work.
(3} Pield review of the work by the Engineer shall in no way relieve the
Contractor of his respansibiiity to furnish materials and workmanship in
full compliance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications.
{4) Concrete shall not be placed- until ail reinforcement is securely and
properly fastened in its correct position, nor until farm ties at
construction joints have been retightened, nor until all bucks, sleeves,
castings, hangers, pipe, conduit, baits, anchors, wire and any other
fixtures required to be embedded therein, together with farms for
openings to be left in the concrete have been placed and anchored by
the Contractor, nor until the farms and reinforcement have been ailed
and cleaned respectively as specified.
(5} The rate of delivery of concrete for any monolithic unit of a structure shall
be that which will permit proper handling, placing, and finishing of the
concrete; and shall be so regulated that the maximum interval between
the placing of batches at the work site shall not exceed 20 minutes.
Rev. 03/09 SECTION 9

Page 16
{6} The Gancrete shall be placed before the elapsed time, between adding
the mixing water to the mix and placing the Gancrete in the farms,
exceeds the following:
Air temperature 9Cl degrees t=. and above - 30 minutes
Air temperature $0 degrees i=. through 89 degrees F. - 45 minutes
Air temperature 79 degrees F. and below - 6Ct minutes and before
the drum has revalued 300 revolutions. To ensure mixing at the jab
site, the drum must be revalued 20 revolutions at mixing speed just
before pouring.
{7) Concrete is not to be poured an drying green concrete [less than seven
{7} days curing time] without direct written permission of the Engineer.
{b} Gonveyinu -Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final
deposit by methods which will prevent separation or loss of materials. Equipment
for Chuting, pumping and pneumatically conveying Gancrete shall be of such size
and design as to insure a practically continuous claw of concrete at the delivery
end without separation of the materials, Aluminum pipe and chutes shall not be
used, Gancrete shall be handled from the mixer to the place of final deposit in
carts, buggies or conveyors, and shall not be spouted- or delivered by spout or
trough from the hoists, or dumped .into carts with a free fall from the mixer of
more than four {�} feet. Every possible precaution shall be taken to prevent
separation or loss of ingredients while transporting the concrete. Delivery carts or
buggies shall be kept on temparary runways built over the floor system, and
runway supports shall not bear upon reinforcing steel or fresh concrete, The
word "conveyors" as used in this specification shall be Construed to include
Concrete pumping machines.
{G} Depositing -Before beginning a run of Gancrete, hardened concrete and foreign
materials shall be removed from the inner surfaces of the mixing and conveying
equipment, All conveyances, buggies or wheel barrows shall be thoroughly
Gleaned at frequent intervals during the placing of the concrete. Special care must
be exercised to prevent splashing of forms ar reinfarceme�it with Gancrete, and
any such splashes ar aoeumulati:ans of hardened or partially hardened Gancrete
on the farms or reinforcement above the general level of the Gancrete already in
place must be removed before the work proceeds. Concrete shall be placed in
the forms in such a way as to prevent segregation. All Gancrete for walls shall be
placed through openings in the inside farm spaced at frequent intervals or
through "'elephant trunks'" {heavy duck canvas or galvanized iron} equipped with
suitable hopper heads. Tremies shah be of variable lengths sa that the free fall-
shall- be three {3) to four {4) feet maximum and a sufficient number shall be
placed in -the forms fo ensure the concrete's being kept level at all times.
{d} When placing Concrete, sufficient illumination shall be provided in the interior of
the forms sa that the concrete at places of deposit is visible from deck and
runways. concrete shall be spaded and radded
{e) Consolidation -Unless excepted by the PrajeGt Specifications, all Gancrete shall
be Cansalidated by the use of mechariGal vibrators operated by experienced
workmen under Competent supervision. Vibration shall be applied directly to the
Gancrete unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The intensity of vibration
shall be sufficient to cause flaw or settlement of the Gancrete into place. Vibration
shall be applied at the point of deposit and in the area of freshly placed Gancrete.
It shall be of sufficient duration to accamp{ish thorough Compaction and complete
embedment ofi reinforcement and fixtures, but not so long as to cause
segregation. Supplement vibrating by spading and radding. By hand in the
corners and angles of farms and clang farm surfaces while the Concrete is plastic
under the vibrator �ac#ion. No forking or raking shall be permitted. When using
Rev. 03/09 SEGTiON 9

vibrators on floor slabs, the bottom of the vibrator must not be permitted to ride
the form supporting the slab. Vibrator must be laid on the concrete to prevent
marring slab farms.Vibratars and consolidation shall aanfarm to the requirements
of ACI 309. When farms are removed, surfaces shall be even and dense, free
from aggregate packets or "honeycomb." Special care shaft be taken to secure
dense concrete around all inserts.
{f) Where the Contract Drawings require concrete fiff to be placed in concrete
masonry units, cavity wolfs ar other similar locations where proper placement and
consolidation cannot be made, the concrete may be proportioned with 3{8°'
maximum aggregate size and the maximum slump increased to 8", provided the
minimum strength requirements are maintained.
{g) Subs on Grade - Prior to pfaaing reinforcement, the grade shaft be prepared, the
fill compacted, the drainage fill placed and the v�rpar barrier, keyways, joint
material and other embedded items pfaced as required by the Contract Drawings
and other Sections of the Specifications.
{1) A minimum thickness of 6 inches of drainage fill chaff be provided under
all slabs an grade and at other locations noted an the Contract Drawings
unless specifically denoted otherwise on the Contract Drawings. The
drainage fiff shaft be compacted with- avibrating-plate compactor.
Campaatian testing of drainage flf! is not required,
{2) A vapor barrier chaff be provided under off slabs an grade within building
fines and at other locations noted an the Contract Drawings. The vapor
barrier shall be pfaced by lapping all edges a minimum of 4" and sealing
cantinuausly with an approved roofing mastic, waterproof tape or
equivalent material. Seal around ail piping and other openings through
the vapor barrier and turn up edges 2" minimum at the- wafts and other
vertical surfaces. Da not block weep holes.
(3) Screed chairs or other objects shaft- not be permitted to damage ar
penetrate the vapor barrier or waterproofing membrane. Buggy runways
shall be used where concrete is required to be transported over the vapor
barrier or waterproofing membrane. Screeds may be set in mounded
concrete in {ieu of screed chairs.
{h) Bonding and Grouting - Concrete surfaces against which new concrete is to be
laid shalt be thoroughly cleaned and wetted. in addition, the joint shall be
roughened as required to develop an adequate banding surface. Bxisting
concrete shall have a slurry of one (1} part cement and three {3} parts sand
brushed an prior to pouring new concrete. Horizontal construction joints fn walls
shall be slushed with at feast 2 inches of cement and sand grant just prior to
placing new concrete. This grout sha0 be of the same mixture as the concrete,
but with coarse aggregate omitted. At uerticaf construction joints, special acre
shall be taken to work the freshly pfaced concrete to obtain an adequate amount
of mortar at the joint.
9,g3.90 SRf=ACE'f'INiSHES
{a) General -The finishing of concrete work shall be in accordance with Chapters 1fl
and 11 of ACI 3t)1.
{b} Wails and Ceilings
(1} tJnexpased Surfaces -Concrete surfaces below grade adjacent to earth
and other surfaces nvt exposed to view after construction such as
Reu. 03109 SrCTION g

(c}
Rev. 031gg
Page 18
completely enclosed chambers, wet wells, etc., shall be given a rough
finish as fallaws: Fins and rough edges shall be removed, f-ianeycamb,
aggregate packets, voids aver 'lJ2 inch in diameter, and hales [eft by farm
ties shall be patched as specified in "Patching Concrete" below and damp
cured far 48 hours.
(2} Exposed Surfaces -Concrete surfaces which are exposed in the fin"rshed
work far both exterior and [nteriar locations shelf be given a smooth finish
as faflows: Follow aQ the steps noted above far a rough finish. Upon
completion of these steps, apply a smooth finish by thoroughly wetting
and then brush-aaating the surfaces with cement grout composed by
volume of 1 part cement to 2 parts fine aggregate passing the Na, 30
sieve and mixed with water to the consistency of thick paint. Grout sha{I
be cork or woad -floated to fill all pits, air bubbles, and surface hales,
Excess grout shaft be scraped off_ with a trowel and the surface rubbed
with burlap to remove any visible grant film. The grout shell be kept
damp by means afi fog spray during the setting period. The finish of
any area steal[ be completed in the same day and the limits of a finished
area shall be made at natural breaks in the finished surface. Smooth
finished surfaces shall include, but shall not be limited to the fallowing:
a. The full height of walls and surfaces in open tanks, reservoirs
and basins.
b. Exterior walls of tanks and structures adjacent to earth to one
fact below finished grade.
c. [nteriar surfaces in basements, tunnels, pipe galleries, equipment
roams, and above grade areas.
d. All surfaces which are to be painted,
(3} Rubbed Surface F[nish - A rubbed surface shall be provided an surfaces
specifically designated in the Project Specifications ar Hated an the
Gantract Drawings. The surfaces to be rubbed shall first be thoroughly
saturated with water. They steal[ then be rubbed with a med[um coarse
carbarundum stone until a light paste has been formed which shall fill all
voids, and until alI form marks, fins, projections and irregularit[es have
been removed. The paste farmed by this rubbing shelf be left in place
and allowed to set. The final finish shall be obtained by a second rubbing
with a fine carbarundum stone and clean water. This rubbing shall
continue unt[I the entire surface is of a smooth texture and uniform color.
After the final rubbing is completed and the surface is dry, it shall be
lightly brushed or rubbed with burlap to remove the loose powder. The
surface shall be left free from powder blemishes, discaloratians and
objectionable marks.
i •s- s s -s• �.
t,3} General m Flaars steal[ be level with a tolerance of 'ff8 inch in ten feet,
except where drains occur, in which case the floors shall be pitched to
the drains as indicated an the Gantract Drawings. The dusting of wearing
surfaces with dry materials will not be permitted.
(2} Monolithic Finish � Al[ floor surfaces, including floor surfaces of channels,
tanks and structure floors, exposed to view upon completion of Project
steal[ be given a monolithic f[nish as fallaws: While the concrete is still
green but sufficiently hardened to bear a man's weight withauk deep
imprint, it shall be woad -floated to a true, even plane with na coarse
aggregate visible. Sufficient pressure shall be used an the waadflaats to
bring moisture to the surface. The concrete shall then be double steel
SEGT!(�N 9

troweled to praduce a smooth impervious surface. Floor slabs of
reservoirs, tanks and basins and roof slabs may be power -machine
finished in lieu of steel and hand troweling. Floor stabs receiving a
wearing surface, such as asphalt, rubber or vinyl tile, linoleum, cork, etc.,
may aiso be power -machine finished.
(3} Rough Slab Finish - Floor subs to receive a separate tapping of
cancrete, terrazzo, quarry tile, etc., shall be given a rough s1a.b finish by
screeding with straightedges and floating to praduce a reasonably true
and uniform surface. This finish s#iall aiso apply to structural floor slabs
of .channels or flumes to which a membrane waterproofing- is to be
applied.
(d) St®EWALKS, ROAi'3WAYS, WALKWAYS, AND EXl'ERIQR PLATFJRt�S -
Such concrete surfaces shall be wood -floated to a true and even plane and steel
troweled_ The surface shall then be slightly roughened by dragging burlap across
the surface or by other approved means.
(e) FLOQFt HARDENER -Two coats of liquid floor hardener shall be applied to al(
concrete floors in buildings not designated to receive other finish or floor covering.
Remove all Foreign materials, including mortar, paint, etc., to prevent any foreign
materials tram showing through the finished surface:Gne coat shah be applied
upon completion of curing of the slab and one coat applied after final painfiing and
other finishes are complete. The final result shah be a transparent appearance
which, when subjected to an abrasion test made with a stiff wire brush, shall not
dust, but shah palish without showing abrasion.
9.d13.11 PR©TECTIC)N AND CURING
{aj Genera( -Concrete damaged by freezing ar flash set drying shah be removed as
directed by the Engineer and replaced at the Contractor`s own expense.
{b) Provisions shall be made for maintaining concrete in a moist condition for a
period of at least 7 days after placement. For high early strength concretes,
however, moist curinzf shall be provided far at least the first 2 days when concrete
and air temperatures are above a0 F; and far longer periods when temperatures
are below 50 i=.
(c) All concrete sha8 be cured by ono or more methods specified in Chapter 12 of ',
aCl 301. ti9embrane farming curing compounds shall not be used on any
surfaces against which additional concrete or finishing materials are to be ;
bonded. Curing compounds shall not be used an surfaces to receive hardeners.
(dy Waterproofing curing paper shall be used for final curing of fiatwork only. When
selected far final curing, the paper shall be placed as follows: Unroll curing paper
aver the entire surface to be cured. Lap ends and edges a minimum of 4" and
seal continuously with masking ar pressure. sensitive tape and provide sufficient
weights over paper to prevent separation from cancrete surface.
(e) Additional care shall be exercised in protecting and curing the concrete tapping to
prevent rapid loss of moistute at anytime during and immedia#ely after the curing
period.
(f} Cold -Weather Requirements - In coil weather the procedures in ACl 306 shall be
followed. Whenever the temperature of the surrounding air is below 40 degrees F
or when ttte possibility exists that the temperature will fait below 40 degrees F
within the 24-hour period after cancrete pouring operations, concrete placed in
the farms shall have a temperafiure between 7Q degrees F and 100 degrees F,
Rev. 03/09 SECTION 9

Page 2Q
Al( concrete shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 5Q degrees F
for at least 72 hours and shaii be protected from freezing far at least an additional
7� haurs or for as much time as is necessary to ensure proper curing of the
concrete. The housing, covering or other protection used in connection with
curing shaii remain in place -and intact at least �4 haurs after the artificial heating j
is discontinued. Floor slabs against earth, including slabs of tanks, reservoirs and
basins, shall be protected with a covering of suitable insulating material to prevent
frost penetration into the subgrade. Such insulation shaii be of the non- staining
type. Rla dependence shall be placed on salt ar other chemicals far the prevention
of freezing.
(g) Hot -Weather Requirements - In hat weather adequate measures shall be taken to
avoid high temperatures in fresh concrete and to prevent rapid drying of newly
placed concrete. The procedures in ACI 305 sha[I be followed. Additional
requirements are asfollows:
('I) Aggregate stockpiles shall be kept moistened as required.
(2) i.ang water supply lines shall be kept covered or painted white ar
aluminum. Similar precautions shall be taken with water storage tanks.
(3) Subgrades on which concrete is to be placed shalt be saturated in
advance and then sprinkled just ahead of the placing operation.
{4) Fresh concrete shalt be shaded as soon as passible after finishing and
moist curing shall be started as soon as it can be done without marring
surface.
H.Q3.12 PAi'CHING CfJNCftETE
(a) Tie Holes -Holes shah be thoroughly roughened and wetted, brush -coated with
neat cement grout, and filled with mortar. Mortar shall be a stiff mix of one part
cement to iwo parts fne aggregate passing the Rio. 16 mesh sieve, and minimum
water content. Mortar shall be thoroughly compacted in place and finished flush
with adjacent surfaces. When dry, the color of the mortar shall approximately
match the adjoining concrete.
(b} Defective Concrete
{1) [f any concrete work is not farmed as shown on the Drawings or if for any
reason, is out of alignment or level or shows a defective surface, it shalt
be considered as not conforming with the intent of these Specifications
and shall be removed from the job by the Contractor at his expense,
unless the Engineer grants permission to patch the defective area.
Permission to patch any such areas shall not be considered a waiver of
the Engineer's right to require complete removal of the defective work if
the patching does not, in his opinion, satisfactorily restore the quality and
appearance of the surface.
{2) Immediately after removing forms, all concrete surfaces .shall be
inspected and any poor joints, voids, stone pockets or other defective
areas permitted by the Engineer to be patched shall at once be patched
before the concrete is thoroughly dry. Defective areas shall be chipped
away to a depth of not less than 1" with the edges perpendicular to the
surface. Such areas which are to be patched and a space at least 6"
wide entirely surrounding them shall be wetted to prevent absorption of
water from the patching mortar. The defective areas shall be patched
with a mortar containing a special bonding agent mixed and applied in
Rev. (i3109 SECTIQN 9

Page 21
accordance with the manufacturer`s instructions. The mortar shall be
made of the same material and of the same proportions as used for the
concrete except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted. The amount
of water used in mixing the mortar shall be as Cittle as consistent with the
requirements of handling and placing.The mortar shall be thoroughly
compacted into place and screeded off so as to leave the patch slightly
higher than the surrounding surface. It shall then be left undisturbed for a
period of one to two hours to permit initial shrinkage before being finally
finished. The patch shall be finished Cn such a manner as to match the
adjoining surface.
J.t13.13 t't.AGENtENi OF PREGAS'i CC3NCRETE STRUCTLtRES
PCacement of Precast Concrete Structures -The various sections shall be marked- for
proper alignment during instalCation. Precast units shall be lifted and placed using lifting
eyes, hooks, haCes ar other methods acceptable to the Engineer, which wi!C not overstress
or damage the concrete. Lifting devices. or methods that wiCl mar the surface of the
concrete shall not be used. Any precast unit which has been cracked, damaged, chipped,
scarred ar otherwise disfigured shall not be used. Precast structures shall not be loaded,
stressed, backfilCed ar utilized untCl the concrete has reached its specified compressive
strength or has been cast for 28 days. The structure shall not be set in place uritil it has
been cast for 14 days or concrete has reached 75°!o of its specified compressive strength.
Unless otherwise specified, precast structures will be set in wet concrete and supported
on blocks to maintain proper position until concrete has set.
9.U�,'�4 FtEl�p �tJ�iLtiY Cat�T-4�Q1.
(a) General -The fallowing listed tests of concrete as placed shall be performed, with
results reported to the Engineer:
{1) Strength tests.
{2} SIUmp teStS.
{3} Air content tests.
{4) AdditionaC strength tests, if required.
{b} Equipment -The following testing equipment shall be available when field testing
is conducted:
{1 } Slump Cone.
(2) Platform.
{3} Concrete maids for cylinders; including machined base if metal rnalds are
used_
(4} 5/8" round smaath rod approximately 24'" long, one end rounded to a
hemispherical tip diameter of which is 5/8".
(5} Shovel and wheelbarrow for sampling and transporting of samples.
{6} Metal or glass covers for protecting cyCCnders,
{7} Small scoop for use in filling slump cane and cylinder molds,
{c} Reporting -The following data shall be reported to the testing laboratory for each
group of cylinders:
{1} Mix, including amounts and brands of materials used.
(2} Specified 28 day compressive strength. -
Rev. (}3l09 SECTION 9

Page 2�
{3} Atmospheric temperature at time of pour.
{4) Slump.
{5} Type and amount of admixtures used.
{6) Location of concrete in the structure. {In sufficient detail to identify
definitely the pour at any later date}
The following data steal[ be reported by the laboratory to the Engineer and to the
Contractor:
{'t) Qata reported to the laboratory, fisted above.
{2} Unit weight of the cylinder {pounds/cubic feet).
{3} Type of break.
{4) Percentage of aggregate broken.
{5) Breaking load {lbs.).
{6) Breaking stress {lbs,lsq, inch).
{d) Strength Testing - Quring the progress of the work, and far each different mix of
concrete, Sets of four standard 6 inch concrete cylinders shall be made and
tested. Qne set shall be made where less than �Ci cubic yards of concrete are
placed during each days operation. An additianal set of cylinders .shall be made
far each 1Q0 cubic yards or major fraction thereof aver the first 50 cubic yards.
The cylinders of each set steal( be molded from the same sample of concrete.
For precast concrete items, a set of 4 standard 6" concrete cylinders shad be
made and tested far- each days casting of each item. One cylinder shall be
tested at 7 days and two at 28 days. Should the Contractor desire to remove
shoring and farms before the time stipulated in the Specifications and to subject
the concrete to loads of any kind, he w11 be required to provide an extra set of
test cylinders far testing at an agreed upon time fa de#ermine whether the cylinder
has actually acquired the design strength of the' concrete. These test cylinders
shall receive, insofar as practicable, the same protection from the elements as
given in the poriians of the structure which they represent and shall be stared an
the site. They shall be moved to the laboratory not mare than two days prior to
the date of testing. Sampling of concrete far test purposes shall be per ASTM
C'172. Making and curing of test cylinders shall be per ASTM C31. Testing of
specimens shall be per ASTM C3a.
{3} Sam tin -The sampling shaft be representative of the_batoh. {The ward
batch as here employed shall be understood to refier to one days pour
rather than the oontents of one mixer load}. It shaft- consist of partforts
from different points in the batch. When taken from truck mixers ar
agitators, the samples shelf be taken in three or mare regular increments
throughout -the discf�arge of the entire batch. The composite sample shall
be mixed with a shove( sufficiently to insure homogeneity and
immediately mailed into test specimens. The place of molding shall be
such that the cylinders will -not have to be moved during the first 24 hours.
Molding shall be lane an a platform or same -other firm, level base not
subject to vibration.
(�) Size of S ecimens -Cylinders shalt be 6" in diameter and 12" deep. The
maid chaff be metal ar other nonabsorptive material such as paraffined
cardboard, ff a metal mold fs used it must have a machined base which
can be secured to the mold and be watertight.
{3) Molding -Place the concrete into the mold three layers of approximately
equal volume. Move the scoop around the top edge in placing in order to
Ftev. 03I09 SECTIQN 9

Page 23
achieve symmetrical distribution of the concrete, Distribute the concrete
further by a circular mation of the tamping rod. Rod each layer with 25
strokes of a 518" diameter standard rad (see equipment list). Distribute
strokes uniformly aver the crass section of the mold, penetrating into the
immediate underlying Payer. Bottom layer shall be radded throughout its
depth. Where voids are left by the tamping rad, tap sides of the maid to
close the voids. After +�he tap layer has been radded, strike off the
surface of the cancrete with a trowel and saver with a glass ar metal plate
to prevent evaporation. Mark number and date on top of cylinder with a
nail or similar object.
{4) Stara e -Test specimens shaif be removed from the molds at the end of
24 hours and stared in a location such that they will be protected Pram
damage.. At the end of 48 hours they shaif be moved to the laboratory
where they steal[ be placed in a moist room or in a lime sakurated water
bath until time for testing. The temperature of the moist room ar water
bath must be controlled between the limits of 60 F and 8(} F. All other
conditions of curing steal[ conform to paragraph 7{c} ASTM G31-57. The
test specimens cured as above specified shall be the ones used for the
standard 7 day and 28 day reports.
{5) Transmation -When cylinders are moved to a laboratory they shall be
packed in boxes having inside dimensions of �" x 21" X 13" to contain
three cylinders. The box shall be made of 1/2" plywood with a separation
partition between cylinders and equipped with a fringed lid, hasp and.
carrying handle. The cylinder shall be packed completely with excelsior,
straw or sawdust and kept damp, In the top of the box place a list
showing the data fisted in paragraph °'T�ata to be reported to laboratory"
above. Fasten the lid securely and tag with a shipping ticket_
(e} Slump Testing -Where 25 or more cubic yards of cancrete are placed, and as
necessary to maintain desired consistency of the cancrete, a slump test shaif be
made. Nat fewer than one such test shall be made far each 50 cubic yards of
cancrete placed at one operation. Such test shall also be made on each sample
of concre#e used in fabricating strength test specimens. Test specimen shall be
formed in a standard 16-gauge, galvanized metal slump cane 12" in height, as
described by ASTM C�143-52.
{1 } Sampling -Samples of concrete for test specimens steal[ be taken at the
mixer ar from the truck mixer in the case of ready -mixed and transit -
mixed concrete, during discharge. C?btain such samples by passing a
receptacle completely through the stream of concrete, at three or more
regular intervals throughout the discharge of the entire batch except that
samples shall not be taken at the beginning ar the end of discharge, The
sample shall then be transported in a wheelbarrow or some other suiiable
conveyance to the place of molding. Mix the specimen with a shovel until
the specimen is uniform in appearance. Nate location of batch from.
which the sample is taken for future reference.
(2) Mo• Cdinp -Dampen the cane and place it an a fiat, moist, nanabsorbent
surface. From the sample, immediately fill the cone in three layers, each
approximately 1/3 of fhe volume of the cone. In placing, move the scoop
around the top edge of the cone in order to insure symmetrical
distribution of the concrete. Rod each layer with 25 strokes of a 5/8"
standard rad (see equipment list), Distribute the strakes across the cross-
sectian an the cone, penetrating the underlying layer. Rod the bottom
layer thraughouf its depth. After the top layer has been nodded, strike off
surface of the concrete with a trowel sa that the- cone is exactly filled.
Remove the cone by raising it carefully in a vertical direction. The slump
Rev. 03/Q9 SECTION 9

Page 24
shall then be measured by determining the difference between the height
of fihe cone and the height of the specimen.
(f} Air Con#ent Testing -Tests for air content shall be made concurrently with making
test cylinders per ASTM C231.
(g} Additional Strength Tests -The Engineer shall be telephoned immediately if any
questianabie tests are discovered. In all cases that test results of concrete
cylinders fail to meet the strength requirement established in this Specification,
the Contractor shall, at his own expense, make additional compression tests on
cored cylinders in accordance with ASTM C42, "Methods of Securing, Preparing
and Testing Specimens from Yardened concrete for Compressive and Flexural
Strengths", or make additional load tests in accordance with ACI 318, at the
direction of the Engineer. if care tests fail to demonstrate strengths adequate for
the intended purposes of the member or memiaers in question, as determined by
the Engineer, or if the failure fo meet specified strength requirements occurred in
members from which it is impracticable to secure test specimens by the method
of ASTM C 42, load tests shall be conducted and- their results evaluated in
accordance with chapter 2 of AGl 81�, "'Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete.'" if, in the opinion of the Engineer, these alternate strength
tests indicate that concrete has been placed which does not meet the
requirements established in this Specification, the defective concrete shall be
removed and replaced, at the contractor's expense. Additional tests of the
hardened aancrete may be required by the Engineer even though the
requirements of the Specifications were met when, in the Engineer's opinion,
there is cause for concern aver the adequacy of the structure.
9.04 C(3MPLETI©N C)F CONTRACT
9.U4.1 ttl/ATERTfGH`TNESS
All struatures steal{ be watertight. The Contractor will be required to take such steps as
are necessary to Correa# any and alI leakage through floors or wails of structures without
additional compensation,
9.t?4.2 CLEAN-UP
Upon completion of all work performed under this Section, ail excess materials, storage
facilities and temporary facilities shall be removed from the site, Areas which were
occupied during Construction operations shall be smoothed and left in first-class Condition.
9atl5t'1 LUMP SUM CC}NTRACiB AND ITEMS
On lump sum Contracts and on lump sum items in unit price contracts, Concrete and
reinforcing steel ar precast structures will not be measured far separate payment and no
additional allowance will be made for formwork, appurtenances, finishing, placing,
protecting, Curing ar admixtures, if used.
9.t}5.2 UNIT FE�tCE CONTRACTS AND ITEMS
(a} On unit price items and an unit prices far changes in lump sum items or Contracts,
measurement and compensation for concrete and reinforcing steel, or precast
structures, placed or omitted will be made as folbws.
Rev. oa�a� SEGTICIN �

:.�.
(b) Concrete -Measurement in cubic yards far payment or deduction will be made
computed from nominal finished dimensions of concrete of each Class and each
type of construction on which unit prices are included in the Contract. No additional
allowance will be mate for formwork, appurtenances, finishing, pratecking, curing or
admixtures, if used,
{c} Reinforcing Steel -Measurement in pounds for payment or deduction will be made
computed an the basis of the theoretical weight per foot of each size of bar
multiplied by the length installed or omitted. Na additional aHawances will be made
for accessories or installation.
(d} Precast Structures - Measurement for payment or deduction will be made
computed on the basis of fhe number of units of precast structures installed ar
omitted. No additional allowances will be made for formwork, appurtenances,
finishing, curing, placing, or admixtures; if used.
Rev: 03lp9 SECTION 9

Page 1
10.0'i GENERAL
9C}.0'i.1 SCOPE C?F WEiRK
{a) All lobar, materials, equipment, tools, and services required far the work
under this sectian shall be furnished and performed in compliance with the
following General Speaifiaations, the Praject Specifications and the Contract
Drawings.
{b) This General Specificatian designated as sectian 10.0, Manhales, inlets,
Catch Basins, Vaults, and- Drainage Structures, savers the materials -and the
installation of such materials generally utilized far manholes, catch basins,
inlets and drainage structures. The Praject Specifications and the Contract
Drawings designate the specific work, the materials, location, grade; details
and construction methods to be employed an the furnishing and installation
of all manholes, inlets, catch basins and drainage structures. The inclusion
of items of material ar work within this Specificatian does not necessarily
constitute their use an this E'rajeat.
{c} Manhales, inlets, catch basins, vaults, drainage structures and
appurtenances constructed and/or installed under the provisions of
sectian 1Q.0; Manhales, Inlets, Catch Basins, Vaults and Drainage
steuctures, shall include; providing and installing ail necessary castings;
providing, placing, setting and erecting all precast concrete structures;
providing materials, placing, setting, erecting and providing farm work far
built in place structures; the excavation and backfil( for all such structures
and providing, placing and farming all concrete necessary to build struc�
tunes,
1Q.04.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
(a) Attention is directed to the provisions in the General Conditions of the
Contract requiring the submission to the Engineer of descriptive details and
of shop and setting drawings. For manhole, catch basin, inlet, vault and
drainage structure installation, such submission shall include the fallowing,
even though items proposed to be furnished conform to the exact
description stated in the Praject ar General Specifications..
(t) Precast concrete joints, joint sealing material and reinforcing details.
(2} Fu8 details of all castings or fabricated metals used as part of
structure.
70.{}1.3 STANDARDS
Where materials and methods are indicated in the fallowing Specifications as
being in conformance with a standard specificafian, it shall refer in all cases to the
latest edition of the specification and shall include all interim revisions. Listing of
a standard specification without further reference indicates that the particular
material or method shall conform with such listed specification. Where
Rev. 1/�2 SECTION TO

Page Z
manufacturer{s} or trade names appear, it is only to represent a level of
quality expected and in na way is to be construed to preselect the
Contractor's supplier ar equipment. They are used- only to denote the
quality standard of product desired and does not restrict bidders to a
specific brand, make, manufacturer or specific name. They are used only to
set forth and Canvey to bidders .the general style,- type, character, and
quality of product desired. Equivalent products will be acceptable.
10.02 �QNSTRUCTI4N 1{AATERtALS
'10.Q2.i GENEF2AL
All materials and appurtenances shall be furnished by an established and
reputable manufacturer or supplier. All materials and appurtenances shaft be
new and shall be of first alas ingredients and construction, designed and
guaranteed to perform the sen�ice required and shaft aonfarm to the fallowing
standard specifiaations or shall be the product of the fisted manufaaturer or
similar and equal thereto as approved by the Engineer.
1£iA2.2 PR1=G�4ST, REI�iFf}RCED C{}NCRETE MANHC)LES
{a) All precast reinforced concrete manhole sections shall meet ASTM C478,
AASHTC? M195 and NCDC3T specifications, shall be traffic bearing, and
designed to withstand an H-2D loading.
(b) Manhole steps shall be composition material, grouted into the side of the
manhole structure. The rung or cleat shaft pro}eat a minimum clear distance
of seven (7) inches Pram the wail of the riser or cone section measured from
the paint of embedment. Embedment of steps shall be a minimum of four
{4) inches.
{c) Pipe inlets and aut(ets steal( be through precast holes fitted with water proof
rubber boats with stainless steel tightening bands. if rubber boots are not
used, each inlet and outlet pipe shall have a brick masonry collar built
around the pipe.
{d) Where openings must be cut into sides of manhole sections for drop
connection, extreme care shall be exercised sa as not to damage the
manhole. The method of cutting these openings shall be approved by the
#=ngineer. Ali openings cut into sides of manholes shaft have a minimum of
six {6j inches c#earance between holes and manhole section joints,
(e) Eccentric cone sections shall be used where depth of a manhole will permit
it.
(f) The top ring of cane sections shall have a flat surface formed to receive the
first course of brick masonry or grade ring.
{g) Lifting hales in sections of manholes shall be plugged with grout.
Rev. 11'f 2 SECTIOf'�I 10

Page 3
10.02.3 BRICK OR BLOCK MASONRY FOR MANHOLES, VAULTS,
INLETS, CATCI� BASINS AND DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
(a} Masonry shall include all manholes, vaults, catch basins, inlets and drainage
structures of common brick and cement mortar; brick courses, where
required to bring frames and covers to grade, far vain#s, concrete black ar
precast concrete pipe and manholes; and the building in of meta! castings,
pipes, sleeves and other items required in the work, complete as shown,
specified and directed. All common brick shall be ASTM Des: C32-73,
Grade MS ar ASTM G62, Grade SW.
{b} Mortars shall be mixed in the proportions that follow:
1 sack of masonry cement (9� lbs.}
3 cubic feet of dry sand {24Q lbs.}
{1} Masonry cement shall be Brixment, 1-luran, Alpha or equal, ASTM
Des: C1 �9.
(2} Sand shall be of graded quality conforming to the requirements of
ASTM Des: C144. Water shall be clean potab{e water, free from
injurious or deleterious materials.
{e} All bricks shall be of the best quality, hard burned brick, shall be whole,
sound straight, hard, uniform in structure, with true faces and shall ba of
standard size.
{1} Bricks shall be sampled and tested for absorption in accordance with
ASTM Des, C67, Absorption shall not exceed 9°t°. Cerkified test
reports shall be furnished to the Engineer.
(2} The bricks shall be culled and sorted when delivered on the ground by
experienced men furnished by the Contractor, and all bricks
condemned shall be immediately removed from the site of v�rark.
{d} When specified, concrete blacks shall be used far manhole construction,. A(1
concrete black shall be of the spacial type manufactured far manhole
construction. Such manhole blocks shall conform to ASTM C139.
1fl.Q2.4 STEPS
Struckure steps shall be composition material, embedded into masonry a
minimum of four (4} inches. The rung or cleat shall project a minimum of seven
(7} inches from the wall of the structure measured from the point of embedment.
The minimum crass sectional dimension shall be one {1 }inch. The minimum de-
sign live load shall be a single concentrated land of three hundred (3U0} pounds.
Steps sha[I be spaced twelve (12} inches apart and aligned vertically.
Rev. 1/12 SECTION 10

Page 4
'#Q.t�2.5 CASTI�iGS FOR FF�Ak11iES ANC1 CQV'ERS
{a} Manhole rings and covers, catch basin frames, grates and covers and other
drainage structure castings shall be constructed of cast iron conforming to
the latest ASTM Standard Specifications, Serial Designation A 48, for Class
30 Gray Iran Castings, shall be traffic bearing, and designed to withstand
M-20 loading. All castings shalt be made accurately to the required
dimensions, fully interchangeable, sound, smooth, dean and free from
blisters, blowholes andlor other defects. Defective castings which have
been plugged or otherwise treated shall not be used. Ail castings shall be
thoroughly cleaned and painted or coated with a bituminous paint. Each
casting shall have its actual weight in pounds stenciled or painted on it in
white paint, The weight of ail castings shall be within 5% of the weight
shown an the manufacturers' approved- shop drawing submittal. Castings
will be weighed at random. Those weighing Less than the approved
minimum weight allowance shall be rejected, All castings -shall be true to
the manufacturer's approved shop drawing submittal with a tolerance of
1/t6 inch. Prior to shipping, the manufacturer shall fit up all casting campa-
nents to insure that all castings furnished are of proper fit and free from
rattle. Castings which do not have properly fitting lids will be rejected.
{b} Al! aastings shah be of the size and weights shown an the plans and as
manufactured by the East Jordan Iron Works, Inc., General Foundries, lnc,
U.S. Foundry &Manufacturing, ar equal. Sanitary sewer manhole savers
shall have the ward "Sewer" cast an the tap in letters 2 inches high. All
casting components shall have permanently carted into them the
manufacturer's name and approved part number.
{c} Manufacturers shah furnish to the engineer for approval, certified tensile
test results as performed by an independent testing labnratary at na
additional cost to the owner. Warranty documentation and a legal
certificate of compliance shall also be provided at this time by the
manufacturer.
{d} Ali castings that fail to meet the befarementianed specifications shall be
rejected. All associated cost for the furnishing of approved castings shall
be the responsibility of the contractor. The approved status of the
manufacturers, providing rejected casting components shall be revoked.
F � � .TII+�I'.I�Y11 � a
Matches and covers far vaults shall be as shown an Contract Drawings andlor as
described in Project Specifications.
1 U,Q3 tUtETHC}d QP CbMSi'R#�CT�Cit�
'#O.Q3.1 PRECAST G(3NCtZETE MANF#()LES
{a} Precast concrete "'pipe'" manholes over 12' in height shall have a precast
extended monolithic base section or shall be constructed an Class "C" {25t1Q
PSI} concrete slab foundations. The concrete slab foundations sl�all be as
Rev. 111� SECTIiJN 1Q

indicated on the Gontract Drawings. The precast base ring section shah be
set an the "wet" concrete within two {2) hours of slab pour. Each precast
base section shall have its flat bottom and sides adjoining the bottom, for a
vertical distance of not less than (12} inches, wetted and cleaned of dirt,
mud and foreign material. Each precast base section shall be brushed, on
the fiat bottom only, with a scurry of one (1) part cement and three (�} parts
sand just prior to being set an the slab.
(b) Precast concrete manhole base sectians shall be placed on a bed of
NGDQT No. 6i stone net less than six {6) inches in depth unless otherwise
noted on the Gontraat Drawings.
(c} The joints between sectians of manholes shall be of such design that they
will be water proof and shall be sealed with mastic or rubber Omrings.
10.03.2 BRICK DR BLOCK MASC3NRY MANHOLES, INLETS, CATC}i
BASINS ANR DRAINAGE Sl'Rt1C7URE5
(a} Alf brick or block masonry structures shall be constructed on poured in place
concrete bottoms. Goncrete for the bottom shaft be Class "C" {2500 PS!}
and shall have attained full strength before brick or block masonry is started.
The bottom slab thickness shall be a minimum of eight (8) inches thick or as
shown on the Gontract Drawings.
{b) The manhole shall be constructed with care being exercised to form the
.incoming and outgoing appurtenances or pipes into the wall of the structure
at the required elevations.
(c} The bricks shah be laid in mortar of a kind and quality as above specified.
They shall be laid with a "shove joint" and all spaces between bricks shall be
solidly and completely filled with rr�ortar.
A "Shove Joint" method is obtained by spreading an abundant amount of
mortar along the base of the structure and then sliding the masonry unit with
a lateral motion causing the mortar to extrude up between the two units and
forming a solid joint.
(d} The bricks shal4 be laid to a line with the bed in the line of the radii of the
curves, Bricks shalt be thoroughly moistened before laying. Each brick shall
be completely bedded in mortar at ifs bottom side and end, in one operation.
Joints of face work shall be struck and neatly pointed. Care shall be taken
to have the interior surface smooth and regular. The masonry units shall be
laid in a workmanlike manner, frue to lines and grades indicated on the Con-
tract Drawings. All joints shall have a thickness of at least 3/8". Competent
masons shall be employed for this work.
(e) No masonry shall be erected when the temperature has dropped below 45
degrees F. unless it is rising and afi na time when it has dropped below 4(�
degrees except by permission of the Engineer. Masonry shall not be laid an
frozen work. Any work which freezes before the mortar has set shall be
removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
Rev. 1112 SECTION 10

{f} Unfinished work shall be stepped back. far jointing new work,
{g) The outside faces of the brick work of each structure shall be neatly
plastered w#th matter not less than 3I8 inch thick, and Crowe#led smooth.
{h} The Contractor shall provide a## necessary forms and centers- required far
#eying brick masonry. They shell be true to the required curves, shapes and
sizes, strong enough to withstand all operations incidents( to the placing of
the #crick work and the face against wh#ch the wank is to be #aid shall be
satisfactorily smooth and clean.
{i) All fresh work shall be protected from injury of al( kinds and any injured work
shall be made goad by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to the
Engineer. All new work, unless immediately covered with earth, she## be
kept moist anti# the mortar has become hard and w#q not crack #n the sun.
{j) The Contractor she## build into the brick masonry the iron s#eps, the pipes
and other objects shown an the Contract Cravings ar as directed, and all
necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent the pipes and other work
from being disp#aced, broken or deformed, The bricks and mortar shell be
tightly packed around the embedded materials so as to prevent leakage and
secure perfect adhesion.
(k) Concrete black may be used far manhole construction when approved by
the Engineer. All concrete b#ock shell be of the special type manufactured
for manhole construction, or equal to this type. Such manhole b#ock shad
conform to ASTM C139.
{I) A "vertical joint" will be used in manhole construction when shaped manhole
black. is being used. A 1l�-inch minimum joint will be constructed an both
the bottom and top of the shaped black. A "vertical joint" is obtained by
fil#ing the circular shaped hole, farmed by p#acing the ends of two shaped
blocks together, with mortar. The mortar placed in this hole must be
compacted with a tool specifically approved by the #nspector. This too# w##1
be kept at the jab site and used on elf occasions. Na substitute for this toot
will be permissible. The masonry units shall be #aid in a workmanlike
manner, true to lines and grades indicated on the Contract Drawings.
1Q.Q�.3 �ACKFII�l�
1�Xcavation for manholes, inlets, catch basins, vaults and drainage structures
steal# be backfi#fed in the same manner as the adjoining pipelines to which they
are connected or a part thereof. All forms, false work, sheeting and bracing she#!
be removed before backf##ling around the structure. Masonry structures shell be
allowed to set for a minimum period of 24 hours before backfilling.
1Q.U3.4 INVERTS ANb CHANNELS
inverts and channels shall be grouted into bottoms of structures sa as to provide
smooth transitions for change in direction of flow and change in grade. The
channel shell be farmed by grouting up to the springline of the pipe and uniformly
sloping the bottom, an a slaps of not less than 6 nor more than 12 horizontal to 1
Rev. 1/12 SECT1dN 10

1 Q.Q3.5
Page 7
vertical, to the sides of the manhole. Bricks may be used to reduce the quantity
of grout required on the "shelf' of the invert. At no Time shall the Cankractor use
calcium chloride to speed the setting of the grout. The Contractor shall use hy�
draulic grout sealers only with the Engineer's prior approval.
d�LACING AND SETTING CASTINGS
The castings for the drainage structure shall be set at the required elevation and
properly anchored and grouted to the masonry. Where manholes are constructed
in paned areas, the top surface of the frame and cover shall be tilted to conform
to the exact slope, arawn and grade of the existing adjacent pavement.
'I4A3.6 MANHOLE DIAMETER
Internal diameter of manhole shall be sized according to the diameter of the
largest pipe exiting the manhole. Far nominal s[ze pipe of twenty -faun {2�4) inch
diameter or smaller, the internal diameter of the manhole shall be four {4} feet
unless otherwise shaven an the Contract Drawings. Far nominal size pipe greater
than twenty-four {;?4} inch diameter, but equal to or less than thirty-six {36} inch
diameter, the internal diameter of the manhole shall be five {5} feet. Far nominal
pipe sizes larger than thirty-six {36) inch diameter, the internal diameter of the
manhole shall be as specified in the Project Specifications ar as shown an the
Contract Drawings.
'R4.t1�,7 MANHt>)LES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, VAULTS AND C}RAINAGE
STRUCTURES AVER EXISTING LINES
All structures that will be constructed over existing lines sha[I have any
abandoned, connecting pipe broken out. The pipe openings shall be bricked up
and sealed with new flow lines formed as required in the Cantraat Drawings.
10A3.8 BREAKING DOWN &FILLING OF ABANDONED MANHOLESy
CATCH BAS[NS, ETC.
{a) All structures noted to be abandoned shall have all connecting pipe plugged
with grout andlor mortar and brick. The tap of the structure shall be
removed to an elevation of � feet below subgrade or below the springline,
where Hated, and the structure filled with select earth material properly
tamped. The Contrackor shall dispose of all surplus maferials resulting from
the abandoning of any structures; however, every effort shall be made to
salvage the casfiings which shall became the property of the owner,
{b) The quantity of abandoned structures broken down, filled in and accepted
will be measured and paid for at the contract Lump Sum price per each
"Breaking Down and Filling Abandoned Manholes, Catch Basins, and etc.".
Such prices and payments will be full compensation far all material, plugging
pipe openings, breaking down of structures, backfill`tng, removing of broken
materials and other incidentals necessary to complete the work as required.
Rev, 1/12 SECTION 10

'It3.03.9 DRCTP IV[ANHC}LES
{a) A drop manhole shall be constructed when the difference between the
inverts of inlet and outlet pipe is greater than two feet, A drop manhaie shall
consist of a standard manhaie having a drop of pipe, encased in Class "C"
concrete constructed an the outside of the manhole as shown on the
Contract Drawings. Unless otherwise specified, the fitting and pipe material
for the drag shall be cast iron mechanical joint pipe,
{b) The pipe specials at the tap and bottom of the drop, the straight. pipe used in
drop and the concrete encasement far the drop shall be included and
constructed as part of the unit price for drop manholes.
1t3.03.10 CLEAN-UP OF STRUCTURES
All excess materials, dirt, sand, rack, grout, concrete, farming materials, trash
and debris shall be removed from structures and disposed of by the Contractor
off the project site unless specific arrangements are made to the contrary with the
Engineer.
RO.i�3.11 CAST IN I�LACE CONCRETI= MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS,
INLETS, VAULTS ANI� DRAINAGE STRUCTURES
{a) Gast in place structures shall be constructed as specified in Section 42,
Miscellaneous Metalwork and Section 9, Concrete Reinforcing, of the
General and Project Specifications and the Contract Drawings.
{b} Cas# in place structure shaft be paid far as part of the Lump Sum Base Bid
and shall be complete as specified ar shown an the Contract Drawings
unless otherwise indicated.
1O.f}4 TESTING
Ali new manholes must be vacuum tested in accordance with the following procedure:
�) The Contractor shall furnish ail labor, equipment, and any appurtenant items
necessary to satisfactorily perform the vacuum test. All equipment will be approved
far vacuum testing.
2) A[I lifting hales shalt be plugged with an approved non -shrink grout.
3) All pipes entering the manhole shall foe plugged. The contractor shall securely
brace the plugs to keep them from being drawn into the manhole. All service
connections tied to manholes shah also be vacuum tested with the manholes.
4) The test head shall be placed inside the top of the cone section of the manhole and
the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
5) The vacuum testing equipment shall be manhaie vacuum tester. A vacuum of 1rJ-
inches of mercury shaA be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. Inflate the
compressor band to effect a seal between the vacuum base and the manhole cone
section. Connect the vacuum pump to the outlet port with the valve open. With the
Rev. 1/12 SECTION 1 Q

Page 9
valves closed, the time for the vacuum to drop to 9-inches of mercury shall not be
less than that shown in the fallowing table.
��" I}13.
10 feet or less 60 Sec.
}10 feet but <15 feet 75 Sec.
>15 feet 90 Sec.
Diameter s�f �dlan(~aoie
6Q" Q'sa. 72" Dia.
75 Sec.
sa Sec.
105 Sec,.
90 Sec.
1 a5 Sec.
120 Sec,
(Times shown are minimum elapsed times far a drop in vacuum of 1-inch of mercury}.
6} if the manhole fails the initia{ test, necessary repairs shall be made with an
approved non�shrink grout while the vacuum is still being drawn: Retesting shall
proceed and continue until a satisfactory test is accomplished.
1Ei.U5.1 �IiEASt�f2EMEhlTS QF. MANNQt_ES
Manhole depths shall be measured from the lowest invert to the tap of manhole
ring. Payment shall be based on a unit price for the depth of manhafe built. Each
manhole depth shall be as shown on the Contract Drawings. The depth
classification shall be as follows.
Greater than 0 feet but equal to or less than 6 feet,
Greater than 6 feet but equal to ar less than 8 feet.
Greater than 8 feet but equal to ar less than 10 feet.
Greater than 10 feet but equal to or less than 12 feet,
Greater fihan 12 feet but equal to or less than 14 feet,
Greater than 14 feat but equal to or less than 1� feet.
Greater than 16 feet but equal- to or less than 18 feet.
To be continued in this manner until the depth range cavern the deepest manhole
in the proposed Project.
1a.fl�.z M�Asui�EnnElvT of cATcl-� �asiNs, oRQ� �N�.ETs, cuRf�
INLETS aR ANY aTHER QRAINAGE STRt1CTt1RE
Catch basins, drop inlets, curb inlets or any other drainage structures shall be
measured from the lowest inverk to the inlet point of the structure. Payment shall
be based on a unit price for the depth of the structure built. The depth of each
structure shall be as shaven on the Contract Drawings.
Depth classification shall be as follows:
Greater than 0 feet but equal to ar less than 6 feet.
Greater than 5 fbet but equal to or less than � feet.
Greater than 8 feet but equal to or less than 10 feet.
Greater than 10 feet but equal to or less than 12 feet.
Greater than 12 feet but equal to ar less than 14 feet.
Rev. 1112 SECTION 10

Greater than 14 feet but equal to or less than 1 � feet.
Greater than 16 feet but equal to or less than 18 feet.
To be continued in this manner until the depth range covers the deepest structure
in the proposed Project,
10.Q5.3 MEASUREMENT F4R PAYMENT OF MASt)NRY VAULTS
Masonry vaults shall be paid for as Lump Sum unit price items.
Pev, 1112 SECTION 10

G Nf �t�.�. 5PEC1�lCAiiOP�S
19.0 INSIDE PRC}CESS PIPING
11,01 GENERAL
'(9,t1'I.1 SCC)PE E?F WC)RK
{a} Ali labor, materials, fixtures, tools and services required far the furnishing,
insta8ation, testing and adjusting of all inside process piping shall be
furnished and installed in compliance with the fnllawing General
Specifications, the Project Specifications and the Contract Drawings.
Casts far all piping, valves, installation, testing, etc. unless specifically
Hated otherwise in the proposal farm, will be included as part of the Bass
Bid.
{b} This General Specification designated as Section � "r.0, Inside Process
Piping, covers the description of materials generally utilized in the process
piping and the specifications for the installation of such materials. The
Project Specification and the Contract Drawings designate the specific
inside process piping work to be installed under this Cantraot. The
inclusion of items of material or work within this specification does no#
necessarily constitute their use on this Project.
{c} In this Specification, the designation (nside Process Piping is used to
denote exposed piping systems located within ar attached to structures
and buildings and excludes such systems ar portions of such systems
which are buried below the surface of the ground ar are buried in or below
masonry or concrete work. However, inside Prncess Piping includes the
furnishings and installation of all wall sleeves and thimbles required in
cnncrete ar masonry to which Inside Process Piping, gates, and
appurtenances are to be connected, It fines include piping installations
such as those for plumbing {innluding pnfable and protected water
systems) heating, ventilating, air conditioning or refrigeration, unless
anylor all of these items are specifically not to be bid as separate
contracts.
't'I.{?1.2 SHOP C}R;4WtNGS
{a} The attention of the Gantractor is directed to the prouision in the General
Conditions of the Contract requiring submission to the Engineer of shop
and setting drawings. Shop drawings and details for Inside Process
Piping work shall include pipe sizes, joint details, catalogue -cuts of valves
and appurtenances, dimensions, support and hanger details and a
complete piping layout, even though items proposed to be furnished
conform to the exact details and descriptions stated in the Genera! and
Project Specifications. All shop drawings and details shall be reviewed
and approved by the Cantracfor before the drawings are submitted to the
Engineer far review.
{b} Details an electric motors submitted fnr approval shall include the
following motor data:
Rev, 12t92 SE=CTIQN 11

Page 2
Manufacturer
Nameplate Rated Horsepower, Voltage and RPM
NEMA Type
Code Letter
Guaranteed Locked Rotor Current
Guaranteed Full Load Current
Guaranteed Full Load Efficiency
Guaranteed Full Load Power Factor
t7utline Drawings and Dimensions
11.p1.3 1/ERiF[CATl4N 4F CONTRACT DRAWINGS
(a) The Contract Drawings indicate the required pipe sizes and the general
arrangement far all piping and equipment. Locations shad t:e verified in
the field by the Contractor. In the event it should become necessary in
some cases to change the location of any of the work due to building
construction, the Contractor shall consult with the Engineer before making
any changes. Any such changes approved by the Engineer shall be made
without added cast to the Owner. Under no circumstances shall the pipe
sizes indicated on the Contract Drawings be changed without first having
the written approval of the Engineer.
(b} The Contractor shall determine and be responsible for the proper locations
and character of all inserts for hangers, chases, sleeves, and other
openings in the construction required for the Inside Process Piping work,
and shall obtain this information well in advance of the construction
progress so as not to delay the work.
(c} The attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that this Project may
also include wark of other trades. The final location of inserts, hangers,
etc., Cequired far the Inside Process Piping Installation must be co-
ordinated with facilities required for other installations to prevent
interference.
(d) The Contractor is especially cautioned to install no work that connects to
equipment until such time as complete shop drawings of such equipment
have been approved by the Engineer. Any such work so installed by the
Contractor prior to approval of shop drawings will be at the Contractor's
risk.
11.Q1.4 STANDARDS
(a) Where materials and methods are indicated as being in conformance with
a standard specification it shall refer in all cases to the latest edition of the
specification and shall include a(I interim revisions. Listing of a standard
specification without further reference indicates that the particular material
ar method shall conform with the listed specification. Where
manufacturer(sj or trade names appear, it is only to represent a level
of quality expected and in noway is to be construed to preselect the
Contractor's supplier or equipment. They are used only to set forth
and convey to bidders the general style, type, character, and quality
of product desired. Equivalent products will be acceptable. All
equipment shall conform to the latest revised applicable OSHA Standard.
Rev. 12112 SECTION 11

Page 3
(b} Sheet metal and wire gauges used in Inside Process Piping Specifications
are t1S Standard Gauge for steel sheet, Washburn and Moan Guard far
steel wire, and Brawn and Sharpe Gauge for nonWferraus sheefi and wire.
11,p1.5 CATAL©G h#UMBERS
1't.p2.1
Where manufacturer's catalog andlor figure numbers are given, ik is the intent
of the Specifcations to have the Contractor supply the equipment represented
by these numbers, In same cases the manufacturer has revised his catalog
andlor figure numbers since publication of this specification, but still produces
the item specified. In these incidences the Gantractor shall furnish equipment
and/or fixtures identical to thaw originally represented by the catalog_ and/or
figure numbers given herein, If a manufacturer has redesigned any of the
products specified herein by catalog andlor figure number, the Contractor shall
furnish the improved madeC regardless of whether or not the item retains its
original catalog and/or figure number. Where items denoted by catalog and/or
figure numbers have been discontinued by the manufacturer, the Contractor
shall request one or mare equivalent selections from the Engineer.
PIPIit1C MA'F'ERIALS
{a} GENERAL
{1} All material and equipment shall be furnished by an established
and reputable manufacturer. All material and equipment snail be
new and of first-class construction, designed and guaranteed to
perform the service required, and shaii conform to the following
Standard Specifications. Cites! examples are used only to
denote the quality standard of product desired and does not
restrict bidders to a specific brand, make, manufacter or
specific name. They are used only to set forth and convey to
bidders the general style, type, character, and quality of
product desired. 1Mqulva#ent products wi## be acceptable,
(b} PIPE AND TUBING
Pipe and tubing shall conform with the following standard
specifications.
Gast Iron Pipe for Liquids
{Sea Note 1 }
Gast Iron Pipe for Gas
Cast Iron Soil Pipe (Coated}
Cast Iran Threaded Pipe
ASA
A21.1
ASA
A21.6
ASA
A21.8
ASA
A21,3
ASA
A21.7
ASA
A21.9
Federal WW-P-4t?1
ASTM A74
Federal WW-P-356
ASA
AA0.5
Rev. 12i12 SECTION 11

Ductile Iran Pipe (See Note 2} AWWA C151
Class 54
Wrought Iran Pipe Federal WW-P-441
ASTM A72
Steel Pipe for ordinary Uses Federal WW�P-446
ASTM A124
Steel Pipe for Coiling, Bending, Federal WW-P-4Q4
and Flanging ASTM A53
Welded Steel Pipe AWWA C241
AWWA C242
ASTM A134
ASTM A139
Light Weight Spiral Welded Steel Pipe ASTM A211
Stainless Steel Pipe ASTM A312
Copper Water Tube Federal WW-P-794
ASTM B88
Copper Pipe in Standard Sizes Federal WW-P-377
ASTM B42
Red Brass Pipe in Standard Sizes Federaf WW-P-351
ASTM B43
Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe ASTM C361
AWWA C302
Reinforced Concrete Steel Cylinder Pipe Prestressed:
AWWA C341
Not Prestressed:
AWWA C344
Asbestos Cement Pressure Pipe ASTM C296
AWWA C444
Polyvinyl Charide Pipe CS 247
Note 9. Unless otherwise indicated, all east iron pipe far liquids shall be
completely coated with coal -tar pitch varnish: Federal vVV�!-P-42't.
Note 2. Dimensions, tolerances and tests of ductile Iron pipe shall conform
with the applicable standard speciilcation.
{2) Gasket Type bell and Spigot Cast Iran Pipe shall conform with the
standard specifications herein before specified except that it shall
be designated far use. with rubber sea► compression type gaskets.
Pipe shall be equal to American "Fastite", U.S. '7ytan" or Claw
"Bell-Tite°.
{c} PIPE FITTINGS
{1) Pipe fittings shall conform with the following standard
specifications or sha0 be simiiar and equal to the product of the
listed manufacturer. Where piping is indicated without particular
reference to the fittings required, they shall be of the same
material and pressure rating as the pipe to which they are
attached.
Cast Iron Flanges and Fittings;
25 Ib. ASA B16b2
1251b, ASA 816.1
254 Ib. ASA 816.2
Steel Flanges and Fittings ASA B 16,5
Rev. 12l12 SECTION 11

Cast Iran Bell and Spigot
Mechanical Joint
Cast Iran Soil Pipe {Coated)
Cast Iron Threaded
Cast lion Threaded Drainage
Ductile iron
Malleable Iron Threaded
S#eel Welding
Flanges far Welded Steel and
Light Weight Spiral
Welded Steel Pipe
Welded Steel Pipe
Copper Solder Joint
Grass or Bronze Threaded
€brass for Flared Gopper Tube
Compression
Sleeve Couplings
Victau6c Couplings and Fii#ings
16q !b.
3q0 Ib.
1�5 Ib.
25q lb.
r � � „
ASA A21.1 q
AWWA C110
ASA A21,11
Federal WtN-P-401
ASTM A74
ASA 816.4
ASA 816.12
ASTM A445
ASA B16.3
ASA 816.15
ASTM A234
AWWA C207
AWWA, C2g8
ASA B 16.22
ASA 816.15
ASA B16.17
ASA 816.26
Dresser Manufacturing Division
Style 3#3, Smith Blair Type 411, Ford
FC4, or equal
Victaulic Company of America, Viking,
Ynpipe Couplings, or equal
(2} Unless otherwise indicated, all -fittings used with cast iron pipe for
liquids shall be coated with coal -tar pitch varnish and cement
mortar lined ir7 the same manner as hereinbefore specified for the
pipe.
{3} Welding fittings shall each be stamped with the manufacturer's
name or trademark, size, thickness, and ASTM material
designation.
{�} Gasket Type Bell and Spigot Cast iron Fittings shall conform with
the standard specifications hereinbefare specified except that they
shall be designed for use with rubber seal compression type
gaskets. Fittings shall be similar ar equal to American "Fastite",
U,S. "Tyton"' or Clow "Bell-Tite".
{5} Wall Castings and Wall Sleeves shall be as manufactured by
James B. Clow and Sons, Fast Fabricators, American Cast Iran
Pipe Company, or equal. Wall castings for lines conveying liquids
shall be coated an the interior only with coal -tar pitch varnish in
the same manner as hereinbefore specified for the pipe. Wall
castings and waif sleeves shall be provided with wall collars.
{6} Unions far threaded steel, cast iron, ar wrought iron pipe shall be
malleable iron 3C?0 lb., brass to iron seat, ground joint unions
conforming with the specifications of the Association of American
Railroads, Unions far capper water tube shall be wrought capper,
solder joint, copper to copper unions. Unions for brass pipe shall
be 125 lbs., ground joint, brass unions.
Rev. 12112 SECTION 11

(7} Dielectric unions shall have insulated unions ar flanges. Unions
used between dissimilar metals shaA be capable of separating the
metals in a manner which will prevent the passage of mare than
1°1a of the galvanic current which would exist with metal to metal
contact. Union canrrec#ors shall be of the same material as the
piping to which attached. Pressure and temperature ratings shall
be no lower than those of the piping system in which installed.
(d} ACCESSORY PIPING MATERIALS
(1 } Welding Electrodes: ASTM A233
Welding Rads: ASTM A251
ASTM A298
(2} Solder: ASTM B3� (Grade 5©A} -Balder flux shall be of past
farm having a petrolatum base impregnated with zinc and
ammonium charities, and shall be as recommended by the
manufacturer of the fittings.
(3) Cement Mortar Lining
Cast Fran Pipe and Fittings: ASA A21.4
Coal -Tar Enamel Coatings
Steel Water Pipe AWWA G2{i3
Cement -Mortar Coatings,
Steel Water Pipe,
30" and over AWWA C205
(4} Packing -Jute pecking shall be best quality untarred, braided
hemp ar jute, or a type acceptable to the Engineer. Fiber
packing shall be sanitary, non -bacteria breeding paper packing,
Rubber packing snail consist of a hollow rubber tube (solid far
small sizes}, ar a solid wedge shaped seation. Oakum shall be
best quality tarred jute. Jute packing shall not be used on pipe
line carrying a potable supply,
(5} Gaskets -Unless otherwise indicated, all gaskets for flanged pipe
connections shall be 1/16 inch thick flat ring gaskets of cloth
inserted rubber: ASA 816.21, except that gaskets for bronze,
aluminum, and corrosion resistant flanges shall be full face type.
Gaskets for cast iron- mechanical joints shall conform to ASA
A21.'[ 1. Gaskets far specialized pipe connections and fittings
shall be of the material and type recommended by the connection
ar fitting manufacturer for the particular service involved.
(6} Flange Bolts shall conform with the standard specification far the
particular flange or flanged fitting being used and/ar ASA 831.1,
Batts and nuts shall be cadmium plated.
(7} Safety and Relief Valves shall be as manufac#ured by Grade,
Crosby, Apco, Miopco, ar equal. Valves shall be equipped with
try levers and shall bear a stamp indicating compliance with the
applicable section of the ASME Bailer and Pressure Vessel
Cade. Safety valves shall be used far gas or vapor service and
shall be used for liquid serviae. Set pressure, relieving capacity,
and accumula#ion shall be as prescribed by the applicable
Rev. 1211"2 SECTION 11

(e}
Page 7
section of the ASME Gode or as indicated on the Gantract
Drawings andlor in the Project Specifications.
(8} Automatic Air Vents for lines carrying water at 100E or higher
shall be as manufactured by Sarca Type 13W, Apco„ Crispin or
equal, float cantroAed automatic air eliminators each equipped
with stainless steel; valve head and float mechanism and a 15t)
psi semi steel body.
{9} Strainers shall be manufactured by Grane, Walwarth, Keckley
and shall be similar and equal to Grane 988 112 {threaded} ar 989
112 {flanged} Y-pattern sediment separators. Each strainer shaft
be provided with a 125 Ib. Iron body. Unless otherwise Indicated,
careens shall be 20 mesh marvel for liquid service and 4Q mesh
marvel packed with l=verdur wool far gas service. Connections
shall be threaded for pipe sizes 3 Inches and smaller and flanged
for pipe sizes larger than 3 inches.
(10} Flaar and Geiling Plates shall be chromium plated steel designed
to hold their position an the pipe by means of springs.
{11} Pipe Covering Protectors far exposed pipe shall have n�n-
conducting pipe covering protection saddles no shorter than 12
inches. Pra#ectars far concealed piping chat! be as specified far
exposed piping but may be shag fabricated. Protectors shall fit
snugly around the entire circumference of the insulation.
P[PE HANGBRS AND SUPPQRTS
(1} Pipe hangers shall b
Blow -Knox, or equal,
following schedule:
Line Type and Size
e as manufactured by Crawford, Grinnell,
similar and equal to those shown in the
Crawford Figure No.
Uninsulated.lines 2" and smaller 104
containing fluids below 140E
All insulated lines and uninsulated 11
lines larger than 2" containing
fluids below 140E
All fines containing fluids at 14
140E ar higher
(2} Floor mounted pipe supports shall be fabricated from black steal
pipe with suitable cast iron saddles ar from structural steel.
Braces to prevent lateral pipe movement shall be of steel.
{3} Hanger rods, concrete inserts, beam clamps, and other pipe
hanger accessories shall be fabricated of steel and sha0 be as
manufactured by Crawford, Grinnell, Slaw -Knox, or equal
Rev. 12112 SECTION 11

{f}
'_.-
{4} Expansion bolts shall be of the ring wedge type similar and equal
#o National l..ead Gampany Ginch Anchors, Hilti, "Thunderstud" by
Concrete Fasteners, Inc. ar equal.
(5} Framing for wall type hangers, trapeze hangers, and tunnel
stanchions shall Be metal framing systems. Unless otherwise
indicated, finish shall Be Bonderizing plus a coat of corrosion
resisting green synthetic primer; attachment to structures shall be
by means of inserts far new concrete, surface mounting methods
far masonry ar existing concrete, and welding or beam clamps fior
structural steel; pipe support shall be By means of pipe clamps ar
hangers far piping carrying fluids at temperatures below 140E and
lay means of rollers far those at 140E or higher; pipe supporters
shall be of sufficient size to permit insulation to run cantinuausiy
through the hanger. A[[ exposed ends of framing members shall
Be provided with end caps.
INSULATION
{1} Pipe insulation used for Inside Process Piping work shall conform
with the following:
Cellular 85% Calcium
Glass Magnesia Silicate
Federal Specification HH-1-551 HH-1-554 [-lHrt1-523
Maximum Gonducfivity
Stu/�{hr.} (sq. ft,} 0.41 at 0.38 at 0.42 at
{F) per inch 105E 200E 200E
Density,lB.tcu. ft. 8 to 10 10 to 12 10 to 12
Gompressive strength, psi 100 70 at 5% 150 at 5°l0
deformation deformation
r�i
(2} Vapor Barriers required far pipe insulation shall consist of
aluminum fail faced on bath sides with draft paper. Moisture
transmission rating shall Be lower than 0.5 perm. Vapor barrier
jackets shall be factory applied.
{3} Pipe insulation not requiring a vapor barrier shall Be provided with
a factory applied 6 ounce canvas jacket.
{4} P[astla Pipe Coatings used far condensation and corrosion aantrof
shall be J, W. Martell "NoDrip" PDM industries, Inc, Viadix
Gorparation, or equal.
GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS
{1} Pressure and Vacuum Gauges shall Be Ashcroft, Marsh, Granby,
ar Trerice Bourdon tube gauges with the pressure ranges
indicated an the Gantract Drawings andtor in the Project
Specifications, or approximately double the normal operating
pressure if not athervvise indicated. Gauges shall be provided with
dustpraaf cases, gauge piping, gauge soaks, and dials not smaller
than 4 1/2 inches in diameter, Gauges shall conform with ASA
840.1, Grade A. Gauges measuring fluids at temperatures above
Rev. 12l12 5EGT[ON 11

11,02.2
'_.- •
15DF shall be provided with siphons. Gauges subjected to
pulsating pressures shall be provided with dampeners or be ail
filled. Gauges utilized far measuring pressures on raw sewage,
raw water, sludge and colloidal or fibrous material shall be
equipped with proxy diaphragm to prevent aantaat of the material
with the gauge or tubs.
{2) Thermometers shall be as manufactured by Ameriaan, Moeller,
Palmer, Trerice, Weksler, or equal. Dia! type thermometers shall
be mercury actuated, stainless steel construction with a dial at
least 4 112 inches in diameter and either capable of being rotated
to any angle for maximum readability from the floor or of the
remote bulb type as indiaa#ed on the Contract Drawings.
Industrial type thermometers shall be red reading mercury type
having a 9 inch scale and capable of being rotated fa any angle
for maximum readability from the Haar; however, if the approved
manufacturer can supply only the fixed type, the Contractor shall
instals, subject to the approval of the Engineer, that fixed type of
the fallowing arrangement that will provide maximum readability
from the hoar; straight; 90 degree back angle; 90 degree right ar
left side; realined or inalined; right side ar left side oblique.
Accuracy shall be within 1 dlo of scale range. Provide a stainless
steel separable well far each thermometer. Temperature range
shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings andlor in the
Project Specifications, or 0 to 240 F. for dial type, ar 3© to 240 F.
far 'industrial type if not otherwise indicated.
VALVES AND GATES
{a} GENERAL
{1} Fllarking and identification of valves shall conform with MSS SP-26
with the information either cast on the valve or shown on a
permanently aitaahed plate. Valve dimensions shalt aonform with
A.SA i316.10 where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, valves
3 inches and smaller shall be all brass ar bronze, and valves
larger than 3 inahes shall be iron body, bronze mounted. Unless
otherwise indicated, gate, globe, angle, and aback valves 3 inahes
and smaller shall be provided with threaded canneations, those
larger than 3 inches shall be provided with conneafians as
indiaated an the Contraat (drawings andlor in the Project
Speaificatians. Connections shall conform with the following:
Threaded ASA B2.1
Bel[ and Spigot ASA A21.1{I
Mechaniaa! Joint ASA A21.11
Flanged Cast Iron �5 Ib. ASA B1fib2
125 Ib. ASA B16.1
250 lb. ASA B16.2
Flanged Steel ASA B16.5
{2} Manual operators located higher than 6 feet above the operating
floor shall be provided with chain or extension operators. Lack
shield valves shall be furnished with operating keys.
Rev. 12I12 SECTIQlV 11

Page 14
(3} All valves shall be of ample strength to withstand and operate
satisfactorily under the working pressures and shall be subject to
the test pressures, bath expressed in pounds per square inch
given in the fallowing table. The cuss of valve to be used an each
service shall be as specified elsewhere herein or in the Project
Specifications.
Cold Water Working Test Pressure
Class of Valve Pressure - psi psi
A
15(t
30©
B
50
1Q0
c
�5
�a
(4} After the valves have been set they shall be tested for satisfactory
operation with the pipe lines by the Contractor.
{b} GATE VALVES
{1} Each gate valve aver 3 inches in size shah be of the double -disc
type, except as hereinafter specified, with either nonwrising stem
or outside screw and yoke as designated in the Project
Specifications and shall be designed to take full pressure on either
face. Valves shah be constructed with bolted bonnets suitable far
utilizing "p" ring stem seals. Stems shah be fabricated of brass or
bronze with lathe -cut half V-pattern threads. Gate valves shall be
equipped with standard handwheels, operating nuts, extension
stems, a combination of extension stems and handwheels or
operating nuts, spur gearing, be vel gearing or chain operators as
designated in the Project Specifications or shown on the Contract
Drawings. Valves shall open by turning counterclockwise.
Extension stems shall be provided with bronze bushed brackets at
intervals not exceeding 10 feet.
{2} Gate valves installed in a horizontal position in a horizontal Line
which are designed for working pressures lower than 150 lbs., in
sizes 2Q inches and larger, shall be equipped with bronze rollers
running on bronze or integral cast iron tracks in the body; thane
which are designed for 150 Ibs. working pressure, in sizes 16
inches ar larger, shalE be equipped with bronze rollers and bronze
tracks secured to the body. Valves in sizes 20 inches and larger
having working pressure of 15t� Ib., and those 16 inches and
larger with a working pressure of 1�fi ib., which are installed in
vertical or inclined Lines shall be equipped with hard babbitt tracks
secured to the valve body and bonnet to support the lower disc
during operation.
{3} When so indicated in the Project Specifications, manually
operated gate valves 16 inches and larger shah be equipped with
by-passes. By-pass valve shall be of the same type as the main
valve and shall have the stem- in a vertical position unless
otherwise indicated. Sizes shall be as follows:
Rev. 12/12 SECTION 11

(c}
{d}
::;.Main Valve
'Size - Inohes
By -Pass Valve
Size -inches
16 to 20 3
2� and 30 4
36 and 42 6
48 and larger 8
{4} Gate naives 3 inches in size and smaller shall be 125 ib, bronze,
rising stem, double wedge disc, union or screwed bonnet type.
Valves shall be of a design to permit repacking under pressure,
Unless otherwise indicated, valves shall be equipped with
handwheels and shall open counterclockwise.
GLOBE AND ANGLE VALVES
{1} Globe and angle valves shall be provided with renewable
composition discs for air ar gas service and with bronze or bronze
faced discs far other services. Valves shall be capable of being
repacked while under pressure. Unless o#herwise indicated
valves shad be provided with 125 Ib, bodies and with handwheels
and shall open counter -clockwise.
(2} Valves larger than 3 inches shall be iron body, yoke top, bolted
bonnet type.
{3} Valves 3 inches and smaller shall be bronze body, screwed
bonnet type.
CHECK VALVES
{1} Swing Check Valves shall be provided in all instances where
check valves are indicated without further reference. Unless
otherwise indicated, each swing check valve shall have a 125 Ib.
body and a removable cover far access to the disc. Pressure
drop across value to fully open disc shall not exceed 0,5 psi,
(2} Swing check valves larger than 3 inches shaft have iron bodies
with bolted cowers. Valves for ail ar gas service shall be. all iron.
Valves for other services shall be bronze mounted.
{3j Swing check valves 3 inches and smaller shall be bronze body,
screwed cover #ype. Valves for oil ar gas shall be composition
discs, those for other services shall have bronze discs,
{4} Weighted or spring loaded swing check valves shall each be as
described abous except that valves shall be provided with
extended hinge pin and outside leuel and weight or with outside
lever and spring all mounted integrally with the valve. Weights
and springs shall be adjustable. Hinge pin shall be provided with
a stuffing box and packing.
Rev. 12/12 SECTfON 11

(5) Silent Cheek Valves shall be Williams Gauge Co., F G Valve Co.,
Smolensky Valve Co., or equaC, spring loaded type similar or
aqua! to Williams -Hager Figure 329 with semi -steel body and
bronze trim.
(6) Hydraulically Operated Check Valves shall be non -slam,
diaphragm actuated globe type. Each valve shall open to permit
flow when inlet pressure is higher than discharge pressure and
shall close to prevent back flow when discharge pressure is higher
than inlet pressure. Valve shall be hydraulically operated by the
line pressure and shall seat a spring loaded, single seat type
guided disc on a removable seat ring. The diaphragm disc shall
be a resilient synthetic rubber disc of sufficient area to assure drip
tight shut off. The diaphragm shall not be used as a seating
surface and the valve shall contain no stuffing boxes ar packing
glands, Valves 4 inches and larger shall be furnished with an
auxiliary eantral to adjust the rate of opening and closing. Each
valve shall be provided with a high strength iron body with bronze
trim and stainless steel pilot guide.
{e) PLUG VALVES
(1) Plug valves shall be of the lubricated type ar of the eccentria type.
Body construction shall be of high tensile cast iron conforming
with ASTiVI A126, Grade B. Unless otherwise indicated, valves
shall have 1251b. bodies and shall have lengths equal to those far
125 Ib. SWP cast Iran flanged wedge gate valves as listed in ASA
816.10. Lubricated plug valves shall have cylindrical ar conical
plugs. Eccentric plug valves shall be of a design such that the
plug and seat make contact only when the valve is in a fully closed
position, Each valve shall be capable of drip tight strut -off under
pressure. Each valve shall have a part opening equal to the
numerical size far that particular valve. Valves smaller than $
inches shall be equipped with nuts far wrench operation or with an
operating lever. Valves 8 inches and larger shall be equipped
with worm gears and handwheels, unless otherwise Hated. Mach
valve shall be provided with an "open -closed" position indicator
and where applicable, a flow direction indicator and shall open
counterclockwise, unless otherwise Hated. Ventura type plug
valves will Hat be permitted. Valves shall be as manufactured by
A.C.F., Cie �urik, Homstead, Nordstrom, Powell, Walworth, ar
equal. if a manufacturer does Hat make all of the types required
far the Project, valves may be supplied from a second
manufacturer, but in na case will mare than two manufacturers'
valves be permitted.
(2) A minimum of two wrenches shall be furnished #ar eaah size of
operating nut, and when mare than 10 valves are provided one
extra. wrench shall be furnished far eaah 1Q additional valves or
fraction thereof. 1n addition, each sludge withdrawal station shall
be furnished with iwa wrenches. Unless otherwise indicated, each
lubricated plug shall be fitted with a aombinatian button head
fitting and lubricant screw, The Contractor performing the Inside
Process Piping work shall furnish to the Owner one hand operated
grease gun per building for eaah type of lubricant required and
one gallon of each type of lubricant required.
Rev. 12/'12 SECTION 11

l w �
(f} cl-���nlCAlr vA�v>�s
(1 } Valves for chlorine solution and ferric chloride solution shall be
P.V.C. or rubber lined diaphragm valves specifically designed for
the service. Valves fpr other chemicals shall be as indicated in
the Project Specifications andlor an the Contract Drawings.
(g} SAMPLING VALVES
(1} Sampling valves shall be of the lever operated, cam action solid
wedge type with bolted ar screwed cap.
(h} PLUG DRAIN VALVES
(1) Plug drain valves steal[ be provided with cast iron bodies, bronze
stems, disc rings and seat rings; and rust -proofed steel baits and
nuts. Each valve shall be provided with a spigot or an ASA Class
125 flanged end, rising stern or non -rising stem, 2 inch operating
nut or handwheel, with or without extension stem all as designated
on the Contract Drawings andlor in the Project Specifications.
Extension stems shall be provided with bronze bushed brackets at
intervals not exceeding 10 feet.
(i} SOLENt71D VALVES
(1} Solenoid valves for Inside Process Piping systems steal% be
normally closed, two-way, packless solenoid valves of the size
indicated on the Contract Drawings or of the same size as the line
in which they are installed, Unless otherwise indicated each valve
shall have a minimum working pressure of 1Clq psi and shall be
suitable far 115 volt 60 cycle operation. Each valve shall be
provided with a continuous duty watertight epoxy encapsulated
molded coil far severe moisture or humidity conditions suitable for
operations at 1D°lo above or 15°l° below rated voltage. Each valve
installed on gravity flow lines steal[ be designed for a zero pressure
differential across the valve. Furnish and install a strainer
upstream from each solenoid valve.
(�? CONE VALVES
(1} Each cone valve shall consist of a body, a conical plug and a
valve operating mechanism, Unless otherwise indicated,
construction shall be of ASl-M A126 Grade B cast iron, bronze
mounted, with ASA Class 125 (fanged connecfions. Valves shall
be as manufactured by APCt�, Chapman Valve Manufacturing
Company, Wiliamefte Iron and Steel Company, henry Pratt
Company, ar equal
(2} The valve body shall have a full unobstructed circular inlet and
outlet equal to the valve size. Inlet and outlet shall be provided
with monef or bronze set rings fused to the body.
(3} The plug shall have a full circular unobstructed waterway equal to
the valve size, Plug shall be arranged so that movement from
fully open to fully closed positions is accomplished by a 90 degree
Rev. 12112 SECTIQN 11

Page 14
rotation of the plug. Plug shall be provided with four sets of morsel
or bronze seat rings, two for the epee position and two for the
closed. Plug trunions shall kie bronze bushed and shall be
designed to take the maximum bearing Toads for the specified
operating conditions with a bearing pressure not exceeding 300t7
psi. Plug shaft shah be hard bronze bushed or hard chrome
overlaid where it passes through the stuffing box.
(4} The operating mechanism shad operate so as to first lift the plug
from its seating position by an axial movement, followed by a
rotary movement of the ping to the other position -either open or
closed and finally to seat the valve by a gradual axial movement.
At least 64% of valve port opening shall be closed by the first 50%
of mechanism closing stroke. Plug shall be locked in position
when either in the fully closed or fully open position. An indicator
shall be provided which will reveal the position of the plug with
respect to the body. C?perating mechanism shall be mounted
integrally with the valve. Mechanism shall be easily accessible far
inspection, repair, or replacement.
{5} Manual operators shall consisf of a Drank er handwheel, turning
clockwise to close the value, which operates through a gear box to
the opera#ing mechanism. Operators other than manually
actuated shall be as indicated in the Project Specifications andtor
an the Contract Drawings.
(6} Valve bodies shall be tested hydrostatically to a pressure 50°Io
higher than the design working pressure for a period of at least 30
minutes, Assembled valves shall be tested for leakage in the
closed position with the seals under the maximum- working
pressure. Valves showing leakage er defects shall be rejected.
(k} SALL VALVES
(1 } Each ball valve shall consist of a body, a plug, a torque unit and
an operator. Design working pressures shall be as indicated `in
the Project Specifications andter on the Contract 1rawings.
Valves shall be as manufactured by Henry Pratt Company,
p'lowserve, Willamette Cron and Skeel Company or equal and shall
be similar or equal to ttUillamette List 26_
(2} Body shalC be of cast iron with ASA Class 125 flanged
connections; bronze plug bearings; and rigidly attached seat of
corrosion resistant metal which has been machined, ground ar
scraped. Body shall provide means for rigidly supporting the
torque unit without additional supports. Body shall be provided
with one air vent pipe connection and one drain pipe connection.
Maximum seat bearing pressure shall no# exceed 900 psi at 15p
psi unbalance.
{3} Plug shall be of oast iron design about a circular watervray equal
to the size of the valve. Seat shall be of corrosion resistart metal
with spherically generated surfaces which have been machined,
ground or scraped. Plug trunion bearings shall be of bronze of
hardness sufficiently different from body bearings to prevent
seizing or gaffing. Shaft shall be protected from corrosion at
Rev. 12/12 SECTION 11

Page 15
points in contact with water and shall have a maximum torsional
deflection of 316 degree per foot of unsupported length using a
seat friction coefficient of 0.5.
(4) Torque unit shah have a traveling crosshead to impart positive
rotary movement to the plug by means of a lever and link
connected to the plug shaft. Crosshead shall be confined to
permit linear motion only. Cover shall be provided with a plug
shaft support bearing. Torque unit shalt be designed so that
during the first 50% of closing the flaw will 6e reduced between 8©
and 90°l0; the remaining flow reduction shall take place in the final
5Q°!a of the stroke. Torque unit materials subject to rubbing shall
be of different hardnesses. Torque unit shall be capable of being
inspected, lubricated, removed, or repaired without removing
valve from line, and shall be designed so thak main shaft packing
may be replaced with the valve in the line under pressure without
removing the torque unit housing.
(5) Manua! operators shall each be provided with a 2 inch square
AWWA standard wrench nut which turns clockwise to close the
valve; an arrow and the ward "Open'° shall be oast on the nut to
indicate proper opening direction. Operating stem shall be nan-
ris'rng type and meahanism shall be self -lacking in all positions. All
bearing surfaces shall be bushed and lubricated. Operating nut
shall be attached to the stem shaft by a sheer pin which will fail
before any other part of the mechanism in the event of excessive
torque an the nut.
f&) Qperators other than manually actuated shall be as indicated in
the Project specifications and/ar an the Contract Drawings,
(7} Each valve shall be shop tested to twice the design pressure far a
period of at least 30 minutes in the open position and to the
design pressure far a period of at least 10 minutes an each seat in
the closed position, Valves shaving leaks ar defects shall be
rejected.
(I) BUTTERFLY VALVES
(3) When butterfly valves are indicated without further reference, they
shag be rubber -seated butterfly valves aonforming with AWWA
C50A�. Valve classes, sizes, quantities, operator types, and
required opening and closing operating time period shall be as
indicated in the Project Speaifiaatians and/or on the Contract
Drawings. Records of tests required by AWWR C504 shall be
provided to the Owner and the Engineer.
(2) When butterfly valves are indicated as being of the modified type,
valves and operators shall conform with the requirements of
AWWA Cbti4, Class 25-�, with the fallowing modifications:
a. Valves in air fines having pressures of 30 psi or tower shall
be suitable far air velocities not lower than 80 fps,
b. Valves may be of the flangeless type for installation between
flanges, providing that they comply wi#h a!I structural
Rev. 12132 SECTION 11

Page 16
requirements of AWUWA C5Q4 {shaft diameter, shell
thickness, disc design and thickness, seats, bearings, etc.}
for Class 25-8.
c. Each valve operator shalt be capable of transmitting the
maximum torque required to fully open and close the valve
with the full differential pressure and flow conditions as listed
in the Project Specifications andJar on the Contract
f�rawings.
d. Marking of valves and laying length may be the
manufacturer's standard,
{m} SLUDGE WITHDRAWAL VALVES
{1} Rotating Studge Withdrawal Valves sha11 be designed to provide a
variable elevation outlet. Each valve steal( consist of an outer pipe
of cast iron in which a vertical slot is cut from top to bottom and an
inner pipe of brass which contains a spiral slot from top to bottom.
These two pipes shall be as�i~mbied so that when the inner pipe is
rotated the intersection of the diagonal slot with the vertical slot
farms an orifice which will vary in elevation. Pipes shall be
finished to a reasonably tight fit and provided with a lubrication
groove with alemite fisting. The units shall be installed with grease
piping extensions to permit Lubrication from the operating floor.
The inner pipe shall be provided with a shaft extension which
terminates in an operating nut and valve position indicator at the
operating floor. Valves larger Shan 8 inches in internal diameter
shall be provided with a geared operator and cast gear housing.
Unless otherwise indicated, each valve steal( have a vertical slay
width of the maximum permissible size for.the pipe diameter. A
removable tee handle operating wrench shall be provided for each
valve. Valves 8 inches in diameter shall have an overall length of
4'6° and valves 14 inches in diameter shall have an overall length
of 6'0" unless otherwise indicated. Length of valves other than 8
inches and 14 inches in diameter shall be as spawn on the
Contract Drawings.
{n} HYDRt�STATiC PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
(1} The Contractor shall install hydrostatic relief valves as shown and
located on the Contract Drawings. Each valve shall be at least
four {4) inches in diameter and shall b� the length of the wail or
slab thickness in which it is to be installed. Slab installed valves
shall be utilized with 1 cubic foot ofi 3/4 inch gravel installed under
the slab as each valve and with 2 cubic feat of sand installed
around and below the gravel at each valve. Wail installed valves
shall have a leaded strainer installed on the outside of the wal[
with 2 Cubic feet minimum of 814 inch stone around each valve.
All valves shall open at nine (9} inches of water pressure.
{o} SHEAR GATES
{1} Shear gates shall be of the iron frame, Iron disc, bronze mounted
type with bronze hinge pin and wedge block. Lifting handle shall
Rev. �2112 SECTItJf�i 1�

be equipped with notches or hooks to regulate the gate opening.
Each gate shall be provided with a flat, ASA Class 125 flanged,
spigot ar hub frame, and with or without extended handle as
designated on the Contract Drawings and/or in the Project
Specifications.
(p} SLUICE GATES
(1} Sluice gates; AWWA C5(i1 -Both gate and frame shall be
provided with bronze facings dovetailed and securely fastened into
the iron castings. Stern material shall be stainless steel.
Adjustable bronze bushed stem guides shall be furnished at
intervals not exceeding 8 feet and where required far proper
operation. A suitable stop collar or other device shah be provided
for each non -rising stem gate to prevent the stem from being
turned beyand norms! gate closing travel. Stem shall turn
clockwise to close. Other supplementary details shall be as
indicated in the -Project Specifications and/or the Contrant
Drawings..
(q} BACKWATER GATES
(1} Backwater gates shall be a standard nammercial product
fabricated of cast iron ar steel provided with bronze seafi rings on
the frame and flap ar inserted cushioned seats of resilient material
all as designated in the Project Specifications, Hinge mechanism
shall be of the adjustable flexible type wi#h bronze hinge pins in
double shear. Seating face of gate frames shall be inclined with
the vertical Gates shall be designed far a working pressure of 25
psi plus any impact loads to which they may be subjected in
service. Gates shall be equipped with flanges faced and drilled
ASA Class 125 far attachment to wall castings. Wall castings
shall be burnished with gates where shown nn the Contract
Drawings. Provisions shall be made to lubricate gate hinge pins
and to prevent the gate form remaining in an open pnsition.
(r} FLOflR BOXES
(1} Floor boxes for operating nuts of extended stem valves, where
shown to be installed in concrete floors, shall be fabricated of cast
iron and shall be equipped with bronze bushings or other suitabie
device to permanently maintain the position of the operating nuk in
the center of the box. length of the floor boxes shall be equal to
the thickness of the T-wrench. Each box shall be furnished with a
cast-iron lid with finger holes for easy removal.
(s} WHEEL AND CRANK OPERATED STANDS
{1} Wheel operated stands and crank operated stands shall be made
of the best quality cast iron with smooth exterior surfaces. They
shall be of the rising stem ar non -rising stem type to suit the
naives or sluice gates which they are to operate. Provisions shall
be made to lubricate all working parts of the stands.
(2} Each stand shelf be equipped with a cold rolled steel shaft of
ample size supported by bronze bushed guide brackets at
Rev. 12f1� SECTION 11

{t)
intervals not to exceed 1 Q feet. The threaded portion of the stems
shall be of manganese bronze with machine -cut threads. The
different sections of the stems shall be jointed together with
manganese bronze cauplings, threaded and keyed to the stems.
Anchor bol#s far guide brackets and stands shall be genuine
wrought iron or cadmium plated steel.
{3} Wheel operates stands shad be equipped with roller thrust
bearings and polished handwheels.
(4) Crank operates stands shalt be of the single -crank type, with k>afl
or roller thrust bearings and enclosed steel bevel gears. Cranks
sha{I be removable and shall be equipped with smooth brass hand
grips rotating freely on the handle of the crank.
Mf7TQl� OPE�tATED STANDS
{1) Motor operated stands shall be designed and built #or motor
operation of values and sluice gates and shall not be hand
operates stands with the equipment bolted to them. They shall be
of the heavy-duty rising stem type, constructed of high-grade cast
iron or cast steel, and equipped with anti -friction thrust bearings to
take the upward and downward thrust of the valves or gates,
They shall be capable of operating the valves and gates under
their maximum operating condition, The motor operating
mechanisms, reversing magnetic contactors, control stations and
limit switches shall be enclosed in watertight end dust -tight east
iron housings attached to or built integrally with the stands.
(2) Motors shall be suitable for operation an current characteristics es
designated in the Project Specifications or shown an the Contract
Drawings and sha(I have sufficient torque to start and operate the
valves and gates in any position. Motors shall be famished with
ball bearings, with windings impregnated try withstand excessive
moisture, and shalt be rated to run continuously far the time
required to completely open and immediately thereafter to
completely close the valves ar gates without exceeding safe
operating temperatures. Manua[ operating handwheels shall be
provided for emergency operation of the stands, with provisions to
prevent simultaneous use of the operating mechanisms. The
handwheels shall not revolve when the units are operating
electrically. A suitable mechanically actuated valve or gate
position indicator shall be furnished with each stand..
{3) Each stand shall be equipped with a cold roiled steel shaft of
ample size, supported by bronze bushed guide brackets at
intervals not to exceed 10 feet. The threaded portion of the stems
shah be manganese bronze with machine cut threads: The
different sections of the stems shall be fainted together by
manganese bronze cauplings, threaded and keyed to the stems.
Anchor bolts far guide brackets and stands shah be of genuine
wrought iron ar cadmium plated steel.
(4) Reuersing magnetic contactors shall be equipped with silver to
silver contacts, overload- relays. "Open -Stop -Close" push button
station, red and green indicating lights, and control transformer
Rev. 12112
SECTIt�N 11

Page � 9
with 120V secondary for all control and indicating lights shall
indicate the fully open or closed positions of the valve or gate, and
both lights shall be energized at intermediate positions of the
valve or gate.
(5) l„imit switches shall be provided far limiting the valve or gate '
travels in either direction and shall be suitable for five adjustments
and operations, particularly at the seating positions of the valve or
gate. The controls shall include a mechanically actuated torque
switch to protect the motor and equipment in the event the value
or gate should become jammed or excessive pressures should be
applied.
'i 1.02,3 ELECTR[C MGTt�RS
(a) GI=NERAL
(1) Motors shall conform to the lafest applicable NPMA, AIEE, and
A5A Standards. The motor ratings and types shall be as
specified herein, except as modified by the Project ar equipment
Specifications. All motors shall receive routine tests in
accordance with AI�� test procedures.
(2) 4utpufi fiorque and speed characteristics of each motor shall be
suitable to operate the driven equipment under the full range of
equipment operating load conditions without exceeding the
nameplate current rating, andlor temperature rise.
(3) Special equipment requiring a motor drive with unusual
characteristics shall be equipped with a definite purpose motor to
meet the necessary requirements.
(4) Motor bearings shall be at the anti -friction type. Thrust bearings in
vertical motors shall be adequate far the loading encountered.
(5} Motor conduit boxes shall be oversized and shall be located so as
to be readily accessible. ',
{b} RATINGS
(1) Motor ratings shall be based an continuous operation in an
ambient temperature of 40 Degrees C, The maximum
temperature rise far open and drip -proof type motors shall not
exceed 4f3 Degrees C, and for totally enclosed type motors shall
not exceed 65 Degrees G.
(c} TYP>�S
(1} Motors of 318 H,P. and larger shall be squirrel cage induction type
designed for 3 phase, 60 cycle, 2241440 volt operation. Motors
smaller than 3/8 H.P. shall be of the capacitor type designed for
single phase, 6p cycle, 115 volt operation. Motors indicated on
the Contract Drawings andlor specified in the Project Specification
as 208 volt or 480 volt steal( be specially wound for voltage
indicated andlor specified.
Rev. 12/12 S�CT10N 11

1.03
Page 2E)
(2} Torque and locked rotor current characteristics for three phase
motors shall be NEMA resign "B". The Eocked star i�VAfHP
input at fulE voltage far 15 E-#.P. motors and [anger shall not. exceed
that permitted- fear Cade Letter "F" except far specialized
equipment requiring a motor drive with speciaC definite
characteristics.
(3) All motors shall be of the open "drip -proof' type except in
hazardous locations and as otherwise specified under the Project
SpecifEcatians andlar the Contract Drawings,
(4} Explosion -proof type
areas as defiined in
totally enclosed and
Endicatng compliant
application.
G4EVST'Ri.iGTEOt+I METH4I�S
11.f33.1 GENERAL
motors shaEi be furnished far hazardous
the_ Natiana! Electric Code. They shall be
bear the Underwriters LaboratarEes Label
s with the requirements far the specific
{a} Installation of Enside Process piping work shalt be complete in every
respect; insuring systems which -will operate satisfactorily and quietly. AIE
work shalE be done by skilled workmen, and work performed by unskilled
help- will not be acceptable. AIE autiing, fitting, repairing and finishing of
masonry, concrete, metal and carpentry work that may be required for the
contempEated work under this Specification must be done by craftsman
skilled in their respective trades and at the expense of the Contractor.
Unless otherwise indicating, all material and equipment shall be installed
in conformance with the manufacturer`s recommendations.
(b) Proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe and convenient
handling and instalEEng of the pipe and fittings shall be used. Great care
shall be taken to prevent damage to any interior coafsng on pipes and
fittings. All pieces shall be oarefully examined for defects, and no piece
shall be installed which is known to be defective. If any defective piece
should be discovered after having been installed, it shall be removed and
replaced with a sound one in a satisfactory manner by the Contractor at
his awn expense. Pipe fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before they are
installed, and shall be kept clean until they are accepted in the complete
work.
(c} Ail piping connecting to equipment shall be provided with unions or
companion flanges located sa that piping may be readily dismantled from
equipment. Connections between ferrous and non-ferrous metals in
piping systems shall be made with dielectric unions of the type described
herein..
(d} AIE piping shall be installed in such a manner that it will Eae free to expand
and contract without injury to itself or Ets supporting structure. t7n all
piping, except that for high temperature service; seEf-equalizing type
expansion joints of an approved make and quality shall be installed in all
runs of 9g feet or mare unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings.
Qn piping for high temperature service, self -equalizing type expansion
joints or pipe bends shall be instaEEed as approved by the Engineer or as
Rev. 12/'l2 SECTION '! 1

Page 21
shown on the Contract Drawings. Pipe bends shall be cold sprung one-
half the computed expansion in the (roes. Guides and anchors shall be
furnished and installed in an appraved manner.
{e} All piping passing through walls and floors shall be installed in pipe
sleeves or wall castings accurately located before concrete is poured or
placed in position during construction of masonry walls, Boxing out far
waH castings will not be allowed, Sleeves for piping smaller than 3 inches
located in concrete floors and wails and in exterior masonry wails shall be
fabricated from standard weight black steel pipe; those located in interior
partitions shall be fabricated of 14 gauge galvanized steel. Sleeves far
pipe 3 inches and larger shall be the manufactured type hereinbefore
specified. Top of floor sleeves for exposed piping steal! extend 1 1J2 inch
above floor leuel; all other sleeves shall be flush with surface. Where
uncovered and covered exposed pipes G inches in outside diameter and
smaller pass through floors, finished walls, or finished ceilings they shall
be fitted with floor and ceiling plates of the type hereinbefare specified. Ail
exfieriar wall sleeves and any interior wall sleeves into Chlorine Roams
shall be caulked with lead wool and hemp to make sleeves waterproof and
gas tight.
(f} A safety valve of the type hereinbefore specified, having a set pressure of
35 psi and arelieving- capacity of at least �0 cfm of free air with 10°l0
accumulation, shall be installed at each high paint of each section of
sludge line and between shut-off valves.
(g} All piping installed below a slab resting on grade, unless otherwise
specified in the Project Specification, shall be encased in conarete of the
same type as used for the slab to a minimum thickness of 6 inches on all
sides of the pipe.
{h} Sufficient compression sleeve or Victaulic coupling type joints shall be
placed at locations in addition to those specifically shown the Contraat
Drawings to provide far expansion.
(i) Lines conveying water at 100°F or higher shall be provided with
automatic air vents at all system high paints and elsewhere as indicated
on the Contract Drawings. Each air vent shall be provided with a 1/4 inch
copper drain line to the nearest service sink, drain or other location as
directed by the Engineer; routing shall be in locations protected from
traffic andlor as directed by the Engineer. Air vents for concealed piping
steal! be made accessible by means of an appraved flush type access
panel.
U} Chemical feed troughs shall be 1B gauge galvanized steel unless
otherwise indicated in the Project Specifications and/or an the Contract
Drawings. Where stainless steer troughs are calved for, they shall be 16
gauge type 316.
(k} Installation of piping not hereinafter specified. shall be as indiaated in the
Project Specifications andlor on the Contract Drawings, or as
recommended by the manufacturer if not otherwise indicated.
{l} In general, fittings used in piping systems shall have the same
connections, material, pressure rating, and finish as the pipe to which
connected. Unless otherwise indicated 125 lb, cast iron threaded fittings
Rev, 12112 SECTION 11

i 1.03.2
Page 22
shall be used with standard weight wrought iron and steel pipe. Drainage
systems using threaded piping shall be provided with drainage type
fittings.
��I;JZ�13�'�
(a) Pipe hangers and railer chairs shaA be large enough to accommodate
pipe covering protectors, Support spacing and hanger rod sizes shad be
as follows:
Maximum Minimum
Nominal Pipe Support Spacing Hanger Rod
Sixe -Inches Feet Inches Diameter
Steel and Wrought Iran Pipe /p
3!4 � �l C]
1 6 3(g
1'l $ 3!8
1 I2 and 2 9 3(8
2°1 and 3 11 � 1!2
4 and 5 1� 5(8
6 14 3(4
� to 12 15 1
14 and 16 OD 16 1 1!�
18 C3D 15 1 1/$
20 OD 1-5 1 1(4
Larger than ZQ OD 15 See Project
Specifications
Dapper Tubing
'l2 6 3/8
�(8 to 1 8 3l8
1 1� to 2. 1 p 1(2
2 'l to 5 12 5(8
G to 8 14 7(8
Gast iron and Ductile Iran Pipe
1 '�� and 2 6 3J3
3and4 8 5/8
6 9 3J4
8 to 12 9 7(8
14 and 16 9 1
1� 9 1 118
2€} 9 1 1l4
Larger than 20 9 See Project
Specification
(b} In addition to the foregoing limitations, bell and spigot pipe shall be
supported at each joint. Install supports an each side of each valve 8
inches and larger, spaced na farther than 18 inches from the valve.
Additional supports shall be provided where required to prevent piping
loads from placing damaging stresses an valves and equipment. Where
necessary, pipe shall be blacked. up at each support to permit installation
of pipe insulation.
Rev. 12(12 SECTION 11

Page 23
(c) Rubber tease, polyvinyl chloride pipe, Saran pipe, Uscolite pipe,
polyethylene pipe, and hard rubber pipe shall be supported aver the entire
length by means of troughs consisting of steel channels ar angles which in
turn are supported at intervals not exceeding 10 feet.
{d) Piping materials not included in the foregoing tabulation shall be supported
as indicated in the >'raject Specifications andlar an the Contract Drawings
ar in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations if not
otherwise indicated.
11.t?3,3 INSTALLAT[QN QF BELL �NCi SPEGp�' PIPING
(a} In joining bet( and spigot pipe and fittings, the spigat of each pipe shalt be
properly seated in the bell of the next adjacent piece and adjusted so as to
give a uniform space for the joint, which steal{ be made with braided hemp
ar jute, fibre packing, ar rubber gasket, and with lead or compound as
designated in the Project Specifications. The packing shall be long
enough to completely encircle the pipe, and shall be thoroughly driven into
the bell so as to leave a -space of at [east 2 1/2 inches in depth to be tilled
with lead. Each joint must be made in one pour. !n making lead joints, the
melting pot shalt be kept near the joint to be poured, and dross shall not
be allowed to accumulate in the melting pot. t_ead joints shall be
thoroughly caulked blf competent mechanics and in such a manner as
shalt- secure tight joints without overstraining the iron of the bells. Tarred
jute packing shall not be used for bail and spigat wall castings or caulked
wall sleeves.
{b} Gast iron sot( pipe joints shall be composed of oakum and lead. faints
shall be yarned, poured and caulked in the same manner as prescribed in
the preceding paragraph. Each joint shall contain one pound of lead per
inch of pipe diameter.
(c) Gasket type bet! and spigo# piping shall be installed in steict conformance
with the manufacturer's recammendatians.
11.t13.4 INSTALLATION OF FLANGEC? PIPING
All joints in flanged piping shall be brought to exact alignment, and ail gaskets
and baits or studs inserked in their proper places. halts or studs shall be
uniformly tightened around the joints. Where stud halts are used, the bolts
steal! be uniformly centered in the connections and equal pressure applied to
each nut an the studs. Steel flanges bolted to 125 lb. cast Iran flanges shall be
furnished wi#h flat faces.
�'i.03,5 In(STALLATtQN OF THR{ADECi PIPINfi
Alf threaded joints in steel, wrought iron, ar cast iron. piping systems shall have
long taper threads which shalt be made tight with oil and graphite paste applied
to external threads only, All pipe 1-1f2 inches and smaller shalt be reamed to
remove burrs and stood an end and well pounded to remove scale and dirt..
Wrenches on valves and fittings shall be applied directly aver the joint being
tightened. The joints of all piping used far chlorine gas shall be made up with
litharge and. glycerine.
Rev. 12f12 SECTIQN 11

1'i.fi�.�s
1 "t.03.7
i 1,t)3,8
�4'l.Q3.9
Page 24
iNSTALLATICiN OF WEL1JEi� PiPiNG
All welding shad be performed in accordance with the procedures of the
NCPWB, or other approved procedures, which conform with the requirements
of the RSME Bailer and Pressure Vessel Dade or of ASA 631.1. Na welder ar
welding operator shall be employed on the work who has not been fully
qualified under these procedures and sa certified by a member of a local
Chapter of the NCPWB ar similar locally recognized authority. The Engineer
has the right at any time to call far and witness the making of test specimens by
any welder or welding operator in accordance with the foregoing and to observe
the physical tests of the specimens, All labor and materials required for the
tests shall- be provided at the expense of the Contractor. Filler metal for
welding shall be of the same cnmposifion as the base metal Fittings shall be
of the same material and schedule number as the pipe to which attached.
INSTAl�LATiQN 4F COPPER PIPING
(a} Copper tubing with solder joint connections shall have all burrs removed
from the tubing before joints are -made. Both the inside of the fitting and
the outside of the tubing shall be clear -red and polished and a nan-
corrasive flux shall be evenly distributed across the joining surfaces by
applying the -.flux and rotating the fitting and tubing together. Joints steal(
be made by applying. heat and solder to the end of the fitting until the
snider melts and then passing the flame toward the center of the fitting
until the solder is absorbed and appears uniformly around the end of the
fitting. Excess solder shall be removed by brushing while the solder is still
in a plastic state. A fillet shall be left around the cup of the fitting. All joints
shall be allowed to cool at room temperature without chilling.
(b} Copper tubing with flared joints shalt be thoroughly cleaned and the ends
of the tubing shall be uniformly flared to the bevels of the fittings.
UVrenches steal[ be applied to the bodies of fittings near the joint being
made but in na-ease to a joint previously made.
1NSTAL�.ATiON OF MiSCELt_ANEQUS PIPING
{a} In joining cast iron pipe using joints other Phan bell and spigot, threaded,
and flanges, the pipe shall be brought to exact alignment and al!
necessary rings, gaskets and bolts inserted in their proper places. Bolts
shot! be uniformly tightened around the joints to avoid any strains ar
distortions. Mechanical joint cast iron piping shall be installed in
conformance with the Hates appended to ASA A21.11.
(b} installation of types of piping other than Listed herein shall be as indicated
in the Project Specifications andJar an the Contract Drawings ar as
recommended by the manufacturer if Hat otherwise indicated.
INSTAl.LAT10N OF INSULATION
(a} Thickness and type of insulation required far the various piping systems
shall be as indicated in the Project Specifications and/ar on the Contract
Drawings.: Na pipe covering shall be installed until the piping system has
been tested as hereinafter specified. Pipe covering. protectors shall be
Rev. 12112 SECTICtN 11

'.•-
provided at each pipe hanger or support and shah be installed
simultaneously with the insulation, Pipe covering protectors shall also be
provided at locations where insulation is subject to damage from traffic.
{b) Pipe insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe with joints butted
firmly together and any factory applied jacket securely pasted in place.
All longitudinal and transverse joints shall be staggered when mare than
one layer is appiied. All joints steal( be seated in accordance with the
manufacturer°s recommendations. Where a vapor iaarrier is required it
shall be carried dawn and sealed to the pipe at intervals of not more than
50 feet.
{c) Fittings, valve bodies, flanges, unions and couplings shall be insulated to
the same thickness as the adjacent _pipe covering either with fabricated
insulation covers; or with insulating cement far pipe sizes smaller than 4
inches and smith segments or"" insulation wired in place and finished with
insulating cement for pipe sizes 4 inches and larger. Insulation requiring
a vapor barrier shall be sealed with a vapor barrier tape and a sealing
compound. Unions and flanges shall be insulated only on lines requiring -
a vapor barrier.
{d) All insulation of fittings, valve bodies, flanges, unions, and couplings steal[
have a 6 ounce canvas jacket neatly and securely pasted an. Ali
exposed pipe insulation steal{ have a 6 nonce jacket .neatly and securely
pasted an with ail longitudinal seams instafled toward wall or ceiling. All
exposed ends of insulation at unions, flanges, equipment. etc., shall be
tapered down to the pipe and sealed with insulating cement.
{e) Plastic Pipe Coatings for condensation and corrosion control shall be
applied to the piping systems indicated in the Project Specifications
and/or on the Contract Drawings. Unless otherwise indicated, coatings
shall be 112 inch thick and shall saver the entire system, including fittings,
unions, flanges, valve bodies, and couplings. Coating shall be applied in
layers not exceeding 1/8 inch in thickness aver a clean, dry surface from
which all scale and rust has been removed; each layer shall be allowed to
dry for a minimum period of 24 hours before the subsequent layer is
applied, Temperature of surface shall be between 50F and 150E when
coating is applied. Coating shall be applied by hand or brush.
1'l.43.'t0 TI*STING ©F PIPING SYSTEi1�5
{a) Unless otherwise specified in the Project Specifications andtor shown an
the Contract Drawings, all piping systems installed under the General
Specification for Inside Process Piping shall be tested in the manner
hereinafter specified: Na piping shall be insulated, concealed, ar furred -
in until it has been tested to the safiisfaction of the Engineer. Testing
media shall be furnished and disposed of by the Contractor, and all
material, lobar and equipment required for the testing procedures shall be
at his expense,. Any leaks ar defective piping disclosed by the test shall
be replaced or repaired and the test repeated until all piping proves tight.
Na caulking of defective piping orjoints will be permitted.
{b) Piping which will convey water or aqueous solutions shall be tested
hydrostatically. Piping which will convey gases ar liquids other than water
ar aqueous solutions shall be tested with air.
Rev. 12/12 SECTIc�N 11

11.Q4
� . i
{c) Gravity drainage systems steal! be tested by filling the system with water
to the highest point ar overflow or by subjecting the system to an
equivalent pressure; all joints and fittings shall then be checked for leaks.
other systems steal[ be tested by subjecting the piping to 5d% in excess
of the minimum pressure to which the piping will ordinarily be subjected,
but in no case lower than 50 psi for systems employing cast iron pipe;
however, no system shall be subjected to a pressure greater than 50°fo in
excess of the design working pressure of the pipe and/or fittings.
Regulators ar other devices which could be damaged by the test shall be
isolated or removed from the system during the test.
CC?IIAPL.ETtQtd ©f✓ CQNTRACi`
11A4.1 PRt}TC=CTtq� OF �tCORK
The Contractor shall protect all inside Process Piping equipment and materials
from damage at all times during construction and until the final acceptance by
the droner of the completed Project. Pipe openings shall be closed with plugs
or caps during installation. Equipment shall be properly covered and protected
against dirt, water, chemicals, ar mechanical Injury at all times. Prior to final
acceptance of the Project, all piping and equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned
and delivered to the tDwner in perfeat condition,
'i 1.tiA�.2 'rC1ETtF1CAiIC3N 4E VALVES
{a) Each shut-off ar control valve installed in inside processing piping
systems, except those at equipment, shall be provided with a 1-1/2 inch
minimum. diameter heavy brass tag.. Each fag shall bear the identifying
number of the valve and, when so indicated in the Project Specifications
andlor an the Contract Drawings, an identifying letter symbol of the service
line. -
(b) The tags shaft be attached to the valve by split -key rings soldered sa that
ring and tag cannot bs removed. The numbers and letters shall be of
block type, with 1/2 inch high numbers and 1I4 inch high letters stamped
thereon and filled with black enamel.
11.Q4.3 IpENTI�'(GAi`I�N (�[= P1P[w LIN1=S
Each inside process pipe line- which Is installed in an unfinished roam, furred
ceiling, bailer room, equipment roam, ar basement shall be provided with
identifying letter symbols stencilled on the [ins. Symbols. shall be provided at
maximum intervals of 25 felt and shall b stencilled after the pipes have been
insulated andlor painted as specified. Stencil color shall be black unless
background color is dark, in which. sass sfencil color shall be white. Identifying
letters shall be at least 2 inches high for pipe CD's {including insulation) 4
inches and larger, 1 inch high far pipe aD's from 2 inches to 4 inches, and 1/2
inch high far pipe QD's smaller than 2 inches, In addition to the Identifying
letters, Bach symbol location shall be provided with a stencilled arrow indicating
direction andlor directions of flaw, identifying symbols shall be as indicated in
the Project Specifications andlor on the Contract Drawings.
11.tt4.4 VALVE DlRECTOR[ES
The Contractor shall furnish and install approved schematic pipe diagrams and
valve directories for each inside process piping system. Each schematic pipe
Rsv. 12C12 SECTION 11

Page 27
diagram shall be single line showing the relative position of valves, valve
numbers and direct of flow. Each directory shall show each valve number and
the location of each valve. Each diagram and directory shall be on an approved
material and framed in a glazed frame with screw eyes and wires for hanging
and shall be located as directed by the Engineer.
11.04.5 STERILI�ATIC}P� CIF PQfTABL.E WATER SYSI'EI�S
{a) Aii piping connected to and forming a part of a potable water system shall
be as sterilized in a manner acceptable to the- Engineer, The method
described as fellows; or other method acceptable to the NC Department
of Environment, Health and Natural Resources, Division of Environmental
Health, Public Water Supply Section ar others having jurisdiction and the
Engineer, shaft be used.
{b} After the pressure test and before sterilization, each potable piping
system shall be flushed until the water runs clear, Each valved section of
the newly installed piping system shalt be flushed separately with potable
water from the public supply.
{c} Disinfect the piping system with chlorine applied by the introduction of a
hypochlorite solution. Calcium hypochlorife in commercial grades
contains about 65°!° to 70°!0 of free chlorine. Hypochlorite powder shah
first be made into a paste and then thinned to about a 1°!° chlorine
solution. This will require about 7.50 gallons of water to each pound of
powder. Solutions shall be prepared in an approved container for
chlorine solutions and the solids permitted to settle out. The clear
supernatant shall be applied to the main through a rubber hose by
gravity, syphanage, injection or by suitable pump feeder.
{d) The point of application of the chlorinating agent shaft be at the beginning
of the piping system ar any valved sections thereof, and through a
corporation cock inserted in the top of the newly installed pipe. Water
from the existing distribution system shall be controlled so as to flow
slowly into the newly installed pipe that the chlorine dose applied to the
new pipe shall produce at least 100 ppm after 24 hours standing, Valves
shaft be manipulated so that the Strang chlorine solution in the pipe being
treated will net flow back into the line supplying the water,
{e} Permit the treated water to remain in the pipe being treated for at least 24
hours, fallowing- which period of time the line shalt be thoroughly flushed
until elf of the heavily chlorinated water is removed. The Contractor may
release chlorinated water andlar flush water only in the manner, location
and rate as approved by the Engineer, Such approua( shall be on a site
by -site basis. If, far any reason, a shorter retention period must_ be used,
the chlorine concentration shall be increased accordingly,
{f) Called bacteriological water samples from the end most outlet of the
treated piping system Through two successive days. [f, at the end of this
period the samples Shaw safe results, the new piping system may be
placed in service. If, however, the results are unsafe, the chlorine
treatment shall be repeated urttfl all samples show safe results.
Bacteriological analysis samples must be picked up by the Contractor
and run by estate -approved laboratory, employed and paid by the
Contractor, with the cost of such tests merged in the price bid an contract
items,
Rev. 12112 SECTION 11

� 2.0� GENERAL
12A1,1
12,t11.2
'i2,4't.3
Page 1
SCOPE OP Wt�RK
{a) All (abar, materials, equipment, tools, and services required for the
famishing anal installation of miscellaneous metalwork required under this
Contract. shall be furnished and installed in compliance. with the following
General Specifications, the Project Specification and the Contract
Ctrawings.
{b) This General Specification designated as Section 12.0, Miscellaneous
Metalwork, covers the description of materials generally utilized in
miscellaneous metalwork installations and the installatian of such
materials. The Project Specifications and the contract Drawings
designate the specific work, the materials, and the details on the
furnishing and the installation of all Miscel(anpous Metalwork. The
Inclusion of items of materia( or work within- this Specification does not
necessarily constitute their use on this Project.
SHOP DRAWINGS
{a) The attention of the Contractor is directed to the provisions in the General
Conditions of the Contract requiring the submission to the Engineer of
shag and setting drawings. Qn all miscellaneous metal work, such
submissian shall include shop drawings for all work fabricated off of the
constructian site and must conform to the exact description named in the
General or Praject Specification or in the Schedules on the Contract
Drawings.
{b) Shop and Seating Drawings and manufacturer's data for a(I material
included under this section shall show the kind of material, sizes of meta(,
method of assembly, hardware and anchorage or connection with other
work,
VERB=1CATi0N OF COiVTRACT DRAWINGS
{a) The Contract Drawings indicate the size and arrangement for
miscellaneous metal work. In the event it should become necessary to
change the. location of the work due to construction details, the
Contractor shall consult with the Engineer before making any such
changes.
{b) The Contractor shall consult with other Trades. in advance and shall make
all the necessary provisions for the installatian of their work.
Rev: �149 SECTION 12

Page 2
12.0't.� STANDARDS
Where materials and methods are indicated in the following Specifications as
being in canfarmanae with a standard specification, it shall refer in al( -asses
to the latest ed(t(on of the specification and shall include all interim revisions.
i,.isting of a standard specifiaatian without further reference indicates that the
partiaular material ar method shall conform with such listed specifiaation.
Where manufacturers} or trade -names appear, it is only to represent a
level of quality expected -and in no way is to be construed to preselect
the Contractor"s supplier or equipment. It sloes not restrict bidders to a
specific -grand, make, manufacturer or specific name. They are used
only to set forth and convey to bidders the g�enerat style, type,
character, and quality of product desired. Equivalent -products u+rill be
acceptable. All equipment steal( aanform to the latest revised applicable
aSHA Standard.
12.02 CQNSTRU�TI4N IVIATERIAL.S
12.£I2.1 GENERAL
(a} A!l materials and equipment shall be furnished by an established and
reputable manufacturer ar supplier. Ali materials and equipment shall be
new and shall be afi first class ingredients -and construction, designed and
guaranteed to perform the service required and shall canfarm with the
fallowing Spec(ficat(ans ar steal( be the product of the listed
manufacturer's or similar and equal thereto.
(b} Proper handling and storage techniques must be exercised with all
material to prevent the inclusion of foreign- materials or damage by water,
frost ar breakage. Perishable materials shah be placed an a platform
raised alear of the adjoining ground and protested from damage with a
weatherproof saver.
(a} The Contractor steal( verify conditions in the field, be responsible for
proper fitting together of his material and shall check al( measurements in
the field, as required far wank fabricated to fit job eond(tians.
{d} Before starling -work, the Contractor shall examine adjoining wank an
whiah his work is in any way dependent far perfect workmanship and fit.
Ai( aorrective work she(( be performed to the adjoining work as may be
necessary to produce work perfect in all respects.
(e} The Contractor shall make all necessary provisions for work included
herein to aacammadate work spec(fied under other Sections.
F2ev. 3/Q9 SECTION 12

Page 3
12.Q2.2 G®NSiEiUCT(QN MATERtAi,S ASTM
Lesi�nation
{a} Aluminum Castings -Anodized finish 82�, A(1oy G4A,
to match balance of aluminum mafierials Gondifiion F
(b} Aluminum Bars, Rods, Shapes 1�221 or 8308
{c) Aluminum Sheets, Plates
Miii Finish 8209, Alloy 1100
Anodized Finish B209, Alloy 30Q3
(d} Aluminum Tubing- 8210
{e} Bronze Cos#ings - Golor to match other
architec#oral bronze 8147
(f} Bronze Bolts, Nuts, Screws B16
{g} Bronze Rods, Bars, Shapes 8124
(h} Bronze Sheets, Plates B36
(i} Bronze Tubing 81�5
{j} Bronze Pipe B43
{k} Gopper Sheets B1.52, Hard Temper
(I} Last Iron A48
{m} Malleable Iron, White fully annealed A47
{n) Sheet Iron � A1Q9
{a} Stainless Steel Sheets A167, Type 302B
Exposed Sheets No. 4 Finish
Normally invisible sheets for protection
agains#weather and corrosion No. 1 Finish
(p} Stainless Giad Steel with A264
20% Gladding No. 4 Finish
(q) Steel Pipe A120
{r) Structural5teel A36
{s) Structural Steel Tubing ASTM A�01
Seamless, Hat Farmed
(t) Steel Pipe A53
{u} Cast Stec[ A27
(v) Genuine Wrought Iron Rods, Bars A207
(w) Genuine Wrought Iron Plates A42
(x} Genuine Wraugtrt Iron Sheets A162
{y} Genuine Wrought Iron Pipe A72
{z} Zinc Gaating A123
(aa} Gancrete Inserts:
Threaded or wedge type, galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron ASTM
A47 ar cast steel ASTM A27. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required, hat -
dip galvanized, ASTM A153.
{ab} MASONRY ANCHORAGE pEVIGEB
Expansion Shields, FS FF-S-325
(ac} TOGGL.E BOl.TB
Tumble -wing type, FS FF-13-588, class and style as required.
Rev. 3/09 SECTION 92

{adj
'� 2.02.3
Page 4
FASTENERS
1. GENERAL
Provide zinc -coated fasteners for exterior use ar where built into exterior
wafts. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required.
2. Bt�LTS ANCt Nt1TS
Regular hexagon head type, AST�i A337, Grade A
3. LAG BOLTS
Square head type, FS FF-B-�61
4. I�IACHINE SCREWS
Cadmium plated steel, FS FF-S-Q92
5. WOOt7 SCREWS
Flat -heart oarban steel, FS FF-S-111
6, PLAIN WASHERS
Round, carbon steel, FS FF-W-92
7, LEJCK WASHERS
Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF-W-84
8. SELF C7RILLING ANCHORS
"Red Head" as manufactured by Phillips Drill Company, Ine., Hilti
Fastening Systems, Rarnset, or equal.
FABR1CATtt}N
{a) GEt�I~RAL
{1} Fabricated metal work shall be well formed to shape and size,
with sharp lines and angles. Shearing and punching operation
shall leave clean, true lines and surfaces. All permanent
connections shall be welded ar riveted. Assembling by the use
of bolts ar screws shall be avoided when possible, but if used,
bolts and screws- shall be screwed up tight with. the threads
nicked to prevent loosening. All cur�red work shall be evenly
sprung.
(2) Castings shall be sauncfi and free from warp, hales or other
defects that impair their strength ar appearance. Exposed
surfaces -shall have a smooth finish and sharp, well defined
lines and arises. Machine joints, where required, shall be
milled fo a close fit. Necessary rabbets, fogs and brackets
shall be provided so that work can be assembled fi a neat and
substantial manner,
Rev. 3/09
SECTIQN 12

,.
i
Page 5
(3} A(I fastenings shall be concealed where practicable, or if
impractical other methods of fastening shall be submitted to
the Engineer for approval. The thickness ofi metal and details
of assembly and supports shall give ample strength and
stiffness. Joints which will be exposed to the weather when
erected shall be farmed to exclude water. Holes and
connections for the work of other trades shall be provided.
(4} Structural steel fabrication of miscellaneous metalwork items
shall aanform with the AISC "Specification For The Design,
Fabrication and Erection ofi Structural Steel Far Buildings
(Riveted, Bolted and Arc -Welded}." Al[ steel work which is to
be galvanized shall be fabricated in accordance with AST M
A143, A384 and A385.
(5} All welding shall be in accordance with the "Standard Cade for
Arc and Gas Welding in Building Gonstructian" of the American
Welding Society. Welding shall be continuous along entire
area of contact, except where tack welding is permitted. Tack
welding will not be permitted- an exposed surfaces. AU
exposed welds shall be ground smaath and brushed clean.
(�} :Supplementary parts necessary to complete each item, though
such work is not defiintely shown or specified, shall be
included. All miscellaneous metalwork where not si�own in
detail on the Contract Drawings shall be designed by the
Fabricator- in accordance with gaud accepted standard
practice.
(7} Use material of size and thickness shown or, if not shown, of
required size and thickness to produce strength and durability
in finished product. Work to dimensions Shawn ar accepted on
shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support.
Use type of materials shown ar specified for various
components of work.
{8} Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles
and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges
to a radius of approximately 1132" unless otherwise shown.
Farm bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without
causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
{9} Weld- corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS
recommendations. Grind exposed welds smaath and flush, to
match and blend with adjoining surfaces.
{10} Form exposed connections with hairl'sne joints, flush and
smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever passible. Use
exposed fasteners of type shown, or if not shown, Phillips flat-
head {countersunk} screws ar bolts.
Rev. 3109 SECTION 92

Page 6
{11} Provide far anchorage of type shown, coordinated with
supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring deuices
as shaven and as required to provide adequate support far
intended _use.
{12} Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as
required to receive finish hardware and similar items.
{13} Use hot -raised steel bars far work fabricated from bar stook
unless shown or specified to be fabricated from cold -finished or
cold raised stock.
{b} ST�ihLE�S STEAL i�t€5RK
{1} only the- proper type of stainless steel electrodes or welding
rods -shad be used. All welded joints shall be ground and
polished and made imperceptible. Welds shall be of such
Character as to eliminate injury to stainless steel parts in
appearance, strength and resistance to corrosion.
{2} Ali scratches, marks, pits -and other blemishes an exposed
surfaces incurred during fabrication of the material shad be
removed- by grinding and polishing until the entire surface
possesses the same finish as the adjacent work.
{c} ALUNIINtJM WOi�K
Type and procedure far welding of aluminum shall be as established
and recommended by the producer of the castings, sheets, bars,
rods, shapes, eta., to be used in the finished metal work, All welded
joints shalt be ground and polished and made imperceptible.
{d} 13R©i�ZE Wt3RK
Qnly the proper type of bronze electrodes or bracing rods shall be
used. All welded joints shalt- be ground and polished and made
imperceptible,
{e} C(1PPEF: VIFQRK
AI( copper work shall be fabricated of the weight indicated an the
Contract Drawings, with concealed welds and fastenings, The
assembled work shall be polished after fabrication.
Rev. 3l49 SECTION-12

Page 7
{f) GALVANIZED STEEL WORK
{1) Provide zinc coating far thaw items shown ar specified to be
galvanized as follows:
{a) ASTM A 183 far galvanizing iron and -steel hardware.
{b} ASTM A 123 for galvanizing railed, pressed forged steel
shapes, plates, bar and strip 118" thick and heavier.
{c) ASTM A 386 far galvanizing assembled steel products.
{2} GALVANIZING REPAIR PAWT
High zinc dust content paint far re -galvanizing welds in galvanized
steel„ complying wifih military Specifications MIL-P-21Q35 {Ships).
{g) SAFE'T'Y TREAD NOSINGS
Safety tread nosings shall have an abrasive surface far treads and
the dawn side of landings and platforms of poured in place concrete
stairs shal{ have safety tread. The nosings far concrete stairs and
steps shall be 8 inches shorter than the treads to which they are to be
applied and designed so that after installation the tap surface will be
flush with the top surface of treads and platforms and fastened
thereto with countersunk brass baits ar screws to the anchors set in
Concrete.
{h} PIPE TRENGFI COVERS AND FLAMES
Pipe trench covers and frames shall consist of 3"` x 2" x 114 inch steel
Angie frames with 1" x 1/4 inch steel anchors spaced approximately
18 inches on center an all sides for embedding in concrete.
Continuous stops shall be welded to the sides of the frames. Covers
shall be fabricated of 114" minimum steel plate set loose in sections
of not over four {4) feet long with stiffener angles as required. The
lap of the plate and frame shall finish flush with the finished float.
{i} PIPE RAILINGS
{3} GE�[ERAL
{a) Railings shall be fabricated to fhe details indicated an_ the
Contract Drawings, using flush type fittings with joints welded
and the welds ground smooth. Handrails to be secured to
walls shall be furnished with cast iran brackets to be spaced
ten {1t)) inahes from the ends, and nat over five {5) feet
apart. The exposed ends of these handrails shall be fitted
with screw ping finials.
Rev. 31U9 SECTION 12

{b} Fabricate pipe railings to dimensions and details shown, with
smooth bends and welded joints ground smooth and flush.
Vvhere details are not shown, use 1-1I2" steel pipe with top
of top rail 42" above floor, or 32" above stair treads
measured vertically at the stair riser line.
(c} Adjust railings prior to anchoring to ensure matching
alignment at butting joints. Space posts not more than 8' on
centers, unless otherwise shown. Plumb posts in each
direction. Secure posts and rail ends to building construction
as follows:
(1} Anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves set
and anchored into canarete. Provide sleeves of
galvanized, standard weight, steel pipe, not Tess than 6"
long, and hawing an inside diameter not Less than 112"
greater than outside diameter of posts, A square
galvanized base plate shall be secured to bottom of
sleeve and of width and length not less than 1" greater
than outside diameter of sleeve, After posts have been
inserted into sleeves, fiill annular space between post and
sleeve solid with molten lead or a quick�setting hydraulic
cement. Dover anchorage joint with a round steel flange
welded to post.
(2} Anchor posts to steel with steel oval flangest angle type
on floor type as required by conditions, welded to posts
and bolted to steel supporting f�nembers.
(3} Anchor rail ends into steel with steel oval or Yound
flanges welded to rail ends and batted to structural steel
members.
{d} Secure handrails to walls by means of wall brackets, and wall
return fitting at handrail ends. Provide brackets with not less
than 1 '/x" clear space between finish wall surface and pipe
handrail, and with wall plate portion of bracket drilled to
receive one 3{8" bolt. Locate brackets not more than 60" a.a.
Provide flush type wall return fittings with same projection as
that specified far wall brackets. Secure wall brackets and
wall return fttings to building eonstructian as foNaws:
(1} Far concrete and solid masonry anchorage use bolt
anchor expansion shields and lag bolts.
(2} For hollow masonry and stud partition anchorage, use
toggle bolts having square heads,
{e} All steel pipe handrail shah be G90 galvanized in accordance
with ASTM A525 when installed on exterior areas and areas
with high moisture content atmospheres.
Rev. 310�J SEGTfON 12

r��- •
{2} STEEL
Pipe railings shall be RSTM A53 of sizes spawn on Gantract
Drawings and shall be made of standard weight 1-1/2"
galvanized schedule 40 steel pipe, 2 rails, 42" height with
1/8" x 4" toe plates and -with standards not over 5' an centers.
Fit�ngs steal( be railing type or pipe may have welded joints.
All welds shall be ground and polished smooth after
fabrication. Wrought Iran- pipe sleeves of proper size and
arrangement shall be built in and the standard be provided
with suitable male connection to slide and lock therein and
stand rigid. Provide suitable waH stringer and floor flanges
andtor floor sleeves. All welded railings shall be hat dip
galvanized after fabrication. Railing expansion faints shall
coincide with building ar structure expansion joints.
(3} ALUIUIINUM
The work Includes furnisrdng and installing aluminum pipe
railings at the lacaticns shaven do the Gantract Drawings.
The railings shall be constructed using 1-112" I.P.S. Schedule
�10 aluminum pipe weighing g.94 pounds per foot with
standards at 5' centers maximum. The railirgs spa(( be 2-rail
type, 42" high, and- shall be aonstructed using 1/8" x 4"
aluminum tae plates. Floor plates, fascia plates, fascia
mounts and escutcheon plates shall be used as indicated an
the Gantract Drawings or as required. Welds steal( be
completely dressed and blended to pipe. Railing expansion
faints shall coincide with building ar structure expansion
joints.
(4} QRNAMENTAL RAMLINGS
{a} C7mamen#al railings steal( be fabr(cated from mild steel
{or of other metals as designated} bars and shapes to
the size and deta(ls indicated an the Gantract Drawings,
Uprights located in concrete steal( be set ir, sleeves
approx(mately 6 inches long and caulked tight in molten
lead or hat sulphur. Uprights in stone shall be set in
drilled holes and aau(ked tight with molten lead or hot
sulphur. Rai( ends spa(( be secured into drilled holes (n
masonry and stone and caulked with lead -wool.
{b} The tap of the rail for brass, aluminum or wood handrails
steal( be drilCed and counter -sunk every ten- {1g) inches
for fastening handrail with screws from the underside.
Unless otherwise detailed or Hated an the Contract
Drawings wall .brackets shai( be used far handrails and
shall be of stone design malleable cast iron spaced ten
{1©} inches from the ends, and not over five {�) feet
apart, and shall be furnished with toggle ar expansion
bolts for fastening to wall.
Rev. 3/Q9 SECTION 12

Page 1 g
{j) METAL LA(3DERS
{�) Veriieal metal udders shah be fabricated of mild steel, aluminum ar
of genuine wrought iron to the size and details as indicated an the
Contract Drawings. Ladders and brackets to be exposed to
weather ar moisture steal( be fabricated of genuine wraught iran.
(2) Ship ladders -(sloping ladders) shall be of the open type, fabricated
of structural steel- channels ar steel- plafie stringers, having pipe
handrails and steel grading treads. Treads shall have a toe -piece
at the back anewthird of the height of the riser. Stairs steal[ be
fabricated to be anchored to the floor and top with approved
fastenings.
(k) METAL LADDERS WIT1: SAFETY CAGE
Metal ladders with safety cages sha[I be galvanized finish with not less
than 1,8 oz. of zinc per square foot, according to ASTM A123. All new
and existing ladders steal[ be fitted with safety cages to comply with
OSHA Standards. Safety cages shall envelope the ladder width and 2'-
7" deep, All sections sha[l be welded. Parapet rails ar rail extensions
shall be as Shawn an the Contract Drawings. Rails shall be same
section in size and strength as lad -der rails, The tap harizanta[ bar of
the safety cage shalt extend around ladder anti terminate at top of
deck.
{l) SPIRAL METAL STAIRS
Spiral stairs shall be of the diameter shown on the Con#rant Drawings
and designed far a circular stairwell and canti[evered tread
construction.. Stairs shall be provided with mild steel railing, balusters
and newel. One baluster steal( be provided to each step and with the
railings extending around the stairwell. The center pipe shall be 8
inches in diameter with cast iran terminats and base and non -slip oast
iran cantilevered. treads.
{m) METAL STAIRS
(1) Meta( stairs snail be fabricated of all aluminum materials ar of steel
as indicated an the Cantraat Drawing. Railing and accessories
shall be constructed of the materials indicated an the Contract
Drawings. The weights of a(( aluminum members shall be
sufficient to sustain loads without objectionable deflection.
(2) All stairs and platforms shall be designed to sustain 900 pounds
per square foot far a vertical projected -load unless otherwise Hated
in the Project Specifications ar detailed on the Contract Drawings,
Rev. 3/09 SECTION 12

Page 11
(3} Stair stringers snail be fabricated either of channels, flat plates or
formed plates, bent ar railed to necessary size and shape. The
tread and riser brackets shall be 1-1t4 x 1-114 x 1/8 inch angle,
welded or riveted to the stringers, The headers constructed of
channels shall be bated or welded to the stringers. The sub -treads
and risers shall be farmed of not less than a No. 14 gauge steel;
intermediate platforms shall be farmed of IVa. 12 minimum gauge
steel and reinforced vYith angle or tee stiffeners. The fascia plate
cavern shall be fabricated of 14 minimum gauge steel ar as
indicated on the Contract Drawings.
{4) Unless otherwise indicated an the Contract Drawings the su�-
treads and platforms for stairs without grating treads shad be
formed with a bent ngsing and the botton-r of the riser shall have a
bent key to receive the poured in place cement ar terrazzo treads
and safety nosings. An allowance for a finro {2} inch fill on treads
and three {3} inch fill an intermediate platforms shall be made.
(5} Newels and drops shall be formed to the design indicated an the
Contracfi Drawings, fabricated of 14 gauge tubing with permanently
secured cast iron caps and drops. Balusters shall be formed of the
size and shape indicated on the Contract Drawings, fabricated of
handrails thereto. Brackets far the wall handrails shall be provided
to permit insta(latian with brackets located one (1 } foot from each
end and each corner and five {5} feet on centers,
(6) AO anchors, bolts, angles, hangers, supports and other accessories
needed for the complete assembly and installation snail be
supplied. Stair members shall be either riveted or welded except
that bolting may be used. for field assembly where riveting or
welding cannot be used. All bolting shall have ooncealed or flush
heads.
(7} Provide brackets and bearing surfaces as detailed and as required
fo anchor and contain the stairs an the supporting structure.
{8) Handrails shall be as specified with connections welded and joints
ground smooth. Provide with terminal caps and wall flanges where
required. Mechanically jointed railing systems maybe used if
approved by the Engineers, Instal{ railings using sleeves, flanges,
etc., as detailed and anchor with Cead.
(9} install wall flanges, post flanges, wall brackets, terminal caps, etc.,
as required far complete stair installation.
{1U} Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in
concrete ar built into masonry far the installation of the stair
systems work. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions
and directions for installation of anchorage devices, Coordinate
delivery with other work to avoid delay,
Rev. 31p9 SECTION 12

Page 12
{n) STAIR FRAnIIING
(1} Fabricate stringers of structural channels, or plates, or a
combination thereof, as shown. Provide closures for exposed ends
of strings.
{2) Construct platforms of structural channel headers and
miscellaneous framing members, as shown. Bolt headers to
stringers and newels. $olt fram'sng members to strings and
headers.
{o) GRl�ll'ING
{1) All gratings shah be fabricated of aluminum or as indicated on the
Contract Drawings and designed fora 10G pound per square foot
minimum live loading, where specific details are not supplied. Ail
intermediate structural members required shad confarm to the
loading, unless noted otherwise.
AEI intermediate structural members required shall conform to the
loading requirements and must be provided by the Contractor.
{2) Frames steal{ be constructed of aluminum angles, channels, bars or
other aluminum members shown an the Contract Drawings.
Gratings shall be high -strength, heavy duty, lightweight type and be
designed with a minimum 1,3I4" ]-bar depth with loads not
exceeding those permitted by Federal Specification RRG661C.
Tread surface shall be extruded and continuous with the top of the
]-bar section. `ihe side of the gratings shall be an 1-bar. All four
outside edges of each separate section of grating shall be banded
prior to installation. Any edges banded in the field shall be to the
satisfaction of the Engineers. All gratings shall be aluminum 6Q63
Standard and as manufactured by Borden Grating, IKG Industries,
Gary Grating, or equal.
{3) Grating shah be detailed to place top flush with the surrounding
walking surface, areaway gratings shelf be detailed to plane top
flush with the top of the concrete surface. Grating for floors and
walkways shaft be provided with an angle iron frame for anchoring
to the concrete with a welded bar anchorage placed at 3 foot
centers. At least 1-31�" of bearing surface shall be provided on the
angle iron frame.
{4) Gratings in public sidewalks shall have the inner frame hinged to
the outer frame with genuine wrought iron butts having brass pins
and. a lack requiring special tools. �'he outer frame shall be
detailed far bolting to the concrete.
{5) Steel grating shall be galvanized after fabrication.
Rev. 3109 SEGTIC}N 12

Page 13
(p} HANDRAIL CHAIN
When indicated on the Contract Drawings, two-line handrail chain shall
be supplied to substitute far pipe handrail. Chain shall be anchored to
a past at one end and connected to past ring at the other end with a
snap hook. Chain and al! accessories shall be fabricated of galvanized
steel unless otherwise noted an the Contract Drawings with welded link
construction with link metal 3t1� inch in diameter.
(q} ALUM{NUM MANHOLE FRAMES AND CC)VERS
Furnish and install all aluminum manhole frames and savers spawn an
the Contract Drawings, Frames shall- be constructed- of aluminum
angles, channels, bars or other aluminum members spawn. in details.
All members shall be welded. Govers shall be checkered aluminum
plates ar bar gratings as indicated on the Contract Drawings and shall
be fitted with hinges and flush handles for opening. Frames and covers
shall be designed to suppori a uniform load of nak less than 2Dt�
pounds per square foot, without excessive deflection. Covers aver
flumes or reservoirs shall be fitted with a minimum 6" screened vent.
Aluminum manhole frames and covers shall be as manufactured by
Bilco Co., Waco, Haladay or equal.
(r} STEEL MANHQLE FRAMES AND C©TIERS
Furnish and install all steel manhole frames and covers shown on the
Contract Drawings. Frames shall be constructed of steel angles,
channels, bars or other steel members shown in details. All members
shall be welded. Covers shall be checkered steel plates, or bar
gratings, as indicated on the Contract Drawings and shag be fitted with
hinges and flush handles far opening.. Frames and covers shall be
designed to support a uniform load of not less than 200 pounds per
square foot, without excessive deflection. Covers over flumes or
reservoir shall be fitted with a minimum 6" screened vent. After
fabrication, steel frames and covers shall be sand blasted smooth,
cleaned and be hot dip galvanized. Steel manhole frames and covers
shall be as manufactured by Bilca Co., Waco Ca., Haladay ar equal.
(s} RC?4F CURSS
Roof curbs shall be provided for all roof penetrations requiring curbs
including architecture}, process, mechanical and electrical work (except
skylights} as required. Curbs shall be of 18 gauge galvanized steel
construction with continuous welded corner seams, factory installed
wood Hailers and 3 Ib. density rigid fiberglass board insulation minimum
of 9" in height and shall be as manufactured by Pate -Mfg. Company,
Broadview, Illinois, Thybar Corp,, Addison, Dayton or approved equal.
Woad nailer shall be chemically treated to resist rot and insect
infestation.
The type of curb required shall give the appearance of, or include a well
finer, with deck closure strips furnished.
It shall be the responsibility of the curb manufacturer to coordinate the
curb sizes with the equipment being placed aver the roof openings.
Rev. 3/Q9 SECTION 12

{t}
Page 14
Jt6 Ci�ANE
(�1} REQU{REMENTS
The Contractor shall be responsibie for furnishing details which are
required, but not necessarily shown on the he Contract Drawings, for
the adequate and proper installation of the jib crane as required by the
Engineers. Cranes and hoists snail be as manufactured by Gorbel,
Bushman Equipment, Inc., Spanco, Inc., Abel Howe, or equal.
(2} HOiST
{a} All apparatus covered by this Specification shall be constructed
in a thorough and workmanlike manner. Due regard shall be
given in design far safety of operation and durability of parts.
The design of all units shall embody the genera! characteristics
as specified herein,
{b} At( parts requiring periodic adjustment or replacement shall be
readily accessible and the maintenance shaii require only
standard foals.
{3) FACTOR OF SAFETY
All load carrying parts shall be constructed so that the static stress
under full load conditions will not exceed 20% of the ultimate strength
of the material used. The gears shall be designed for strength and
wear in accordance with ALMA practice.
(4} H4iST FRAfVIE
The hoist frame shall be made of steel members and all load
supporting hoist parts subjected to tension shelf be of steel. The joist
frame shaii be a ductile shock resistant unit and shall give adequate
protection to the cable.
(�} Nt�tSTIiVG CABLE
The wire rope shall be constructed of stainless steel. The cabie shall
be equipped with swaged -on cable fittings for attachment to the hoist.
The attachment of the cable to the hoist frame shall be accessible and
shaii permit convenient replacement of the cable. The wire rope shall
be adequately and internally lubricated. The cable length shall be not
less than 3d'.
(6} TR{3LLY & FiQiST
{a} faEQiJIREME�TS
The Contractor shall furnish and install manual trolly and hoist
as shown on the Contract Drawings< The Contractor shall be
responsible for furnishing details which are required, but not
necessarily shown on the Contract Drawings, for the adequate
and proper installation of the hoist as required by the
Engineers. Troily and hoist shall be as manufactured by
Rev. 3/08 SECTION 12

Wright Hoist Division of American Chain and Cable, Inc.,
Philadelphia Hoist Division Company; ACl Hoist and Crane ar
an equal.
(b} HQiST
{1 } All apparatus severed by this Specifications shall be
constructed in a thorough and workmanlike manner.
Due regard shall be -given in design for safety of
opera#ion and durability- of parts. The design of all
units shall embody the general characteristics as
specified herein.
{2} All parts requiring periadic adjustment or replacement
shall be readily accessible and the maintenance shall
require only standard taols.
{c} FACTOR ©F SAi=1='TY
All load carrying parts shall be constructed so that the static
stress under full load conditions will not exceed 20°l0 of the
ultimate strength of the material used, The gears steal} be
designed for strength and wear in accordance with ALMA
practiae.
(u} WHEEi� GUARDS
Unless otherwise indicated the wheel guards shall be cast iron.
{v} PtPE TRENCH COVERS AND FRAMES
Pipe trench savers and frames shall consist of 3'" x 2" x 1i4"-steal angle
frames with 1" x 1l4" steel anchors spaced approximately 18 inches on
center an ail sides for embedding in concrete. Continuous stops sha(1
be welded to the sides of the frame. Lavers shall be fabricated of 1!4"
steel plate set base in sections of net over 4 feet fang with stiffener
angles as required. The tap of the plate and frame steal[ finish flush
with the finished floor.
{w) E�PANSlON JOINT LOVER PLATES
Cover plates for floors, walls and ceilings shall be of cast Iran ar 14
gauge steel. Plates far floors shall be made of brass and have a
smooth finish on the tap surFace. Cover plates shall be furnished with
flat -head countersunk tap screws and expansion sleeves arranged in
such a manner as to permit expansion ar contraction after installation,
{x} TUi3ULAR METAL FRAMES
Tubular metal frames for doors and windows shall be fabricated as
indicated by these Specifications or on the Contract Drawings and shall
be reinforced far elf hardware.
Rev. 3l09 SEGTION 12

Page 16
(Y) CLEAN -OUT DOORS
Clean -out doors shall be fabricated of cast iron of the size indicated an
the Contract Drawings, with a flange type frame. Each frame shall
have at least four masonry anchors and each door shall have iwa
heavy pin hinges, a latch and hook.
{z} CC}RNER GUARDS
(1} Corner guards indicated on doorjambs and other external earners
in concrete and masonry shall be constructed of bent steel plate,
1l4 inch thick, ar steel angles 8 x 6 x 1i4 inches thick and
extended to a height of six feet an the jambs. The carnet guards
shalt be secured to the masonry with anchors welded to the back
and spaced 2 feet apart.
(aa} ALUMINUiVI CC?FINGS
Aluminum copings where indicated on the Contract Drawings shall be
similar to standard Alcoa extruded shapes of the size required. The
copings shall be farmed true to radii, with all required anchors, miters,
caps and expansion devices.
(ab} ALUMINUM SILLS
Aluminum exterior sills far ether than window openings where indicated
on the Contract Drawings shall be Standard Reynolds sills with
provisions for expansion.
{aa} ORNAMENTAL GRILLS
Qrnamental grills shall be of a pattern to be selected by the
EngineerlOwner. Unless otherwise indicated these grills shall be
fabricated of aluminum and shall be given an anodized finish.
(ad} ©RNAMENTAL METAL LETTERS AND SIGNS
Qrnamental metal and porcelain on steel signs and letters shall be
constructed in accordance with the best practices of the trade.
Concealed stainless steel fastenings shall be furnished to attach signs
and letters to masonry. Qmamental metals shall have a No. 4 finish,
aluminum work shall be anodized.
(ae} METAL WINDQ'Vlr STa4L5
Metal window steals where indicated an the Contract Drawings shall be
Milcar metal steals of the style shown.
(af) PRC7TECTIVE FINISHES FOR EXPt75ED ALUMINUM F'IF�°E
(1} All type 204-R1 pipe shall receive a satin finish as specified
herein.
Rev, 8/09 SECTION 12

Page 1?
{2) All pipe shad be given a brushed textured finish in accordance
with the Aluminum Association Designation ASTM-35. Ndelds
shall be completely dressed and blended to pipe.
(3) All aluminum shalt be then anodized in accordance with the
Aluminum Association Designation AA-C22-A31 (minimum
coating thickness of 0.4 mil}.
{ag) LOOSE BEARING PLATES
Provide loose bearing plates for steel items bearing on masonry or
concrete construction, made flat; free from warps or twists, and of
required thickness and bearing area. Drill plates to receive anchor
bolts and for grouting as required. Galvanize after fabrication.
{ah) DOSE STEEL L[NTELS
{1} Provide loose structural steel shape Lintels for openings and
recesses in masonry wails and partitions as shown. Vtield
adjoining members together to form a single unit. Provide not less
than 8" bearing at each side of openings, unless otherwise shown.
{2} Install steel lintels of angle or other shapes, light steel framing not
included in "Structural Steel" Section, but required to support
openings 18" wide or wider in brick, concrete black, other masonry
walls, partitions, radiators, ventilating ducts, registers, access
doors to pipes and valves, indicated or required by mechanical
trades.
{�} Lintels: Minimum 16" longer than opening width, of sizes,
number, setting arrangement, as required to provide proper
support.
(4) Provide lintels, frames, where required at duct openings in walls.
Examine drawings far Heating and Ventilating for extent of
framing required.
{ai} iV4fSGE.LLANE©US FRAMING ANf3 SUP?OATS
(1) Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports which are not a
part of structural steel framework, as required to complete work.
(2) Fabricake miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes, and profiles
shown or, if not shown, of required dimensions to receive adjacent
other work to be retained by framing. Except as otherwise shown,
fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel. bars, of
welded construction using mitered joints for field connection. Cut,
drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items.
(�) Equip units with integrally welded anchor straps for casting into
poured concrete or building into masonry wherever required.
Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed.
Except as otherwise shown, space anchors 24" o.c. and provide
minimum anchor units of 1-1l4" x 1t4" x 8" steel straps.
F2ev. 3lQ9
SECTION 12

Page 18
{aj} MlSG�LLANEOUS STEEEr TRIM
Provide shapes and sizes as required for profiles spawn. Except as
otherwise noted, fabricate units from structural steel shapes and plates
and steel bars, with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed
edges. Use concealed field splices wherever possible. Provide
cutouts, fittings and anchorages as required for coordination of
assembly and installation and other work.
{ak} INSPECT(©N
Installer must examine the areas and conditions under which
miscellaneous metal items are to be installed. Notify the Contractor in
writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of
the work. Da not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer.
Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and
directions far installation of anchorages, such. as concrete inserts,
anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which
are to be embedded in concrete ar masonry construction. Coordinate
delivery of such items to project site.
12A2.�i SHC3P Ci}ATlNGS
{a} Ferrous Metals -- Ali ferrous metal wank except stainless steel and that
specified to be galvanized shad be properly cleaned and shop primed in
accordance with Section 14.0, Painting.
{b} Galvanizing -- Surfaces where indicated in the Project or Genera!
Specifications or on the Contract Drawings shall be hot -dipped galvanized
after fabrication_
{c} Dissimilar Metals -- At those sections where dissimilar metals came into
contact, an alkali resistant bituminous paint shah be applied to the more
active metal. [n addition, where steel work contacts aluminum, two {2)
coats of aluminum or bituminous paint shall be applied over the shop coat.
(d} Anodizing -- Anodized treatment shall conform to the specifications of the
Aluminum Company of America or the Reynolds Metal Company in a
natural color unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings.
(1} Anodized treatment shah conform to the specifications of the
Aluminum Company of America as follows:
Exterior Ornamental Work Alumilite 204
Exterior Handrails Alumilite 215
Interior Ornamental Wark Alumilite 202
interior Handrails Alumilite 215
(2} All base metal shall have caustic etch R-1 finish.
{e} Stainless Stee►
Rev. 3/ti9 SECTION 12

i
4
Page 19
(�} After fabrication and finishing, stainless steel shall be cleaned fio
remove all oil, grease, finger marks ar other defacements, and then
passivated in a 2Q% nitric acid solution. Handling, cleaning and
finishing shall be performed in such a manner that any
defacements will be removed permanently.
(2} Curing transportation and erection, until the adjacent work of the
other trades is completed, stainless steel wank shalC be protected
with a strippable plastic coating to prevent scratching., splashing of
mortar ar paint, and other defacements.
{f} Capper and bronze -- Assembled copper and bronze work shall be
properly cleaned and given a chap coat of high quality clear finishing
lacquer.
'[�.03 CQNST&a3CTtCJN METHQDS
12,03,'. GENERAL
(a} Before starting work the Contractor shall examine adjoining work an which
work is in any way dependent for perfect workmanship and fit. Ali
corrective work shad be performed to the adjoining work as may be
necessary to produce work perfect in all respects.
(b} Work shah be erected square, plumb, straight and true, accurately fined,
and with tight joints and intersections. Riveted parts, where sa indicated,
shall be installed with countersunk heads or blind rivets, Wark shalt be
adequately reinforced and anchored in place.
{c} Exposed work shall be finished smooth with even, close joints and neat
CanneCtlanS.
12.03.2 INSTALLATION QN; MATERIALS
{a} The Contractor shall stare, handle and install materials with every
precaution to avoid damage and shall mainfain protection until final
acceptance of the building.
(b} All components shall be installed with pasts plumb and rails true-ta-line, at
designated Location{s} and in accordance with approved shop drawings.
Anchorage shall be rigid, with all mechanical fasteners drawn uptight, and
all sleeve -set posts installed with nonshrink grout.
(c} As late in the construction period as practical, the Contractor shall
thoroughly clean all components using mild soap and water arty other
methods recommended by the material manufacturer.
'f 2.i?3.3 SETTING LQC}SE BEARING PLATES
(a} Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond -reducing
materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean the bottom
surface of bearing plates.
{b} Set loose bearing plates an wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the
joists have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor baits, Do not
Rev. 3/09 SEG`flt'�N 92

remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut-off flush with the edge of
the bearing plate before packing with mortar.
{c) Pack bedding mortar solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to
ensure than no voids remain.
�2.03.4 PRQTEGTION flF W©Rtt
The Contractor sha[I protect all completed wank and construction materials at
all times during construction and until acceptance by the Qwner of the
completed project. Friar to final acceptance of the Project, all protection to
metal work shalt be removed and the metal work replaced, repaired and
refinished if necessary and delivered to the Qwner in perfect condition.
'1�.04 Cp1ViF'�NSATION
12,04.1 GENER/'1L
MisceNanaous Metalwork furnished and installed under Section 1"�.0 will not be
measured for separate payment. Cost of such work shall be merged- in the
prices bid on other contract items.
Rev, 3109 SI;CTIQN 'i 2

13.0 STRUCTURAL STEEP`
13.41 G�tri�I�AL
13.0'9.1 SCOPE QF 1NORK
{a) All labor, material, equipment, tools and services required far the furnishing ana
installation of structura! steel and appurtenances required on this Cantract-shalt be
furnished and installed in compliance with the following General Specification, with
the Project Specifications, and with the Cantract Drawings.
{b) This General Specification designated as Section 13.0 Structural Steel, covers the
description of materials generally utilized in structural steel construction and the
installation of such materials. The Project 5pecificatians and the Contract Drawings
designate the specific work, its locations and the construction methods to be used
an all Structural Steel installations under this Contraat.
'i3.01.2 SHdP DRAWIRiGS
{a} Attention is directed to the prauisians in the General Conditions of the Cantract
requiring submiss'ran to the Engineer of descriptive details and of chap and setting
drawings. On Structural 5tee( installations suah submission shall include the
fallowing, even though items proposed to be furnished conform to the exact
description stated in the General and Project Specifications far Section 13.
1 } Shop and setting drawings of all structural members.
2) Descriptive details of rivets, bolts and other items fabricated
off the site_
(b) The approval of shop and setting drawings by the Engineer will cover only a check
of size and arrangement of principal and auxiliary members and strength of
connections, The Contractor shall be responsible for ap dimensions Shawn on the
shop and setting drawings.
{c) Before the fabrication, erection or installation of any structural steel, the Contractor
shall submit shop drawings as required by General Conditions, showing exact
dimensions, sizes, and location of the work to be performed, for the Engineers'
approval, and shall not commence work until such approval is granted.
{d} Review by the Engineers shall not be construed as a waiver of construction
responsibilities unless the Contractor has requested a deviation from the Cantract
Documents in writing and the Engineers have granted such deviation in writing.
Fabrication ar delivery of materials prior to review of the chap and ereatian
drawings shall be entirely at the risk of the Contractor.
08/11 SECTION 13.D

Page 2
13.01.3 STANDI>RDS
Where materials and methods are indicated in the following Specifications as being in
conformance with a standard specification it shall refer in ail cases to the latest edition of
the specifiication and shall include aft interim revisions. Listing of a standard specificatian
without further reference indicates that the particular material or method shall conform
with such listed specificatian.
93.02 �i�NSTRII`GTION M�ITERIALS
'i3.t72.1 GENERAL
{a} Ali materials and fabricated items shah be famished by an established and reputable
manufacturer or supplier. All materials and fabricated items shall be new; shall be
of first class ingredients and construction; shall be guaranteed to perform the
serviae required and shall conform to the following specifications. Cited examples
are used only to denote the quality standard of product desired and does not
restrict bidders to a sped#ic brand, make, manufacturer ar specific name,
They are used only to set forth and convey to bidders the general style, type,
character, and quality of product desired. Equivalent products will be
acceptable,
1 �.Q2.2 11�ATERIALS
{a} Structural Steel
{b} Rivet Steel
{c} High Strength Boils
{d} Anchor Bolts
{e} Anchor Bolt Washers
{f} Furnish One Washer
and nut with each
anchor bolt or high
strength halt.
13.0�.3 SHOP GGATINGS
ASTM-A38
ASTM-A141
ASTM-A3�5 or A-490
Batts shall carry special markings
to permit ready identifiication and
shot! be 314" diameter unless
otherwise Hated.
ASTM-A307 Section 1 C
ANSI-827.2 Type A
Al[ structural steel shah be shop primed in accordance with Section 23.Q Finishes,
Contact surfaces connections which are to be field bolted with High Strength Steel Bolts
shailnot be painted.
13,02.4 TESTING
93,1}2.4,1 MATERFALS
{a} Attention is directed to the provision in the General Gonditians
of the Contract requiring the certification of the inspection and
testing of materials to be incorporated in the work installed
under this Contract. On materials supplied for structural steel
the fallowing listed items shall be performed and submitted to
the Engineer in duplicate:
(i8111 SECTION 13.Q

(b) Structural Steel
and Miscellaneous
Steel and Metal
Page 3
Where less than 50 tons are
required, field inspection for
rust, dimensions, riveting,
welding, painting, etc., will be
made. Where more than 50
tons of steel for
fabrication are required, certified
copies of mill tests conforming
to the provisions of ASTM
Designating A36 and shop
inspection by an Independent
Laboratory.
{o) Certificates of conformance of shop paint primer,
'i3;J2.4.2 SOUtiCfr CONTRdI.
The Contractor shall include in his bid a sum of money necessary to
employ a testing agency to perform testing and inspection of the
structural steel in the fabricating shop. Such testing agency shall be
approved by the Engineers and shall perform the following tests and
inspection an all structural steel from the fabricating shop:
{a) Determine the qualification of all shop welding procedures,
equipment and personnel in accordance with the AWS Code.
(b} Determine the qualification of all shop batting procedures and
personnel,
{c} Check all structural shapes and sections for size, grade, dimension
and shipping or handling damage.
{d) Inspection of shop fabricated structural steel members and
assemblies for conformance with the Contract Drawings and
Specifications,
(e) Inspection of shop assembled high strength halted construction.
(f) Visual inspection of alI shop welds in accordance with Section 6 of
the AWS Code.
13,42.4.3 INSPICTI(?N OF SHOP PAINTING
{a) Surface prepare#ion prior to painting shall be visually evaluated for
degree of cleaning by comparison with applicable SSPC pictorial
standards for type of primer to be used.
{b} Measurement of dry film thickness of the shop applied coat of paint
shall be in accordance with ASTM D-10Q5.
(c) The testing agency shall issue a repast to the Engineers in triplicate
prior to the delivery of structural steel. to the job site,
08191 SECTION 93.0

Page 4
13,02.>$.4 FtELt� CCtEy7RCil`
Routine testing in the field, ar additional testing of materials far compliance
with the Contract requirements will be performed by a testing agency
selected and paid by the Owner.
{a} The #esting agency shad perform the following.
1 } G2ualification of field high strength batted construction and field
welding procedures and personnel.
2} Testing of Field Assembled High Strength Bolted Construction
in accordance with Section 5, "Specification far Structural
.ialntS.°
3} Visual inspection of all field welds in accordance with Section �,
Article BC15 of the AWS Cade:
4} Other nondestructive testing as may be ordered by the
Engineers.
{b} The Contractor shah notify the testing agency in ample time for
scheduling of personae[ when the structural bolting ar welding is
completed and the Contractor is ready for testing of bolt tension and
inspection of welding for compliance with these Specifications. In the
event bolts or welds are found to be at variance with the
Specifications, any discrepancies shall be corrected and a retest or
reinspection made by the testing agency. The cost of any re -tests or
reinspections shall be paid for by the Contractor.
(c} The Cantractor shall afford the Engineers or their representative
whatever casual labor, platforms, ladders or other access as may
be required for proper field rev"rew of the structural steel work. Such
field review shall not relieve the Cantractor of his responsibility to
furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with contract
requirements.
(d} Steel work to be encased in concrete, masonry, fireproofing or which
will otherwise be concealed shall be reviewed by the Engineers prior
to such concealment.
{e} Metal deck, forms or centering shall not be installed on the steel
frame until the frame is plumb, level and the connections completed,
tested and final review of the frame has been made by the Engineers
or his representative. The Contractor shall notify the Engineers in
ample time far scheduling of #field personnel to prevent delay in the
work,
(f} Any extra testing of materials occasioned by their failure to meet
specification requirements shall be entirely at the Contractor's
expense.
08i11 SECTION 13.0

Page 5
13.Q2.5 QUALIfrICATI0iV5
13.p2.5.1 STEEL FAl3RIGATOR
(a} The fabricator shall have not less than 5 years experience in fabrication of
structural steel and shall have previously fabricated not less than 5 projects
similar in scope to this project.
{b} When directed by the Engineers, the fabricator shalt submit a written
description of fabrication ability including facilities, personnel -and list of
similar completed projects.
13.02.5.2 STEEL ERECTOR
{a} The erector sha(1 have not less than 3 years experience in the erection of
structural steel and shall have previously erected not less than 3 projects
similar in scope to this project,
{b) When directed by the Engineers, the erector shall submit a written
description of structural steel erection ability including equipment,
personnel and a list of similar completed projects.
'13.E}25.3 WELDING AND WELDING OPERATORS
{a) Welding shall be done and welders, tackers and welding operators shall be
qualified in accordance with the AWS Code. As evidence of such
qualification, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineers a satisfactory
certificate, ar a copy thereof, issued within �2 months previous to the
subject wank by a testing agency which has been approved by the
Engineers, for each welder, tracker and welding operator to be employed on
the work. The Contractor shall further certify that the welder, welding
operator or tacker has been doing satisfactory welding of the required type
within the 3 month period previous to the subject work.
{b} Certification shall be submitted prior to the commencement of welding for
each welder, welding operator or tacker, stating the name of the
welder, welding operator ar tacker, the name and title of the person who
conducted the examination, the kinds of specimens, the position of welds,
the results of the tests and the date of the examination.
'13,U2.fi MATERIAL STORAGE
{a} The loading, transporting, unloading and piling of structural steel shall be so
conducted that the metal and shop coat will be kept clean and free from
injury due to rough handling. AlI material shall be stored in such a manner
as to prevent deterioration by rust, All material shall be placed on suitable
skids or platforms at least 4" above the ground.
(b) ©ther materials steal! be stared in a weathertight and dry area until ready for
use.
{c) packaged materials shall be stored in their original unbroken package or
container.
pg/�[ 1 SECTItiN 13.0

't3.U3 G©hl5TRUCT(ON �IETHt�t7S
13.03.1 IFABt2lCA'CIC}N
(a} All structural steel shall ba fabricated in accordance with the AISG "Specification
for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings."
(b} All welding shall be in accordance with the "Standard Code far Arc and Gas
Welding in Building Construction" of the American Welding Society.
{c) Any connection details not Shawn an the Cantract Drawings shalt conform to the
requirements of standard AISC connectians, with the series and ba[t or rivet
diameter as Hated an the Cantract Drawings.
{d) Steel beams resting on masonry shall be provided with standard angle wall
anchors as specified in the Steel Construction Manual of the AISC.
(e} Field cutting, welding or modifying of any structural member not required by the
Contraat Drawings is strictly prohibited unless approved by the Engineer an each
specific case.
13.ii3.2 CC}N1�tECTld�iS
{a} Framed beam cannections shah conform to the latest edition of American Insti#ute
of Steel Construction, as amended to date.
(b) Special cannections, whether caked for an Contract Drawings or not, will be used
where needed. Field cannections, unless otherwise Hated ar approved by the
Engineers, shall be bolted. Batts shall conform to either ASTM A 3�5, for high
strength bolts, or ASTM A 307, for other halts, of the size designated by the
Engineer ar required by design. Matching hales in the steel framing members
shall be 1t16'" greater in diameter than respective bolt diameters.
{c} All billet plates, bearing plates, Ioase lintels and beams shall be set to proper
grade and level and grouted in. Columns shall be plumbed and maintained in a
true vertical position. Check level of filaar beams at top of each tier. In general,
steel shah be plumb and level within a tolerance of 1.50g.
1�,£i3.3 SHt�i� GnNNECI"CG�iS
(a} Shop cannectons shall be halted, unless notd otherwise.
(b} Where the shop ar field connectians are not. specificaCly noted on the Contract
Drawings, or where reactions are Hat given on the Contraat Drawings, the
connectians shall develop the strength and shear capacity of the member being
supported, but in no case shall the connection develop a capacity of less than
7,500 pounds.
{c} Bolted connectians shot! be bearing type with the bolt threads excluded from the
shear planes, unless otherwise Hated on the Contract Drawings.
08i11 SEC`['IC1N 13.0

Page 7
13A3.4 WELCiING
(a) It is intended that off welds shown an the Contract Crawings shall be pre -qualified
in accordance with the details, limitations and procedures prescribed by the AWS
Code. In order to allow a range of joint details, procedure and process selection
which will produce maximum weldfng economy, the Contractor is permitted to
substitute other such pre -qualified joints far those shaven an the Contract
Drawings, subject to approval of the Engineers. Joint details may depart from
those pre -qualified only if the Contract shall submit to the Engineers his proposed
joint welding procedures and, at this own expense, demonstrate their adequacy in
aacardanae with the requirements of the ASW Code.
(b} Where weld lengths are Hated on the Contract ©swings, they shall be the net
effective lengths.
(c) Where joints require backing strips, these strips shall be removed and the base
metal ground smooth at joints where the steel is to be left permanently exposed
to uiew.
13.03.5 HELD C®NNECTtONS
High strength threaded fasteners shall be used for field connections except where
welded connections are required by the %antract Drawings.
'63,03.6 HIGH STRENGTH B©EYED CC3NSTRUGTIQN ASSEMBLY
(a) Tightening shalt be done in accordance with Section 5 of "Specification far
Structural Joints."'
(b) Install one hardened washer under the nut or head, whichever is turned in
tightening.
(c} Column bases shall be finished in accordance with the A1SC Specifications and
welded to the columns.
13.C13.7 BEARING PLATES AND ANCHC}RS
(a) Bearing plates shall be provided under beams and girders supported on footings,
piers and walls.
(b) Bearing plates sha(I be welded to the beams ar girders, unless otherwise indicated
an the Cantract Drawings.
(c) Standard 8/4" diameter govemmenf anchors shall be provided far wall bearing
beams Iess than 12" in depth, and two 5" x 3 1/2" x 318" angle anahars shall be
provided far beams 12" ar mare in depth at ends to be embedded in walls, uNess
otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings.
13,03.$ RE-ENTtZANT CORNERS
A!I capes, blocks, cuts and other cutting of structural steel shall have all corners
shaped, notch free to a radius of at Eeast 1I2", Overcutting shall be avoided.
D8111 SECTION 13.D

13.03.5 HC3LE5, CUTTING ANO FITTINGS
Provide holes, cutouts and i"ittings for the attachment of work by other trades where
indicated on the Gontract Drawings. Holes shall be punched or drilled. No additional
holes or cutting of steel work shall be done without approval of the Engineers.
13.U3.1Q ERECTION
13.03.1i1.1 GENERAL
{a) All details of Structural Steel erection shall be in accordance with the AISG
"Specifications for the benign, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel
for Buildings," except as otherwise specified herein.
(b) Base plates shall have a full even bearing on the concrete or setting pates
over their entire surfaces. After base plates or settings plates are set to
grade on steel shims or other approved means, bedding mortar as
specified in Section 9,Q Concrete, as general purpose grout, shall be used
for grouting the full bearing area..
(c} All Shop and field connection shall be made with connections as noted on
the Gontract Drawings.
(d) When high strength s#eeI bolts are designated on the Contract Drawings
or in the Project Specifications, the connections shall conform to the RISC
Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 Bolts. Rivets may
be used in place of high strength baits, at the Contractor's option,
13,03.1Q.2 CHECKING MEASUREMENTS
The Contractor, before commencing steed work, shall check all governing
measurements at the building and the levels of all bearing pads, plates,
foundations or other surfaces on which the work is to be supported and any
discrepancies shall be corrected before steel erection is commenced.
13.t?3.1q.3 CQLUMN EASES ANi3 FEARING PLATES
Attached column bases and bearing plates for beams and similar structural
members shall be aligned and leveled with steel wedges or shims, unless
otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings.
93.03.1q.4 ERECTION 1"i3L.ERANGES
individual pieces shall be erected so that the deviation from plumb, level and
alignment shall not exceed 1:500.
13.03.10.5 FIEL© ASSEMBLY
(a) Structural steel frames shall be accurately assembled to the fines and
elevations indicated and within the specifiied erection tolerances.
(b) The various members forming parts of a complete frame or structure
after being assembled shall be aligned and adjusted accurately before
being permanently fastened.
08111 SECTION 13.0

08/13
(c} Fastening of splices of compression members shall be done after the
abutting surfaces have been brought aampletely rota contact.
(d) Bearing surfaces and surfaces which will be in permanent contact shall
be cleaned before the members are assembled,.
{e) Spikes shall be permitted only where indicated on the Contract
Drawings or approved by the Engineers.
�I�.os.�a.s DRIFTING
Light drifting necessary to draw hales together will be permitted, but drifting to
match unfair hales is prohibited,
��.oa,�a.7 REAMING
(a) Drills and reamers shall be used to enlarge slightly unfair hales as
necessary to make connections. Reaming that weakens the members
or makes it impassible to fill the hales properly or to adjust accurately
after reaming, will Hat be acceptable.
(b} Erection bolts used in welded construction shall be either tightened
securely and left in place or removed and the hales filled with plug
welds,.
{c} Temporary guys and braces shall be removed by the Contractor as part
of his equipment.
13.03.'tb.8 FLAME CUTTING
Field correcting of fabrication by flame nutting shall not be permitted on any
member in the structural framing without the approval of the Engineers,
THE USE OF FLAME CUT HOLES FOR BOLTED CONNECTIONS WILL,
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES, BE ACCEPTED AND VIOLATION OF TH15
CLAUSE WILL BE SUFFICIENT CAUSE OF THE REJECTION OF ANY
MEMBER- IN WHICH FLAME CUT HOLES EXIST. Any member rejected
shall be immediately removed from the structure and replaced by a new
member at no additional cast to the Owner,
13.03.1ti,9 FIELD CONfti4EGTlOfiiS
(a) Field bolted aannectians shall be bearing type with the bolt threads
excluded from the shear planes, unless otherwise Hated on the Contract
Drawings and shall conform to the requirements as specified in
"Fabrication." Provide one hardened washer under the nut ar head,
whichever isturned in tightening.
(b} Field welded connections shall conform to the requirements as sped#led
in "Fabrication.`" The appearance and quality of welds, and the methods
of correcting defective work, shall conform to the ASW Code.
(c) Slag shalt be cleaned from all welds and the welds wire brushed to a
bright appearance. Welded joints shall Hat be painted until after the
welding has been completed and accepted.
SECTION 13.Q

Page14
�a.o3,�0,�o TEN9Pt?RAFtY FL(}aRs
A11 temporary flooring, planking and scaffolding required by local and national
codes and laws necessary for the erection and inspection of the structural
steel ar the support of erection machinery shall be provided as part of this
Contract. Such materials shall finally be removed by the Contractor as part of
his equipment.
13,03.1Q.11 FIELD T©UCH-Ul' PAtN71NG
After the erection of structural steel, touch-up paint all field welds and
abrasions in the shop paint coating with the same type paint used far the
shop painting.
13.Q2.'t1 LIIN7'ELS AND SHELL= ANGLES
(a} Steel lintels shall be fabricated and erected to details shown an the
Contract Drawings and shall have an 8 inch bearing each end unless
otherwise shown.
(b} When not otherwise indicated on the Contract Cravings, lintels in
masonry walls shall conform to the following schedule:
wali Near
T. hickness Span Liintet
$" 4 to 6'.4" 2 Angles 3'I" x 3'/�" x'/a'�
8" 5'.4" to 8'.4" 2 Angles 6" x 3'/�" x 5116"
12" 4to5'.4" 3Angles3'/z"x3'l"x/�"
12" 5',4"to8'.4" 3Angles6"x3'/2"x511�"
{c} Continuous steel shelfi angles attached to concrete far support of
masonry or stone facing shall be secured with 3/4 inch bolts to inserts
set in forms and spaced at 34 inch centers. Inserts shall be malleable
castings similar to peerless. Ang(es shall have slotted holes for
horizontal adjustment.
Upon completion of ail work performed under Section 13.4 Structural Steel, all
excessmaterials, storage facilities end temporary facilities shall be removed from the site.
Areas which were ocoupied during construction operations shall be smoothed and left in
first class condition.
48/11 SECTION 13.4

Page11
13.tt5 MEASUREMENT F©R PAYMENT AND COMPENSATIt3N
��.��.� �unnP Bunn coNTRACTs AhID ITEMS
Qn lump cum contracts and an lump sum items on unit price contracts, Structural
Steel will not be measured for separate payment.
13.05.2 UNtT PRIDE CQNTRACTS AND ITEMS
08/11
Un unit price items and on unit prices far changes an lump sum items ar contracts,
measurement and compensation far Structural Steel added or omitted will be
computed an the basis of the theoretical weights of shapes ar plates involved. No
additional allowance will be made for rivets, halts or erection,
S�CTiC7N 13.0

r � �
s a t.
SEGTIC?N 'E4.i'►
PHIS SECTl4N NET USED

�;
� • !"
i
'i5,01,1 SCOPE QF WtJRK
Page 1
{a} RII electric motors furnished far installation an this Gantract shall comply
with the fallowing General Specifications, the Project Speai#icatians and
the Gantract Drawings,
{b} This General Specification designated as Section 16.0 covers the
specification of electric motars generally utilized an paver driven
equipment. The Project Specifications and the Contract Drawings
include speni#icatians for any special motor types required and indicates
the motor characteristics required on each application an this Gantract.
The inclusion of items of material ar work within this Speaificatinn does
not necessarily constitute their use on this Project.
'E5,0'E.� SHOP DRAUiOiNGS
Equipment Shop Drawings submitted far approval shall include the fallowing
motor data:
Manu#acturer
Nameplate Rated Horsepower, Voltage and RPM
NEMA Type
Cade Le#ter
Guaranteed Lack Ratar Current
Guaranteed Fuii Laad Current
Guaranteed Full Laad Efficiency
Guaranteed Full Laad Power Factor
Qutline Drawings and Dimensions
15.01.3 STANDARC}S
Where materials and methods are indicated in the fallowing Specifications as
being in conformance with a standard specification it shall refer in all oases to
the latest edition of the specification and shall include afl interim revisions.
Listing of a standard specification without further reference indicates that the
particular material ar method shall conform w'sth such listed specification.
95.(}2 ELEOTF?tG NiC3TC}RS
'l5.02.1 GENERAL
{a} Motors shall conform to the latest applicable NEMA, AIEE, and ASA
standards. The motor ratings and types shall be as hereinafter
specified, except as wadi#led by the Project Sped#icatians. Al! motars
shall receive routine tests in accordance with AIEE test procedures,
Rev. ti91©2 SECTION 15

{b) Output torque and speed characteristics of each motor shad be suitable
to operate the driven equipment under the full range of equipment
operating load .conditions without exceeding the nameplate current
rating, and/or temperature rise,
{c} Special equipment requiring a motor drive with unusual characteristics
shall be equipped with a definite purpose orator to meet the necessary
requirements.
(d) Motor bearings shall be of the anti -friction type. Thrust bearings in
vertical motors shall be adequate for the loading encountered.
(e} Explosion -proof type motors shall be furnished far hazardous areas as
defined in the National Electric Cade. They shall be totally enclosed and
.bear the Underwriters Laboratories Label indicating cpmpliance with the
requirement far the specific application,
(f} Unless otherwise specified, large motors 209 hp and above shall be
furnished in WP-2 enclosures with epoxy resin encapsulated windings
and space heaters as herein specified.
(g) Motors located out of doors, in unheated structures, in basements or as
otherwise specified or indicated shall be famished with space heaters
with leads brought out to a separate weatherproof (NEMA 3R) terminal
box. Terminal boxes shall be NEMA 7 in hazardous areas. Ail motors
shown or speoified wired for space heaters shall be furnished with space
heaters rated at the voltage of supply for the motor, Motors requiring
space heaters shall be disgned for the space heaters furnished without
causing damage ar warpage to the motor frame, end bell, etc. All cost
of providing the same shall be included in the base bid.
{h) Motors shall be supplied to operate on the voltage source as specified
ar indicated. In the event the voltage source is not indicated or specifiied
or if a discrepancy exists between the Contract Drawings and
Specificakions concerning the electrical requirements, the Contractor
shah contact the Engineers to determine the electrical requirements
prior to submitting a bid. In the event the Contratar far this division does
no fully understand the electrical requirements and neglects to contact
the Engineers to determine the electriaal requirements, submission of a
bid will signify that the Contractor agrees to provide whatever is required
far the project use in accordance with the Engineer's requirements.
95.t?2.2 RATINGS
(a} Motor ratings shall be based an continuous operation in an ambient
temperature of 4Q degrees G. The maximum temperature rise far open
and drip -proof type motets shall not exceed 40 degrees C, and far totally
enclosed type motors shall not exceed 55 degrees C.
(b) It should be noted that the motor sizes indicated on -the Contract
Drawings ar as otherwise specified herein, are approximate motor sizes
required for the specific equipment which is specified herein ar indicated.
Specific motor sizes shall be determined from the actual equipment
approved, purchased and installed. Overload protection, starkers,
Rev. 09/02 SECTION 1

disconnect switches, etc,, shall be furnished and installed far the actual
motor sizes as furnished,
15.U2.3 TYPES
(a} Motors of 1/2 hp and larger shah be squirrel cage induction type designed
far 3 phase, 60 cycle, 24g1A�80 volt operation, unless otherwise noted.
Motors smaller than 1/2 hp shelf be of the capacitor type designed for
single phase, 60 cycle, 116 volt operation. Motors indicated on the
Contract Drawings and/ar specified in the Project Specification as 208
Volt shah be specially wound for the voltage indicated andlor specified.
(b} Torque and locked rotor current characteristics for three phase motors
shall be NEMA Design "S". The locked rotor iNAlHP input at full voltage
for 10 hp motors and larger sha0 not exceed that permitted far Cade
Letter "�", with special definite characteristics. Unless otherwise Hated,
all three phase motors shall be designed fora 1.15 service factor.
(c} All motors located inside of heated weatherproof structures shall be of
the open "'drip -proof `type, unless otherwise specified ar indicated.
(d} Motors locatea out of doors and in hazardous locations and as otherwise
specified or indicated shall be of the totally enclosed fan coaled type
(TEFC}with space heaters unless indicated otherwise.
(e} Explosion -proof type motors shaft be furnished for hazardous areas as
defined in the National Electric Code. They shall be totally enclosed and
bear the Underwriters Laboratories Label indicating eomplianae with the
requirement far the specific application.
(f} Unless otherwise specified, large motors 200 hp and above shall be
furnished in WP-2 enclosures w"rth epoxy resign encapsulated windings
and space heaters as herein specified,
(g} Motors located out of doors, in unheated structures, in basements or as
otherwise specified or indicated shall be furnished with space heaters
with leads brought out to a separate weatherproof (NEMA 3R} terminal
box. Terminal boxes shall be NEMA 7 in hazardous areas. All motors
shown or specified wired for space heaters shall be furnished with space
heaters rated at the voltage of supply for the motor. Motors requiring
space heaters shall be designed for the space heaters furnished without
causing damage pr warpage to the motor frame, end bell, etc. All cost of
providing the same shalC be included in the base bid.
(h} Motors shall be supplied to operate an the voltage source as specified or
indicated. In the event the voltage source is not indicated or specified or
if a discrepancy exists between the Contract Drawings and Specifications
concerning .the electrical requirements, the Contractor shall contact the
Engineers to determine the electrical requirements prior to submitting a
bid. In the event the Contractor far this Division does Hat fully understand
the electrical requirements and neglects to contact the Engineers to
determine the electrical requirements, submission of a bid will signify that
the Contractor agrees to provide whatever is required far the project use
in accordance with the Engineers' requirements.
Rev. 09/02 SECTION 15

�'
�. � }
,� ., �;
i•I�E�+ , • �► w
Page 1
{a} All lobar, materials, equipment, tools and services required for the furnishing,
installation, testing and adjusting of all Electrical Work required an the
Contract shall be furnished and installed in compliance with the following
General Specificatians, the Project Specifications and the Contract Drawings.
{b} This General Specification designated as Section 18.0, Electrical, covers the
description of materials generally utilized in electrical work and the
specifications for the installation of materials. The Project Specifications and
the Gantract Drawings designate the specific electrical work to be installed
under this Contract.
{c} It is the intention of the General and Praject Specificatians and of the Contract
Drawings for the. electrical wark, that each part will be complete as related to
other parts, and that there will be na omission from any portion of the system
or systems, inGuding the connections to the Electric Utility serving the Praject,
evert though each and every minor item may not be specifically mentioned in
the Specifications ar shown an the Contract Drawings.
{d} Motor Control System -The Contractor, where required, shall furnish and
install alI labor, equipment, materials, components, services and operations
required to furnish and install a complete, tested and operating motor control
system in strict accordance with these Specifications, the Contract Drawings
and the requirements within. Ail instruments, push buttons, indicating tights,
switches, etc., shall be furnished and installed complete.
{e} Area t_ighting -The Contractor, where required, shall furnish and install a�
area lighting fixtures, poses, bases and all else required far a complete and
operating lighting system in accordance with these Specificatians, the Gantract
Drawings and the requirements within.
{fj Instrumenfiatian Wiring System -The Contractor, where required, shall furnish
and install a1i Tabor, equipment, materials, companen#s, services and
operations required to furnish and install a complete, tested and operating
instrumentation wiring systerri in strict accordance with these General
Specifications, the Praject Specificatians, the Gantract Drawings and the
requirements within.
{g} Alarm and Display Wiring System -The Contractor shall, where required,
furnish and install ail labor, equipment, materials, components, services and
operations required to furnish and install a complete, tested and operating
Alarm and Display Wiring System instruct accordance with these
Specifications, the Contract Drawings and the requirements within.
Rev 5109 SEGT(GI� 16

•_.-
16.Q'[.2 REQUIREMENTS
(a} Certain items of work, materials and/or equipment may be furnished under
other Contracts of this Project. These items may affect work under this
Contract. Therefore, the Contractor shah be responsible for and required to
read and become familiar with the Contract Drawings and the General and
Project Specifications for ail other aspects of work for this Project and shall be
responsible far coordinating his phase of this work.
(b} Existing facilities must be kept in operation to the fullest extend possible. The
Contractor shad so organize and schedule his work as to cause the least
inconvenience to the operation of any existing faci{ities. Should it became
necessary to put any part of the existing facilities out of operation, the
Contractor shall do so at the convenience ofi the Owner, ar shall make such
temporary connections, alterations, etc., as may be required to keep the
existing facilities in operation.
(c} Attention is directed= to the requirement of examining the complete Contract
Documents to become familiar with the type of construction, actual location of
wails, columns, beams, equipment and other details that will affect the
installation, obstacles which may be encountered and all other relevant
matters concerning the work to be performed. The submission of a Proposal
shall be deemed as acknowledgment that the above conditions are fully
understood and that the Contractor shalt net be allowed any additional
compensation due to the failure of the bidder to properly inform himself prior to
submitting his bid. The bidder shaii also consult the Engineers if there are any
questions- concerning the manner in which the work is to be done or the
conditions governing it.
(d} The Contractor is also advised that certain items of electrical equipment are
being furnished and installed internally wired. The Contractor is required to
read the other sections of this Contract Document and coordinate h'ts work
with the work of all the other Contractors to the end that external wiring, power
connections and controls are fully understood and the etectr'rcat equipment wilt
be property and safely wired.
(e} The Contractor is cautioned net to install any electrical work that wilt connect
to any item of equipment, including these items net specified under electrical
work, until chap drawings of such equipment approved by the Engineer are
available. Any such wank installed by the Cantractar prior to the availability of
approved s('iop setting drawings will be the Contractor's responsibility and any
modification of electrical work necessary to meet the equipment requirements
shalt be made without additional compensation.
(f} The Contractor shad make arrangements, obtain, and pay for all temporary
permits, licenses, and inspections; pay all necessary fees in conjunction with
aii electrical work. The cost of such permits and fees shaii be included in the
tamp -sum price Bid under this Contract Division. Afl casts, both temporary
and permanent; to connect all utilities shall be included in the Bid.
Rev 5/09 SECTION � �

Page 3
{g} The Contractor shall perform all work in strict accordance with all rules,
regulations, codes, ordinances, ar laws of local, state and federal
governments ar of other authorities having lawful jurisdiction. Such rules,
regulations, codes, ordinances, or laws shall include but are not necessarily
limited to the following:
1 } State Building, fire and electrical codes,
2} City Building, fire and electrical codes.
3} National Electrical Cade (NEC}.
4} National Electrical Safety Cade {NESC}.
5) National Fire Protect`ran Association {NI=PA).
6) Occupational Safety and Healfh Act {OSHA},
'(6.Q1.3 C,�NTRACTt3R'S RESPQNS[BILITY
Existing- building, structures and work of other contractors, both above and below
.ground shall be protected, In the event That any public or private property is
damaged by reason of or consequent from the Work contracted herein, the
Can#radar shall, at his own expense; make all such repairs as may be necessary
as a result of such damage and indemnify and save harmless the Owner from and
against all suits, actions, claims, demands and liabilities, Failure an the part of the
Contractor to make all such necessary. and proper repairs, or to satisfy any legal
demand ar liability, shall confer open the Owner the right to make, or have made
such repairs and discharge any such liability and demand, The cost and expense
shall be deducted frorr�-any Moneys due, ar to become due, the Contractor under
the terms of the Contract and Specifications. The Owner may at this option require
the Contractor"s Bandsman to satisfy any such claims for damages.
'[B.U't.4 SERVICE �iNq NiETE1�ING
(a) The Contractor shall furnish and instal! all equipment, wiring and connections
required far a complete and ready to operate electrical power service
installation in folk compliance with the requirements of the electric utility
serving the Project.
{b} The Gontractor shall furnish and install all equipment, wiring, connections and
grounding as required by the current National Electric Cade, for a complete
installation, at na additional cost to the Owner, even though each and every
item ;s not described in these Specifications ar designated an the Contract
Rrawings.
(c} The Contractor shall pay all costs for, and keep the Owner free from any
"service charge" that may be made by the electric utility for serving the
Project unless otherwise specified in the Project Specifications, ar otherwise
submitted to the Engineers in writing prior to bid.
{d} The Gontractor shall confirm all details pertaining to electric service and
metering with the electric utility before installation_
Rev 5/Qg SECTION 1C

� B.01.S
F2ev 5/09
Page 4
GtUAL.fTY ASSURANCE
{a} An item equal to that named ar described in the General ar Project
Specifications of the Contracf may be furnished by the Contractor. The
naming of any commercial name, trademark, ar ofher identification shall not
be construed to exclude any item or manufacturer not mentioned by name or
as limiting competition, but shall establish a standard of equality only. An
item may be considered equal to the item so named or described if (1} it is at
least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength and design, {2) it wilt
perform at Ieast equally the specific function imposed by the general design
far the work being contracted for ar the material being purchased and (3} it
conforms substantially to the detailed requirements for the item in fihe
-Specifications. The Warne -and identifiaation of al[ materials otl�er than the
ones specifically named shall be submitted to the Engineers in writing for
approval 14 days prior to bid. Subject to the provisions of any applicable
laws, approval shall be at the sale discretion of the Engineers, shall be in
writing to be effective and the decision of the Engineers shall be final. The
Engineers may require the tests of all materials sa submitted to establish
quality standards at the Bidder's expense. All directions, specifications and
recommendation by manufacturers far installing, handling, storing,
adjustment and operation of their equipment shall be complied with;
responsibility far proper performance shall continue to rest with the Bidder.
{b} Except as otherwise provided fer by the provision of any applicable laws, the
Cantractar shall not have any right of appeal from the decision of the
Engineers condemning any materials submitted if the Gontractor fails to
obtain the approval for substitution under this clause. Any additional oast
incurred by an approved substitution shall be at the Contractor's expense.
{c} Where manufacturer's catalog and/or figure numbers are given, it is the intent
of the Specifiaatians to have the Gontractor supply the equipment
represented by these numbers, ar their equal by another manufacturer. In
same cases, the manufacturer has revised his catalog and/or figure numbers
since publication of the specification, but still produces the item specified, In
these incidences, the Gontractor shall furnish equipment and/ar fixtures
identical to that originally represented by the catalog and/or figure numbers
given herein. If a manufacturer has redesigned any of the products specified
herein by catalog and/or figure number, the Gontractor shall furnish the
improved model- regardless of whether ar not the item retains its original
catalog andtar figure number. Where items denoted by catalog and/ar figure
numbers .have been discontinued by the manufacturer, the Cantractar shall
request one ar more equivalent selections from the Engineer.
{d} The Cantractar shall provide al[ materials bearing UL Labels for approval
when the Underwriters Laboratories has established a standard far the
particular type of the material to ice installed.
SEGTIC}N 16

16.01,E
Page 5
{e} Any reference in the Specifications or on the Drawings to any article, device,
product, material, fixture, or the item or equipment by name, make or catalog
number shall be interpreted as establishing the type, function, and standard
of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition; and the
Contractor, in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product,
material, fixture, ar item or equipment with in the judgment. of the Engineer
expressed in writing is equal to that specified..
PROpUGT REQUIREMENTS
Unless otherwise indicated, the materials to be provided under this specification
shall be the products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of all
such- items and shall- be the manufacturers latest design. The products shall
conform to the applicable standards of UL and N.EMA, unless specifed otherwise.
All items of the same type or ratings shall be identical. This shall be further
understood to include products with the accessories indicated. All equipment and
materials shah be new, unless indicated or specified otherwise. The Contractor
shall submit -proof if requested. by the Engineer that the materials, equipment, or
devices that he provides under this Contract meet the requirement of the
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., in regard to fire and casualty hazards. The label of
or listing by the Underwriters Laboratories; Inc., will be accepted as conforming with
this requirement.
16.01.7 ECt`uiiPMENT LO+✓ATi4N
The Drawings show the general location of feeders, equipment, outlets, conduits,
and circuit arrangements. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not
possible to indicate ail of the details involved. The Contractor shall carefully
investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shalt
arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such finings, junction boxes, anal
accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, The Contractor shall
refer to the entire drawing set to verify openings, special surfaces and locations of
other equipment, or other special equipment prior to roughing -in for panels,
switches and other devices. The Contractor shall verify all equipment dimensions
to insure that proposed equipment will fit property in spaces indicated. Conduit
should be buried in the slab where possible
fi[�7��IT'r1�TlL�
{a} The Contractor shall be responsible for checking the Project Specifications
and the Contract Drawings for electrical work and any electrical work prepared
by -him against the _general work, the mechanical work, all other work involved
in the project, and all equipment drawings prior to the installation of any
electrical work to be sure that the location of switches, outlets, etc., will not
interfere with or be covered by doors, casework,. heating equipment or the like,
and- that conduit stubs for motors and equipment are placed in their proper
location.
I�ev 5/09 SECTIt7N 16

Page 6
(b) The Contractor is cautioned not to install any electrical work that will connect
to any item of equipment, including thaw items not specified under electrical
work, until shop drawings of such equipment approved by the Engineer are
available. Any such work installed by the Contractor prior to the availability of
approved shop and setting drawings will be the Contractor's responsibility and
any modification of electrical work. necessary to meet the equipment
requirements shall be made without additional compensation.
16.0'i.9 SHt?P DRAWINGS
(a} Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineers for approval in accordance
with the General Conditions of these Specifications. It is the intention and
purpose of shop drawing submittals to convey to the Engineer that the
equipment chosen far the particular item is capable of satisfying the design
parameters as scheduled, specified andlar required. It is therefore imperative
that the submittals be as complete, readable and organized as passible to
insure prompt reply by the Engineer and to eliminate questions concerning
items submitted. Shop drawings shall. include the following infarmetian.
(b) Dimension drawings and mounting details showing installation, attachment
and wiring of all field and pipeline mounted equipment which is supplied under
this Contract.
(c1 System schematic drawings illustrating all components being supplied,
complete with eleatrical interconnections of equipment being supplied under
this Contract. Provide complete loop drawings.
(d) Layout and construction drawings of all contra( panels, cabinets end al( other
electrical equipment which is supplied under fihis Contract. Include internal
wiring diagrams.
(e} Equipment specification sheets and specification index sheets. Shaw loop and
tag numbers for all components and location, description and service of all
components.
(f} Cletails of electric motors submitted for approval shall include the #allowing:
1) Manufacturer.
2) Nameplate rated horsepower, voltage and rpm.
3) i�IEMA type.
4) Code letter_
8} Locked rotor aurrent_
6} Full load current.
7j Full load efficiency.
8} Full load power factor.
9} Uutline drawings and dimensions.
Rev 5IQg SECTION 16

Page 7
16.Q1.1p UNIFOR�tIiiY OF i�IANU�ACI"t1RERS AND StiPPLIERS
All identical equipment included under each equipment item shall be as
manufactured and/ar supplied by the same manufacturers or suppliers to reduce.
maintenance expense.
1 �,02 CQNSTRt1C�lON NiATERtALS:
16.Q2.'l GENERAL,
Rev 5/q9
(a) All materials, equipment, sizes and capacities of electrical equipment
incorporated in the praject shall conform to the latest requirements of the
current National Electric Code, the National Electrical Manufacturers
Association, the State and coca! electrical caries and #a applicable rules and
regulations of the local electrical utility serving the praject.
(b) All material and equipment must be the .prod-uct of an established and
reputable manufacturer; must be new and of first class construction; must be
designed and guaranteed to perform the service required; and must bear the
label of approval of Underwriter's Laboratories, lnc., where such approval is
available far the type of material_ar equipment. All material and equipment
shall be the product of the listed manufacturer ar similar and equal thereto as
appraved by the Engineer.
(c} When a specified or indicated item has been superseded ar is no longer
available, the manufacturer's latest equivalent type ar model ofi material ar
equipment as approved by the Engineers shall be furnished and installed at no
additicna[ cast to the C}wner.
(d) Where the Electrical Contractor's selection of equipment of specified
manufacturers or additionally appraved manufacturers required changes or
additions to the system designs, the Cantractor shalt be responsible in ail
respects far the madlficatian to all system designs, subject to approval of the
Engineers, The Contractor`s bid sha0 include aH costs far all work of the
Contract far all specialties of work wherein additional costs are made
necessary by such changes, additions or modit7cation resulting tram any
approve substitution.
(e} The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and ins�aif-motor controls for each piece
of equipment requiring the centrals under this Contract. The motor controls
shall be the size and type recommended by the manufacturer for the
application and as o#herwise specified by the praject Specifications ar
indicated by the Contract Drawings.
(f) The Electrical Cantractor shall furnish and install all stands, racks, brackets,
supports, etc., required to properly serve the motors and motor controls which
are furnished under this Contract ar motors and motor controls otherwise
specified by the Project Specifications or indicated on the Contract prawings.
•

(g) TMe Elec#rival Contractor shall install all motor eantrals and other special
electrical equipment when such equipment is famished by him nr by the
Contractor of other contracts in accordance with the General and Project
Speci€icatian. When other divisions of work are included in this Contract, the
Electrical Contractor shah read the Contract Documents of the other Contracts
to the ena that all electrical equipment shall be coordinated and properly
installed in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer, the Owner
and the Engineers.
(h) The Electrical Cnntractor shall read the complete Contract Document set so
as to be thnrnughly familiar with this responsibility. (t is hereby brought to his
attention that insofar as the electrical work is concerned, that when the
Electrical Work is bid as a separate division, equipment which is to be
famished under this Contract may have been indicated as having been
furnished andfor installed by this Electrical Contractor at various location
throughout the Contract Drawing set. To this end, he shall eeview the Contrack
Drawing set without regard to the 1/Vork to determine his requirements under
this Cnntract.
(i, It is the intention of these General -and Project specifications and the Contract
Drawings covering the electrical work that each part shall be complete as
related to other parts and there shall be no orriissians from any of the system
nr systems, even though each and every minor item may not be specifically
mentioned in these Specifications. or shown on the Contract Drawings. The
Electrical Cnntractor shall include in his- bid the cost of all items required to
make a system or system complete for which this Contractor is responsible for
furnishing andCor installing in accordance with these Specifications andlor
Contract Drawings. It shall be this Contractor's responsibility to include the
cost of furnishing and installing items for an electrically complete system or
systems, Should a system which this Contractor is furnishing require special
items or accessories for operation, which are not being furnished and installed
by others, then these items or accessories shall be the responsibility of the
Electrical Contractor furnishing the system. Items shall include, but not be
limited to, control wire, instrumentation cable, control transformers, control
stations, indicating lights, enclosure, solenoid valves, pressure, flow, vibration,
or special switches, alarms, interlocks, coriduits, and disconnects. In addition,
it is the intent of these Specifications that this Contractor shall make its
supplier responsible to include with his package all additional items required
for an electrically complete system for which he is furnishing to this Project.
U� In the event the voltage sour-ce is not indicated or specified or if a discrepancy
exists, the Contractor shall cnntact the Engineers to determine the electrical
requirements print to submitting a bid. In the event the Contractor does not
fully understand the electrical requirement prior to submitting a bid. In the
event the Contractor does not -fully understand the electrical requirements but
neglects to cnntact the Engineers to determine the electrical requirements,
submission of a bid will signify that the Contractor agrees to meet the
requirements of this Project in accordance with the Engineers' requiren�rents.
(k} The Contractor shall be responsible for famishing details which are required,
but not necessarily spawn nn the Contract Drawings, for the adequate and
proper construction of the electrical systems as required by the Engineers.
Rev �/09 SECTICtN t5

1&.Q2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
(a} MATERIAL. HANi}LING
Material arriving on the job site shall be stored in such a manner as to keep
material free of Hash and- dirt, anal properly aligned and true to shape. Rusty, dirty,
ar misaligned materials sale be rejected. Electrical oonduit shall be stored to
provide protection from the weather and accidental damage. Plastic conduit shah
be stored an even supports and in iocatians Hat subject ka direct sun rays or
exgessive heat. Cables shall be sealed, stored, and handled carefully to avoid
damage to the outer covering ar insulation and damage from moisture and weather.
Adequate protegtion shall .be required at all times for electrical equipment and
accessories until installed and accepted. Materials damaged during shipment,
storage, installation, ar testing shall be replaced ter repaired in a manner meeting
with the approval of the Engineer.
{a} BLI�ElJES, CUTTING, ANt� PATCHING
Avoid cutting insofar as possible by setting sleeves, frames, eta., and by requesting
openings in advance. Assist other trades in securing the_ garrect location and
placement of rough -frames, sleeves, opening, etc. lNhen negessary due to
omission, use only approved cutting -and drilling methods. Lay out hoes in advance;
locating sa as not to affect structural sections. Perform gutting in a manner which
will not weaken walls, partitions, or floors. Neatly cut all hales, including locations
where sleeves have been omitted.
Cut hales as small as possible to admit work. grill hales in floors without breaking
out around the hales_ Cut hales through reinforced congrete using rotary type driNs.
Da Hat use pneumatic hammer type drills, impact type electrical drills, and hand ar
manual hammerfype drills, unless specifically approved by Engineer where working
spage is limited. Edo Hat penetrate the metal building without approval of the
engineer..
Prepare accurate drawings legating .all inserts, sleeves, etc., installed in ar passing
through reinforced concrete. Select locations to permit near installation of work.
Arrange iocatians to avoid interferences and. -misalignment. Prepare drawings for
own use at earliest practicable date.
Where alterations are negessary, cut and remove, patgh, repair, and restore all gut
surfaces which are disturbed. to permit installation of new work. Leave work is as
goad a condition as existed before the start of work.
Sleeves through floors and walls ir' necessary shall be of proper size to
accommodate the raceway, shall be flush with walls or finished floors, and small be
black iron pipe or styrene plastic conduit. Caulk sleeves through exterior wails with
approved compound above grade and with oakum and lead weal below grade.
Caulk underslab conduits penetrating slab through sleeves. 1n general, ail conduit
shall be installed gangealed in the concrete walls, slab, underground, or exposed on
the building structural steel.
Rev �/g9 SECTION 16

Page 10
� � �, � � . M
The Gontractar shall provide concrete foundation for electrical apparatus and
equipment and shall furnish exact location and dimensions far these foundations.
He shall also furnish for installation all- necessary anchor bolts, channel iron silks,
etc. This information and material shall be provided well in advance of the
scheduled placing of these slabs and other concrete work in the area of the
foundation pad andfar curb. equipment foundations shall be 4 inches high {unless
ntherwise called for on the Drawings) with top edges chamfered 314 inch and all
exposed surfaces rubbed smooth with a aarborundum block after stripping farms.
Pad shall be reinforced {unless otherwise called for in the Drawings with steel wire
mesh and shall have dowel rods inserted into the floor for anchorage, Carefully
level, shim, and align the equipment on the foundations.
lid) EXCA�tAT14N ANCi �ACKFILC,ING
This Contractor shall perform all excavation and backfiA required for the installation
of all electrical work in and under the stab.
Particular care shall be taken not to disturb ar damage work of other Contractors or
existing buried piping or other equipment.
In baekfilling trenches, approved fill shall first be aampaated firmly and evenly in 6
inch layers to a depth of 12 inches over the top of the pipe ar duct bank.
Remainder of trench shall be backfilled to establish vibratory tamper. Where
compaction requirements are not established for an area, compact fill. to 95°I�
maximum density at optimum moisture content.
Excess earth shall be distributed on premises as directed.
Where ditches occur outside of building, the surface shall be finished to match
existing surfaces, Any existing work or work of other trades which is damaged ar
disturbed shall be repaired or replaced and left in goad order.
(e} coNGR�TE
Concrete shall conform in every respect to the requirements of General Conditions.
(fj PAINTING
Panels, safety switches, motor starter equipment, and wireways, shalt be painted
standard colors flf the manufacturer finishing the equipment, This contraato. r shall.
touch up al! scratches and abrasions after installation with the manufacturer's finish
paint.
The Contractor shall paint all ungalvanized metal used in construction of supports
for electrical equipment -and materials. Painting shall be with epoxy paint with color
to be selected.
Where galvanized channels are out, touch up the ends with zinc paint.
The electrical cantraatar shall be responsible far this painting, but may arrange with
the Genera{ Contractor to include this work where appropriate.
Rev 5/09 SECTIaN 16

Page 11
Non-metallic enclosure, baxes, conduit, etc., shall be sued in the chemical room
and shall not be painted.
{g) SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall submit to the 1=ngineer shop drawings of all electrical
materials, apparatus, appliances, equipment, and miscellaneous devices spawn or
specified.
Shop Drawings shall be sufficiently complete in detail to enable the Engineer to
determine compliance with Contract requirements. Details and 'snformatian spawn
shall include but are not necessarily limited to the following:
1) Performance characteristics,
2) Physical sines;
3) Material specifications and construction details,
4) Compliance with rules, regulations, and cedes,
5) Accessories,
6) Camplete wiring diagrams,
7) Voltage, current, KVA, phase ratings.
chap Drawings will be approved only to the extend- of the information- shown.
Approval of an item of equipment shall not be construed to mean approval far
components of that i#em for which Contractor has provided no information.
(h} MISCELLANEQt1S
The Cantractar far the electrical work shall perform his work in conformity with the
Canstructian called for under other Contracts and shall afford other Contractors
reasonable opportunity for the execution of their work, and he shall properly
connect and coordinate his work with the work of other Contrac#ors at such a time
and in such a manner as not to delay ar interfere with the work of other Contractors.
The Contractor for the electrical work shall examine the Camplete Drawings and
Specifications set for the facility and the Drawings and specifications for piping, and
drainage work and for the work of other similar trades involved in this- project and
shall coordinate his work accordingly.
The Contractor shall promptly report to the General Contractor any delay ar
difficulties encountered in the installation of his wank or which might make it
unsuitable to connect with or receive the work of others. -His failure to so report
shall constitute an acceptance of the work of -other Contractors as being fit and
proper far the reception of this wank.
The Electrical- Cantractar shall locate Controls, switches, receptacles, pu11 baxes,
eta., for each access far opera#ions, maintenance, and repair and shall provide
access doors where such items are concealed.
At the end of each work day, the Contractor shall remove farm the wank area all
rubbish and debris resulting from the electrical work..
At the completion of the work and before final acceptance, the Contractor sha11
clean all spaces occupied by etectrical equipment, Clean aN electrical equipment,
apparatus, equipment, and devices; and leave all such items in perfect working
order ready to use.
I�ev 5/OS SECTIC7N 16

(i) TESTS
Upon camp[etion of the installation, the Contractor shall perform tests for operation,
panel load balance, short circuits and ground.. Tests shall be made with and to the
satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer.
The Contractor shall perform a(I field tests and shall provide ail labor, equipment,
and incidentals required for testing and snail pay far electric power required far the
tests. All defective material and workmanship disclosed shall be corrected by the
Contractor at na cask to the Owner.. The Contractor shall Shaw by demonstration in
service that ail circuits and devices are in good operating condition. Tests shall be
such that each item of central equipment will function -net less than five (5} times,
The grounding system shall be tested to assure continuity and camp[ianoe with the
requirement that ground resistances net exceed 5 ohms. Ground resistance
measurements of the system she!! be Taken and certified by the Contractor if
requested. Graund resistance shall be measured from each piece of equipment to
the ground electrode, .
{il C?PERATINfz AND MAINTENANCE 6NSTRUCTtQNS
The Contractor steal[ compile and find four (4) sets of ail manufacturer's instructions
and descriptive literature an a!l items of equipment furnished under this work.
These instruction shall be delivered to the Engineer far approval before construction
Is ��% Complete.
Instruction shall include operating and testing procedrares and parts list of all
equipment. The Contractor sha[I instruct the Qwner's personnel in the proper
operation of all systems and- equipment. The front of the binder shall be titled
"Electrical operating and Maintenance Instruction", with the name of the job and the
firm name of the Electrical Contractor under the title,
The operating and maintenance instructions shall contain complete elementary
wiring diagrams for all equipment and installations provided by this Contractor.
These elementary diagrams shall have all connections identified with the same
numbers that are required to be on wire markers an the ends of all wires at
terminations.
16.02.3 EQUIPMENT
{a} GENERAL
Ail electrical equipment small conform to the applicable NEiV1A specifications. All
electrical equipment snail be properly labeled. Labels shall be engraved high
pressure plastic laminate, black labels with white lettering far 1201240 volt
equipment, and red labels with white lettering for 48b volt equipment. The labels
shall be attached to the equipment cabinets with 2 machine screws with double hex
nuts and washers or with pop rivets for labels- up to 2 nuts andwashers ar 4 pop
rivets shall ice used, one (1} in each corner of the label. All panelboards, starters,
control panels, cabinet enclosures, and equipment switches shaft be labeled in the
manner described ar in an equally approved manner.
All materials equipment, sizes and capacities of electrical equipment incorporated in
the project steal! conform to the latest requirement of the current NEC, The NEMA,
Rev 5IQ9 SECTION 'I6

(b}
Page 13
the State and local electrical codes to applicable rules and regulations of the local
electrical utility serving the project.
Ali material and equipment must be the product of an established and reputable
manufacturer; must be new and of first class construction; must be designed and
guaranteed to perform the service required; and must bear the -label of approval of
the Underwriter's t,aboratories, Inc., where such approval is available for the
product of the listed manufacturer as approved by the Engineer.
When a specified or indicated item has been superseded ar is no longer available,
the manufacturer`s -latest equivalent type or model of material or equipment as
approved by the Engineer shall be furnished and installed at na additional cast to
the Owner.
Where the Contractor`s selection of equipment of specified manufacturers ar
additionally approved manufacturers required changes ar additions to the system
design, the Contractor shall be responsible in all respects far the modifications to all
system designs, subject to approval of the Engineer.. The Contractor's bid shall
include all -costs for all work of the Contract far ail trades made necessary by such
changes, additions or rnodificatian ar resulting from any approved substitution.
Furnish and install controls for each piece of equipment requiring the controls under
this contract. The controls shall be the size and type recommended by the
manufacturer for the application and as otherwise specified or indicated an the
Drawings.
Furnish and install all stands, racks, brackets, supports, eta., required to properly
serve the equipment which is furnished under this Contract, or equipment otherwise
specified ar indicated on the Drawings.
In the event the Contractor does not fully understand the electrical requirements,
submission of a bid will signify that the Gontractar agrees to meet the requirements
of the project in accordance with the Engineer`s requirements,
CiRCU1T BREAKER PANEL,Bt3ARCi5
Circuit Breaker Panelboards shall be of the dead front safety type suitable far
operation on the voltage and phase shown on the Drawings. The panels shall have
main lugs ar rnain breaker and branch circuits as scheduled. Branch circuits and
mains shall be protected by thermal magnetic ambient compensated quick make,
quick break automatic, trip free molded case circuit k}reakers.
E3us withstand rating and circuit breaker interrupting rating shall be 14,Q00
symmetrical RMS amperes minimum or greater where indicated in the Drawings.
Circuit breaker handles shall have three (3) positions, "QFF" "orv", and "TRIPPED"
position and shall thus clearly indicate the abnormal condition of the circuit.
Panelboards shall conform to UL 67 and UL 5D, as applicable.
As insulated neutral bus for panels indicated in the schedules for connection of both
feeder and branch circuit neutral wires shall be provided. A separate ground bus,
bonded to the steel cabinet, shall be provided for each panel connection of all
ground wires and shall be marked with a green stripe along the front of the bus.
Bus bars shall be copper and shall be securely fastened to bases and shall not
depend upon breakers far support. All main buses and back pans shall be so
Rev 51Q9 SECTION 16

designed that branch circuits may be changed without additional machining, drilling,
ar tapping.
All breakers shall be designed to accept copper, copperclad, and aluminum
conductors. Multipole circuit breakers shall be of the common -trip type having a
single operating handle. All multipole breakers shall be so designed that an
overload in one {1) pale automatically causes all poles to open. Any three {3}
adjacent breaker poles shall be connected to Phases A, 13, and C, respectively and
that same relationship of phase sequence shall be maintained.
Circuit breaker units shall be operable in any position and removable from the front
of the panelboard without disturbing adjacent units. The panelboard shall be of such
design that a combination of one {1), or two {2), and three {3) pole circuit breakers
can be readily assembled in the same- panel. Tandem or half-size circuit breakers
will not be accepted.
Bus bars shall be constructed of rectangular solid copper bars of the size required
by latest NEMA and UL standards, securely mounted and braced to give adequate
short circuit protection ar to withstand chart circuit current as shown on the
Drawings. Ali conneatians to bus bars shall be made through high conductive metal
and shall be securely bolted,
Bolt -an circuit breaker shall be provided.
Ground fault circuit interrupting breakers shall be sized as indicated, shall canfiorm
to NEC, and shall be UL fisted, and shall have a "Push- Ta-Test" button and visible
indication of a tripped condition, and shall detect a current imbalance of
approximately 5 milliamperes, GFl type breakers shaft be used for a!I outdoor
circuits and circuits to damp locations where required by code.
Panelbaards shall be mounted in enclosed cabinets consisting of a code gauge,
sheet steel box with trim and door. Saxes shall be manufactured from commercial
galvanized sheet steel, or shall be housed in an integrated equipment enclosure
designed far the purpose,
Trim shalt be manufactured from one {1) piece of full�ffnish sheet steel, not
galvanized, painted with two {2} coats of paint, the first being a prime coat and the
second a finish coat of neutral grad lacquer.
Cabinets shall be 5 314 inches deep minimum unless otherwise indicated and of
sufficient size to allow gutter space of at least 4 inches on all sides around lighting
panelbaards and greater for power panels, Trim shai! be fastened to the cabinet by
means of approved adjustable clamps. Trim shaft have doors equipped with
chrome -plated combination lock and catch, two {2) milled keys being supplied with
each lock. Locks shall be keyed alike, and a directory frame shall be provided on
the inside of the door.
The Contractor shall identify -elf circuit locations fn each respective panel as
indicated and shown on the Drawings. Panels are identified an the Drawings by
alphabetical letters and with numerals. Branch circuit breaker sizes and type are
indicated in the panel schedules, in the one -line -diagram, ar the electrical
equipment schedules on the plans. The Contractor shall prepare a type circuit
director correctly identifying the destination and the item served by the breaker. For
individual branch circuits, the item name as it appears on the electrical drawings
shall be listed. The completed directory shall be mounted behind a protective
Rev 5/09 SECTION 16

Page 15
plastic cover on the inside of the panelboard door. Any circuit mislabeled shall be
corrected by the Contractor before final acceptance.
Engraved non-metallic nameplates of phenolic materials shall be provided for each
panelboard, engraved with the panelboard designation as indicated.
Where conduit terminate in the tap or sides of weatherproof enclosures, such
terminations shall be made with Myers type hubs, MClbank, 3M universal
interchangeable hubs or equal, and shall be installed to prevent the entry of water
into the enclosure. Suitable grounding continuity shall be maintained as required
herein.
panelboard shall be Westinghouse WEB, General Electric NHB, Square D NEHR,
or equal.
(c} fVIOTC�R STARTERS
Each starter unit shall be a combination circuit breaker and starter ar fused switch
and starter as indicated. High current interrupting capacity fuses ar circuit breakers
shalC be furnished where specifically called for on the Drawings. Switch and circuit
breaker handles shall be operable from the outside front of the access dear and
shall be interlocked so that the dear cannot be opened unless the breaker ar switch
is in the "OFF" position. Each starter shall have a green picot light in the (rant daor
to indicate when the motor is running:
Circuit breakers shall be manually -operated, ambient -compensated, trip --free from
the handle and provided with the inverse -time, thermal- element over -load
protection and Cnstantaneous magnetic short-circuit protection an all poles. -The
circuit breakers of any combination starter shall have an interrupting rating of not
less than 14,000 RMS amperes symmetrical, and higher where shown on the
Drawings. The operating handle shall clearly indicate whether the breaker is "ON",
"C?I=F", or "TRIPPED". C-Gasps shaiC be provided to lock each circuit breaker handle
in the "OFF" position with the cover closed by means of a padlock.
Fusible switches shall have uisible blades and quick -make quick -break operating
mechanism. Fuse clips to be positive -pressure type. The operating handCe shall
clearly indicate whether the breaker is "ON" "'OFF", ar "TRCPPED", Hasps shall be
provided to Cock each circuit breaker handle in the "OFF" position with the cover
cCosed by means of a padlock.
Fusible switches shall have visible bCades and quick -make quick -break operating
mechanism. Fuse clips to be positive -pressure type. The operating handle shall
clearly indicate whether the switch is "on" or "off". Means- shall be provided to lock
each switch in the "off' position with caner closed by means of a padlock.
Unless otherwise indicated or specified, all motor starters sma0er than size � shall
provide full voltage across -the -line starting.
All starters in the chemical room shall be housed in corrosive resistant nonmetallic
enclosures. Ali fittings, devices, etc. shaft be nanmetailie.
Starters shalC be three {3) pole having three {3) manually resettable overload relays
providing complete single phasing and overload protection with a reset pushbutton
in the front door. Provide door mounted control components and indicating lights as
specified, and as shown on the drawings, or as required for the equipment to be
Rev 5l09 SECTION f 6

Page 16
controlled. All starters shall be equipped with a minimum of two (2) auxiliary
contacts.
Circuit breaker combination starter units shall be Cutler Hamer, Westinghouse,
General Electric, Square D, ar equal.
Provide ambient compensated overload relays.
Properly sized instantaneous trip only circuit breakers may be substituted for the
instantaneous/thermal type circuit breakers in motor starter units if indicated on the
Drawings.
All control wiring and components shall be for 12t} volt, 60 hertz. Provide a 1{t
ampere, Class K-5 fuse in a pull4out black far protection at�d disconnection of ail
control wiring associated with that unit. V'dhere the motor oontro[ is energized at 4�0
volts, 3 phase, 3 wire, provide a antral transformer mounted in the starter unit,
unless indicated otherwise. Where a control trans#ormer is used, primary wiring
shall be tapped to two (2) pales on the load side of the circuit breaker of fusible
switch. Fuse both primary wires with 10 amperes, Glass K-5 fuses. Fuse the
ungrounded secondary side with a fuse capable of handling_ 100°lo to 'I2b°lo at the
rated contra] transformer secondar�r current. Provide control transformers with volt
ampere ratings equal to a minimum of 125°l0 of the volt ampere load connected to
the antral transformer.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility fa provide approved sized overload relay
heaters in all starters.
Each unit shall have a suitable phenolic nameplate to designate the purpose of the
airauit, Mount the nameplate on the unit door.
(d} INDtVI©UAL. CERCUIT 1�REAKERS
Circuit breakers shall be the molded case type of the frame and trip rating Hated on
the Drawings mounted in the panel enclosures unless noted otherwise, Circuit
breakers shall be of the same manufacturer as the pane( to be installed in. Ail
circuit breakers shall be ambient compensated.
(e} CONIDUCiGRS, �00 VUt_TS
Conductor sizes are expressed in American Wire Gauge (AWG) ar in circular mils.
Minimum conductor size shall be i4lo. 12 AWG except control wires and cables shalt
be minimum Na. 14 AWG. Wires C�a. 8 and larger shaA be stranded. Ail secondary
service, feeder, and branch circuit wire and cable shall be single conductor, soft
drawn copper wire with 600 volt insulation, type THW or TWHN. Wire and cable
shall be a manufae#ured by Anaconda, Genera( Cable,. US Rubber, Okonite,
Phelph-Dodge, ar equal.
All secondary service, feeder, branch and aantral circuit conductors shall be
color -coded. Conductor identification shalt be provided within each enclosure
where a tap, splice, ar termination is made. Conductor identification shall be
color -coded insulated conductors, plastic coated self -sticking printed markers,
colored nylon cable ties and plates, or heat -shrink Type sleeves. Control circuit
termination shall be peripheral identified and numbered. Colors to be used in
coding sha[I be:
Rev 5t09 SECT!(JN 16

Page 17
2Q8 Volt, 3-Phase System
Neutral -White
Phase A -Black
Phase B -Red
Phase C -Blue
Graunding Conductor -Green
1201�40 Volt, 3-Phase System
Neutral -White
Phase A -Black
Phase B -Grange (High Leg}
Phase C -Blue
Grounding Gonductor -Green
484 Valt, 8-Phase System
Neutral -Gray
Phase A -Brawn
Phase B -Orange
Phase C - Yellow
Graunding Gonductor -Green
12U1240 Volt, 1-Phase System
Neutral -White
Phase A � Black
Phase B -Red
Grounding Conductor -Green
Control circuit conductors shall be AWG #14 unless otherwise indicated, stranded,
capper, red THWN ar THNN insulation.
Conductors for grounding, bonding, and tither uses requiring bare capper wire shall
be solid bare copper wire conforming to ASTM B1 for sizes No. 8 AWG and small
and shall be stranded bare capper wire conforming to ASTM B8, Class B far sizes
No, 6 AWG and larger.
Flexible cable for connection to movable equipment shall be heavy- duty type SO
cord- The cable shall have a green equipment ground conductor, in addition to the
current carrying conductors,
All branch circuit conductors run through fluorescent fixtures shall be type RHH or
THNN rated 90 degrees G,
Rev 5109 SECTION 16

Rev 5/Q9
Page 18
Splices and terminations steal[ conform to UL 486. Tapes for splices and
teemination shall conform to Ul. 51fl. Connections in wires No. 1t1 AWG and
smaller shall be made with insulated pressure type aonnectars ar wirenuf type
connectors. Splices far wires Na. 8 AWG and urger shad be made with a
salderless connector. Splices and terminations shall be made in outlet or junction
boxes and shall be mechanically and electrically secure, using proper thickness of
tape. Mechanical connectors of every kind shall be taped. Splices and
terminations shall be covered with an Insulation material equivalent to the conductor
insulation. Flashover ar insulation valve of joints shall be at least 10C1% in excess of
wire insulation. Termination strips shall be used far interconnecting or splicing
control cables, communication cables and other conductors where called for on the
Drawings. These terminal strips shall be of the proper voltage, properly labeled and
mounted in the cabinet.
Solderless connectors and •.ugs shall- be screw type connectors and taped with
rubber compound and friction tapes, Splices and taps made with crimp -type or
indenter -type aonnectars will not be permitted. Wire connections to terminals ar
disconnecting switches, starters, motors, panelboards and similar connections shall
be made with mechanical aonnectians.
Tape of proper color may be used to identify the phase conductors of the larger
feeders {larger than No. 6 AWG}, Painting or taping will not be acceptable an
conductors No. 6 AWG or smaller. Ail feeders, subfeeds to panel, motors, eta.,
shall be completely phased cut as to sequence and rotation. Phase sequence shall
be A-B-C from rear to front, tap to bottom, or left to right when facing equipment.
Suitable equipment shall be used to pull conductors through conduit exercising due
care to avoid damage to insulation. Wires shalt- not be puped through conduits
before the aonduik system is complete and has been carefully freed from
obstruction of any kind. Soapstone ar an approved compound may be employed to
facilitate pulling wires. Cable pulling lubriaatians compound shall not contain
petroleum or other products which will have a deteriorating effect on cable
insulation.
{f) coNatJ1T
Rigid steel conduit {RS} shall be standard weight, mild steel pipe, hat -dipped
galvanized, ar zinc -coated conforming to the requirement of ANSI C 84.1, latest
edition. Rigid steel conduit shall be installed where routed .in poured in place-
cancrete, in exterior masonry walls, ar in wet locations where subject to severe
physical damage. Exposed aonduit steal! be rigid steel unless otherwise indicated.
Electrical metallic tubing {EMT} shall be cold -rolled steel tubing with a zinc coating
on the outside and protected an the inside by a zinc, enamel, or equivalent
corrosion -resistant aaating and conforming to the requirement of ANSI C8p,3, latest
edi#ion. t.argest trade size shall be 2 inches. Electrical meta0ic tubing shall not be
used in floor slabs, outside walls, below grade, or exposed, except that it may be
used for serving exposed light switch boxes mounted at least 4 feet 6 inches above
floor and fed from above.
Flexible aonduit {FC} shall be galvanized steel, single strip, with a copper strip
interwoven and shall conform to Ut,-1, FC shall be used to connect all indoor
vibrating equipment.
SECTION 1C

Page 19
Liquid -tight flexible conduit {LFG} shall be galvanized steel, single strip, with a
copper strip interwoven and shall conform to UL-1. LFC shall have an extruded
moisture and oil proof f'VC jacket. Watertight connectors shall be used with liquid-
tight flexible conduit on both ends. LFC shall be used to connect all vibrating
equipment installed in wet areas.
Plastic conduits {PC) shot( be polyvinyl chloride (PVG} and shall conform to NEMA
TC-8. PVG conduit for direct burial in earth shall be type DB, Schedule 40. PVG
conduit for concrete encasement shall be type EB. Plastic conduit shall be in
accordance with UL-�51 "heavy -wall" for direct burial and "thin- wall" far concrete
encasement, All plastic conduit runs shall contain d green TW insulated copper
grounding conductor sized in accordance wifih the NEC. PVC as specified shall be
for optional use 'rn low abuse underground -areas and in concrete ductbanks.
Fittings, elbows, etc., shall be manufactured in accordance with NEMA TG-9.
Each length of conduit shall be= stamped with the name and trademark of the
manufacturer and shall bear the Underwriter's Label.
Conduit shall be installed concealed unless otherwise indicated ar specified,
Conduit may be run exposed on walls only where concealing is not practical.
Where exposed, maintain a minimum distance of 6 inches from parallel runs of
flues or water pipes,. For floor mounted equipment, conduit -may be run overhead
and dropped down, where underfloor installation is not practical. Groups of
conduits shall be uniformly spaced, where straight and at turns.
Conduit shall be cut with a hacksaw or an approved conduit -cutting machine and
reamed after threading to remove all burrs. Securely fasten conduit to outlets,
junction and pal[ boxes to effect firm electrical contact. Join conduit with approved
couplings. Expansion fittings shall be installed iri a conduit where it passes through
structural expansion joints. Conduits shall be freed of all abstractions.
Empty conduit systems shall be provided as indicated and shall have puff wires
installed. The pull wire shall be No. 14 AWG zinc -coated steel, ar of plastic having
not Tess than 200 pound tensile strength. Not less khan 12 inches of stack shalt be
left at each end of the puff wire.
All bends shall be made with standard conduit elbows ar conduit bent to not less
than the same radius than a standard conduit elbow. Bends with kinks shall not be
acceptable.
Exposed conduit shall be supported every 8 feet and shall be installed parallel with
or perpendicular to walls, structural members, or intersections of vertical planes and
ceilings with right angle turns consisting of fittings in symmetrical bends. Conduits
shall be supported within 1 feat of all changes in direction. Supports shall be
approved pipe straps, wall brackets, hangers or ceiling trapeze. Perforated strap
hangers will not be accepted. In no case shall conduit be supported or fastened to
another pipe or installed to prevent the removal of other pipes far repairs.
I✓astening shall be by expansion baits an concrete; by machine screws, welded
threaded studs, or spring -tension clamps on steel work. Explosive -drive equipment
may be used to make connections where the use of this equipment complies with
safety regulations. Wooden plugs inserted in masonry and the use of nails as
fastening media area prohibited. Threaded G-clamps may be used an rigid steel
conduit only. Conduits ar pipe straps shall not be welded to steal.
The Toad applied to fasteners shaft not exceed 1/4 of the proof test load. Fasteners
attached to concrete shall be vibration and shock resistant. Holes cut to depth of
Rev 5109 SECTlQN 16

Page �Q
mare than 1 1I2 inches in reinforced concrete beams or to a depth of more than 314
inch in concrete joints shall not cut the main reinforcing bars. Hales not used steal!
be filled, Sprintd steel fasteners may only be used to support ligh#ing branch circuit
conduits to structural steel members. Gonduits shall be fastened to all sheet -metal
boxes and cabinets with two (2} lockouts where required by the NEC #o insure
adequate bonding for grounding. Where insulated busing are used, or where
bushings cannot be secured firmly to the box ar enclosure,. a bonding jumper shall
be installed to maintain suitable grounding continuity. �ocknuts shall be the type
with sharp edges far digging into the wall of metal enclosures. Bushings shall be
installed an the ends of all conduits and shall be of the insulating type where
required by the NEC.
Conduit installed in concrete slabs or wa11s shall be located so as not to affect the
designed structural strength of the slabs,. Conduit shall be installed within the
middle one-third of the concrete slab except where necessary to not disturb the
reinforcement. The outside diameter of conduit shall not exceed one-third of the
slab thickness, and condo"tts shall be spaced no closer than three (3} diameters
except at cabinet locations. Curbed parkions of bends shall not be visible above the
finish slab. Where embedded conduits cross expansion joints, suitable watertight
expansion fittings and bonding jumpers shah be provided. Conduit .larger than one
(1} inch trade size shall be parallel with ar at right angles to the reinforcement, the
condui# shall be close fo one of the supports of the slab. Conduits shall not be
stacked more than 2 diameters high in floor slabs, Where plastic conduit is
installed in or below Haar slabs, ar the concrete wails, bridges, ar other structures a
transformation from plastic conduit to steel conduit shall be provided far each
conduit using approved couplings. This transformation shall be embedded in the
concrete and all stub -ups out of the concrete shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit.
Steel conduits installed in the earth shall be field coated with 2 coats of coal tar
base asphaltum, 3Q mils thick, over the entire surface of conduit and all .fittings.
Field made joints, fittings, abrasions, and imperfections shall be coated with
material equivalent to the above. All conduits buried in the earth outside of the
structure shall have minimum of 24 inches of cover above the conduit. PVG shall
be changed to metal conduit at the point where it (eaves the ground.
Na mare than three t:3) 90 degree bends will be allowed in any one conduit run.
Where bands are necessary, a conduit or pull box steal! be installed. All bends in
1I2 inch and 3t4 inch conduit shalt be made with a conduit bender, and all larger
sizes shall have machine bends. Taints in threaded conduit shall be made up
watertight with white lead or compound applied to male threads only; and all field
joints shall be cut square, reamed smooth, and properly threaded to receive
couplings, Nn running threads will. be permitted. All conduit ends at switch and
outlet boxes shag be fined with an approved lockout and bushing farming an
approved tight band with box when screwed up tightly in place,
canduits stubbed up through conarete floors for canneatians to free standing
equipment and future equipment shall be provided with an adjustable top ar
coupling threaded inside far plugs, set flush with the finished fbar, lr`Viring shall be
extended in rigid threaded conduit to equipment, except that where required,
flexible conduit may be used 6 inches above the floor. Screwdriver operated
threaded flush plugs shall be installed in conduits from which na equipment
connections are made,
Where outlets are shaven near identified equipment furnished by this or other
Contractors, it is the intent of the specification and drawings that the outlet be
located at the equipment to be served. This contractor shall coordinate the location .
Rev 5109 SECTION 16

Page 21
of these outlets to be near the final Iacatian of the equipment served whether
placed correctly an incorrectly on the Crawings. Changes in outlet [ovations
required to serve the equipment furnished by other Contractors on the Project shall
be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
Name runs may be combined with one (1) conduit, provided all connections are in
accordance with NEC requirements and the maximum unbalanced current in the
neutral does not exceed the capacity of the conductor; and the conductors are not
required to be de -rated to below circuit capacity ar are re -sized to meet de -rated
circuit requirements.
{gy Ct)NC?t!(1' FBTTINGS
Far rigid metal conduit, nonmetallic conduit, flexible metal conduit shall conform to
UL 467 and UL 514, as applicable, Fittings far electrical metallic tubing sha?! be
raintigh# and concrete tight and shall conform to UL 467 and UL 514, as applicable
and shall be plated steel hexagonal threaded compression type. Set screw or
indenter type connectors shall not be used. Fittings for conduit installed in wet
locations and underground shah provide a watertight joints, Fittings for rigid conduit
and intermediate metal canduif shall be threaded.
Fittings ar bushings shall be installed in easily accessible {acakians.
UVhere conduits pass through expansion joints, approved waterproof telescopic
type expansions fittings shall be used. Fittings hall be OZ/GEaNEY fiype AX
watertight and permit a movement up to 4 inches and shall be equipped with
approved banding jumpers around ar through each fitting. Bond'mg jumpers-sha(( be
an Appleton, Crouse -Hinds, Gedney ar aqua[.
Conduit fitting "candulets" shall be used on exposed conduit work far lighting and
power outlets, canvenienee outlets, changes in direr#ion of conduit runs and
breaking around beams, "Candulets" shall be cast ferrous alloy, galuanized ar
cadmium plated, as manufactured by Crouse -Hinds, Plyle-National, Killark,
Appleton Company or aqua(. Epoxy coated fittings and boxes shall be used with
coated conduit in all chemically aggressive areas ar where called for an the
drawings. Covers shall be of a design suitable far the purpose intended. to damp
areas, the outside candulets shall be made watertight. Install all candulets with the
ravers accessible. Use proper tools to assemble conduit system to prevent injury
to the plastic covering, No -damage to the covering shall be permitted.
Outlet boxes, switch boxes, and small junctions and pull boxes shall conform to UL
514. Saxes shall be provided in the wiring ar raceway system wherever required for
pulling of wires, making connections, and mounting of devices ar fixtures. Saxes
far metallic raceways sha11 be of the cast metal hub type when located in normally
wet locations, when surface mounted an outside of exterior surfaces, and when
installed exposed up to 7 feet above interior flpars and walkways. Boxes in other
locations shall be sheet steel. Boxes shall be sized and installed according to the
NEC. Saxes far use with raceway system shall not be less than 1 1l2 inches deep
except where shallower boxes, required by structural conditions are approved.
Saxes far other than lighting fixture outlets shall not be less than 4 inches square
except that 4° x 2" boxes may be used where only one (1) raceway enters the
outlet.
Saxes less than 4 inches far mounting lighting fixtures may be installed as required
by fixture configuration when approved.
Rev 5J09 SECTION 16

Page 22
All other lighting outlet boxes shall be hot dipped galvanized four {4} inch octagon
boxes as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company, Stee[ Gity, Rana or equal.
Swi#ch boxes fiar concealed wiring shall be hot dipped galvanized standard steel
switch boxes as manufactured by Appleton Electric Company, Steel City, F2aca or
equal Where fixtures are to be mounted on the box they shah have suitable studs
and supports for carrying the weight of the fixture. Boxes in fiinished waifs shall be
flush mounted and have flush cover plates, If in concrete, boxes shall be 4 inch
canorete type.
Where outlets occur in exposed masonry construction, they shall be adjusted where
practical to occur in the nearest joint to the height specified ar indicated.
Gang -switch and junction boxes not dimensioned, far concealed wiring, shall be hot
dipped galvanized four {4) inch square boxes -as manufactured by Appietan Electric
Company, Steel City, Raco or equal,
Boxes for.�utlets, switchesreceptacles, and for junction boxes used in the fnllawing
locations shall be cadmium -plated cast malleable iron type with threaded hubs and
Veliumoid cover gasket, Crouse -Hinds, Appietan, Raca or equal.
1) Any exterior location,
2} Where exposed to rain,
3) In all surface mounted, exposed, conduit system,
4) Where exposed to moisture laden atmosphere, and
5) Where shown on the i7rawings.
Boxes with unused punched -out openings shall have the openings filled with proper
closures.
Where sizes of boxes are not spawn an the Drawing, the Contraotar shall provide
box sizes in accordance with the NEC.
Where junction or pull box size exceeds the standard box sizes or where Shawn on
the [drawings, boxes shall be provided as specified far large junction and pull
boxes.
Provide pull boxes or junction boxes in conduit runs where indicated ar where
required to facilitate the pulling of wires ar the making of connections. All pull boxes
and junction boxes except where cast iron boxes are specified nr indicated -shall be
cads size galvanized steel and shall be provided with plain black removable savers
held in place with screws unless otherwise shown; and covers of ail boxes shall be
accessible, Boxes shall be constructed of 12 gauge minimum hnt called sheet steel
and shall be hat dipped galvanized inside and outside.
In damp and wet locations and where indicated on the C7rawings, cast Iran junction
boxes shall be provided. Cast iron junction boxes shall have a galvanized finish
and be Russell &Stoll, Crouse -Hinds, Raco ar equal Gaskets shall be used where
required and in all wet ar damp locations.
Where large junction and pull boxes are renessed, the box covers shall be installed
flush with the surface.
Rigid steal wiring troughs shall be constructed of steel, totally enclosed with hinged
cover or cover fastened with screws, and sized as indicated ar as required by NFPA
70. The wireway shall be provided complete with all necessary accessories and
fittings,.
Rev 5109 SECTIC3N 15

Page- 2�
Where wiring troughs are indicated in damp or weR locations, provide NEMA 3R
construction.
tbj MaIrViCES
Lighting switches shag be Leviton, Hubbelt, Pass and Seymour or equal, and shalt
conform to UL 2a and shall be '"Specification Grade" quiet -operating flush toggle
type for back and side wiring, 2Q amperes, 124 volts, AC only.
Switches for use ire wet locations shall lie installed in type "FS" boxes, fitted with a
weatherproof saver with gasket and with external operating- handle integral with the
cover. Switches or devices in chemical areas shall toe in nonmetallic boxes,
Where indicated or required by NEPA 7Q for individual branch circuits, provide
convenience outlets identical to above except rated 2Q amperes, NEMA
configuration 5-20R.
Convenience outlets installed in wet locations shall be 15A, 125V duplex 3-wire
grounding type complete with cast metal double lift cover late for Type "FS" cast
metal boxes, including gasket. [n chemical area, boxes shall be nonmetallic with
double lift nonmetallic covers,
Grounding fault circuit interrupter receptacles shall conform to UL 943, as
applicable and shall be duplex receptacle feed through type fior mounting in a
standard outlet box. The device shall be capable of detecting a current leak ofi 5
rriilliamperes.
Where portable equipment is shown on the Drawings with a cord and plug
indicated, the Contractor shall provide aplug-cap to match the receptacle and the
necessary heavy duty rubber covered 3, 4 or 5 wire cord of the required- size and
shall install the plug caps thereon and attach to the equipment. The plug and
receptacle shall be completely weatherproof and manufactured by Leviton, Hubbell,
Raco or equal.
All wiring devices in boxes shall be equipped with a plate of the required
configuration.
Device plates for surface -type boxes shall be galvanized sheet steel designed for
the application in non -chemical areas.
t?utlets must be centered with regard to openings, trim, etc. Qut[ets shall be
symmetrically arranged. Any outlet which is improperly located must be corrected
at Contractor's expense. Outlets must be set plumb or horizontal and shall extend
to the finished. surface of the wall, ceiling or floor where recessed without projecting
beyond same. Receptacles, switches, etc. shall be installed symmetrically on such
trim or fixture and, where necessary, shall be set with the Fong dimension ofi the
plate vertical or shaA be ganged in tandem.
Mounting heights above finished floor of finished grade to center, shall be as follows
unless otherwise shown or indicated in these specifications or on the Drawings.
Rev 5108 SECT{ON 16

-- �•
DeV1CeS
equal.
(�?
Single -pole fight switches, 54"'
unless otherwise noted,
Duplex receptacles in dry areas, 16"
Duplex receptacles in wet areas, 54°
Pushbutton motor control stations, 54"
Panelbaards to top 78"
Motor starters to center 54"
shall be NEMA rated and manufactured by Levifian, Hubbell, Racn nr
:.n�c�1~tr•��.�r�il�r�
Grounding and bonding equipment shall be in accordance with UL 467,
The maximum resistance to ground shall not exneed 5 ohms under normally dry
conditions. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, ail exposed non -current
carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding
conduator in nanmetallia raceways and neutral conductor ar wiring systems shall be
grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the main services equipment.
Where ground fault protection is employed, .care shall be taken so that the
connection of the ground and neutral does not interfere with the correct operation of
the fault protection.
Where indicated, agreen-colored equipment grounding conductor, which shall be
separate from the electrical system neutral conductor shall be provided. Provide.
green equipment grounding conductor in all nonmetallic conduits.
Equipment grounds shall be solid and continuous from a connection at earth to all
distribution panelboards. Ground connections at paneiboards, outsets, equipment,
and apparatus shall be made in an approved and permanent manner.
U) LIGHTING
Eaah fixture shall be the Underwriter's Label. Fixtures shall be located
symmetrically with building fines. Ali lighting fixtures shall be famished complete
with camps of the size and type as indicated an the drawings and ai! fittings and
hardware necessary fnr a complete installation. Lighting fixtures shai[ have ail parts
and fittings necessary to completely and properly install the 1•ixtures. Fixture leads
shall be required by NEC and shag be grounded by the conduit connection to the
fixture.
Ballasts for fluorescent fixtures shall be rapid start, high power factor, with
certification by ETt., CMM and Underwriter's Laboratories. Ali ballasts shalt be
equipped with internal, non -resetting thermal protectors and shall be guaranteed
against service failure for a period of two (2) years. Ballasts shall be rated `"Glass
P" to agree with requirements of NEC and to conform to the time schedule for this
requirement, and shall be Mass A sound rating and series lead -lag type.
SECTIQN 16

Page 25
Lamps shall be of the falfawing types:
1) Fluorescent: Rapid -Start, Cool White, HO
2} HID: 120 Volt, HPS
3) Incandescent: 13Ci Voit.
Lenses for all fluorescent light fixtures shall be 100°!° virgin acrylic clear prismatic.
The contrackor shah provide submittals ar samples shaving the lenses he proposes
to use.
Painting of fiuorescent fixtures sha(I be after fabrication. Fixtures made from
pre -painted stack will not be accepted.
Surface and pendant mounted fluorescent fixtures shai# be individually supported
from the facility structural sysfiem. Continuous row fixtures shah be jointed by the
use of chase Hippies ar fittings approved for the use. Ali lighting fixtures shall set
true to line and spacing.
{k} EC�UIPMEt�T FIELD G�ONSTRUCT�CI4�,CKS
The Contractor shai! furnish and fabricate all equipment racks far ail electrical
equipment. Racks shall be fabricated far electrical equipment furnished under the
Contract as veil as equipment furnished by others where specified. Equipment
racks shall be specified herein unless otherwise noted.
A!i nuts and baits shai! be case hardened to assure proper seating into the inturned
edge of the channel framework and shall be galvanized.
The Cantractar shall furnish and install a!I equipment, channels, accessories, eta.,
necessary to make the racks complete, stable and professional. Components shall
be factory purchased and completely assembled for equipment racks in the field.
Components shall be by Unistrut, HuskylBurndy, Kendorf, or equal.
fit} sz�+Fl✓T� Asvo C(aNTFttiL svul�cl-t�s
Disconnect switches shall be heavy duty type and/or as designated in the
Specifications. Switches shai{ be located as shown an the Drawings and as
required by the NEC. Handles shall be lockable. Switches shall be rated far service
entry where required.
Switches shall be NEMA Type HD, single -throw, externally operated, fused or
non -fused as required. Switches of the poles, voltage and ampere ratings shown in
NEMA-1A or NEMA-3 enclosures as required.
All switches to be mounted a"0'" above the floor or at the equipment height where
appropriate.
Switches shall be quick -make, quick -break and with an interlocked cover which
cannot be opened when switch is in the "ON" position and capable of being locked
in the "OPEN" position.
Rev 5/09 SECTION 16

Page 26
Pushbutton stations and selector switches shall be the heavy duty, ail tight type
and, unless otherwise designed shall be of the same manufacturer as similar units
furnished by the control center manufacturer.
Plastic or bakelite engraved nameplates shall be securely fastened to the front of
each safety switch and each pushbutton station, selector switch and motor starter
remotely located from the motor control center. 1f adequate space is not available,
nameplate shall be mounted below the pushbutton stations. Nameplates shall
designate the item of equipment controlled.
Identify all switches as to the equipment which they control. Provide engraved
laminated 1I16" thick pliable plastic fastened to the switches with self -tapping
stainless steel screws and drawn down to conform to the contour of the switch
enclosure.
Safety and control switches shall be enclosed in nonmetallic enclosures in the
chemical room.
{rrt} FUSES, GQO VQLTS
Provide two complete sets of fuses for all switches requiring fuses. Install one set
and deliver second set to the C3wner with proper identification. All fuses shall be
dual element, time delay type unless otherwise Hated on drawings. {Fusetron fuses
shall be used.} .
!=uses shall conform to NEMA FU-� and UL 195, a complete set of fuses for all
switches shall be provided. Time -current characteristic curves of fuses serving
motors or connected in series with circuit breakers shall be coordinated for proper
operation. Fuses shall have voltage rating not Tess than the circuit voltage.
The Contractor shall furnish and install fuses of various types as required with the
continuous ampere ratings as shown on the Qrawings. Qne complete set of spare
fuses shall be furnished and delivered fie the Qwner at the time of final inspection.
Fuses shall be manufactured by Federal Pacific Electric, Busman, Chase
Shawmut, or equal.
{n} EXHAUST FANS
Exhaust fans shall be direct or belt driven, centrifugal or propeller type and shall
provide the exhaust a`tr volume as shown: in the exhaust fan schedule on th-e
drawings. Fan shall be coordinated with ail louvers and dampers such that the
CFM's listed are maintained regardless of the system static pressure. Any system
which required an increase in the static pressure shall result in the fan being
re -sized to meet the DFM requirements listed.
The fan shall bear the UL label where listing is available and bear the AMCA seal.
Ratings shall be in accordance with AMCA Standard 2'10 and comply with the
requirements of the AMCA. Certified Rating Program.
Fan shall be aluminum or finished with a corrosive resistant paint where shown, and
include a wire guard and gravity shutters similarly finished. All dimensions and
openings shal► be coordinated with the building openings and dimensions shall be
submitted to the engineer prior to any construction which effects the location and
size of any opening.
Rev 510� S>=CTIQN 16

Page 27
Ail fans 1!2 hp and less shall be designed for operation at 120 volts. Fans greater
than 1!2 hp shall operate on 3-phase power. The gravity shutter shall be
coordinated or matched with the fan supplied so that pre -drilled holes for mounting
line up, and the shutter fits flush to the outside wall.
Exhaust fan shall be as specified on drawings. Starters and electrical controls shall
be furnished.
Fans and aIk fan hardware steak► be delivered to the building contractor for
installation with the building. The contractor shall thoroughky coordinate- the
installation of the fans and openings required to ensure proper fit.
r.r.;.
All wail mounted exhaust openings shall include a gravity damper. Dampers sheik
be coordinated to operate and interface with the fan when in operation. Dampers
an the fans shall be mounted flush an the outside wail unless shown recessed in
the opening. All dampers sheik be low leakage type.
Dampers shall have aluminum blades with sealing edges and couplings at both
ends with tie rods. Frames shall be welded steel and painted with a corrosive
resistant primer and a finished coat of natural aluminum. Dampers shall be
pre -drilled to match the fan or louver. Dampers shall be natural aluminum unless
indicated on the drawings.
Dampers shall be sized to fit the openings, and where necessary multiple dampers
shall be used for large intake openings,
All dimensions shall be coordinated with the building aontractar and dimensions
shall be submifted to the owner prior to any construction which affects the location
and size of openings.
The cantractar shall furnish the dampers to the building contractor for installation.
The dampers steak{ be delivered to the job site with elk installation hardware well in
advance of the work schedule for this item.
{p} UNIfi HEATERS
The cabinets shaki be of 18 gauge die formed furniture grade steel. Individual ',
adjustable [Duvets shall be furnished to provide desired control to discharge air. All
meta{ surfaces of the casing shall be phosphate coated to resist corrosion and
finished kn neutrak gray baked enamel.
The heating coil shaki consist of three {3) metal sheathed fiintube electric heating
ekements each wired to a built-in line voltage, automatic reset thermal overload
protective device for instantaneous operation of the power contractor holding coil in
fihe event of an overload.
Motors shaki be of the totally enclosed continuous fan duty sleeve bearing type
equipped with built�in thermal overload protections. Each unit shall be equipped
with combination fan guardlmotar support resiliently mounted at four (4) paints to
absorb any motor vibrations. The fan orator shaki kae wired within the unik heater to
the electric heating coil power supply, thus, eliminating the need for external orator
starters or a separate fan motor circuit to the unit Fans shall be broad bladed
Rev 5l09 SECTION 16

aluminum directly connected to the fan motor, dynamically balanced and designed
for the unit heater application.
OnlOff type operation shall be provided by interrupting the heater power supply with
a contractor of size as required by the equipment indicated an the Drawings. The
contactor folding coil shall in turn be operated by a pilot duty type thermostat.
The unit heater shall be supplied complete with a thermostat switch unless
otherwise indicated, designed to maintain temperature between u5 degrees F and
�5 degrees i= unless otherwise indicated. The control circuit shall operate on 120
vac, single phase, 60 hertz from a control transformer with the unit.
All heaters shall be UL listed and meet the requirement of the National Electrical
Code. Unit heaters shah be as manufactured by Emerson-Chramziax, Emerson
Electrical Co., Singer Ca., or equal, and shall have a grounding conductor.
{q} THEFtMQSTATS
(Remote Mounted}: Thermostats for exhaust fans and unit heaters shall be SPST
heavy duty, aontrol voltage type, arranged to close the circuit as required by a
aontrol point and open the circuit as required by a control point.
Unless otherwise specified or indicated the range of adjustment shah be 7(7-100
degrees F for exhaust fans and 44-6Q degrees F far unit heaters.
Enclosures for thermostats ioaation on corrosive atmospheres or facilities shall be
waterproof polyester type. Polyester enclosures shall be as manufactured by
Crouse -Hinds, Adalet, Carson, ar equal.
Electrical requirement, unless otherwise specified or indiaated, shalt be 1�0 vac,
single phase, 60 hertz.
Thermostats to be manufactured by Emerson-Chramalox, Emerson Electrical Co.,
Honeywell, or equal.
16.02.4t ELECTi+i1CAL -ALARMS & G©NTRC?LS
(a} GENERAL
The Electrical Contractor shall provide ail external power and control wiring to
control panels of pre -wired packaged equipment, unless indicated otherwise.
Control wiring requirements are indicated in eleatricai schematics and descriptions
on the drawings, in control function descriptions in the specifications, and in
equipment manufacturer's equipment data. Furnish= and install aontrol wiring in
accordance with the drawings and specifications. This Contractor shall provide all
control Girauits and wiring for a particular item of equipment in accordance with
requirements as set forth by the manufacturer of the particular item of equipment.
Where pumps provided by other are furnished with solenoid valves or other devices
for aantroi, the EleGtrica( contractor shah wire these valves or devices to operate
when the pump command is "ON" ar indiaated by the Control T�rawings.
Unless otherwise indiaated or specified, magnetic starter contactors shall be wired
to drop out and remain dropped out on foss of power to the line side of the starter.
Rev �109 SECTION 'i6

Page 29
Operator action shah be required to restart the motor unless the molar is under
automatic control that is aperafiional after power is restored.
Motor contras components and control wiring shall conform to NEMA specifications
15G1970 (Revised, 1975), industrial Controls and Systems.
Where devices are installed in NEMA 4 or 3R enclosures, provide covers to
maintain the NEMA 4 or 3R rating of the enclosure.
The exhaust fans shah be controlled by a thermostat. Thermostats shah- be 120
vac in a nanmetaltic waterproof enclosure at +60" AFF.
Unit heaters shall have integral contactors and control transformer far operation at
12a vac cantrai voltage, Unit heaters shall be interlocked with the existing load
shedding system through the 12Q vac cantrai cirauit and a new relay panel.
All electrical equipment shaft be mounted in NEMA 3R enclosures when installed
outdoors ar in basement areas and in NEMA 12 enclosures when installed outdoors
above ground,
'C6,03 CC3NSTRUCTI�N NIETHQDS
16,03.'t Gi�NERAL
(a) lnstallatian of Electric Work shall be complete in every respect, insuring
systems which will operate satisfactorily and safely. Ali work shall be done by
skilled workmen, and work performed by unskilled help wilt not be acceptable.
All culling, fitting, repairing and finishing of masonry, concrete, metal and
carpentry work that may be required far the contemplated work under this
Specification must be done by craftsmen skilled in their respective trades and
at the expense of the Contractor. Unless otherwise indicated, ail materials
and equipment small be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
(b} Concrete used in Electrical Work for equipment bases, conduit encasement,
handhales, manholes, and otherwise shalt conform to Class C as specified
under Section 9.0 of the General Specifications.
(c) Excavation and 6ackfill work required far Electrical Wark shall be done by the
Electrical Cantractar under the requirements of Section 8.0 of these General
Specit"icatians. Wark within structures shall include that required below
excavation far general construction. Outside of structures, it shad include ail
work necessary to properly perform the Eleatrieal Wark. Excavation of rack
Larger than 1!2 cubic yard in size wilt be performed under other Sections of
these specifications; however, the Electrical Cantraator shalt backfill rock
excavation with sand ar gravel acceptable to the Engineer as required to
support items of Electrical Wark. The Electrical Cantractar shall_ prauide all
equipment and da all work necessary to keep his excavations free of water
until conduit has been laid ar unfit concrete ar masonry has been allowed to
set for at least 48 hours. He shall furnish and install al[ temporary sheeting,
sharing, timbering and bracing required to maintain the excavation in a
condition to permit proper instailatian of the work; such bracing shall be left in
plane at na added compensafion should the site conditions sa require. He
shalt furnish and install all items necessary to protect adjacent strut#ores,
existing pipelines, grass pints, trees, when sa indicated, and pedestrian and
Rev 5/OJ SECTION 16

Page 30
vehicular traffic from damage as the result of excavation work. The Electrical
Contractor will be held liable far any damage resulting from his operations. Alt
buried items shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before
backfilling. Backfill material shall be free of debris, frozen material, cinders,
and other corrosive material. No rock or hard material -shall be placed in
contact with buried conduit, handhales or manholes. Backfill shall be placed
by hand in layers not exceeding 56 inches in depth and thoroughly tamped to a
point at least 12 inches above the top of conduit and duct runs; the remainder
may be placed mechanically and shall be placed to s height slightly above the
original ground elevation. Backfill under paved areas or ornamental grounds
and around al! structures shall be compacted by jetting or puddling with water
if backfill material is of sand or gravel, or by methods designed to control
moisture and secure maximum material shall be disposed off the site or as
directed by the Engineer. Existing pavement, curbs, sidewalks, strrubbery,
sod or other appurtenances removed or damaged by excavation shall be
restored to their original condition unless otherwise directed. When work is
done in a public street or highway, the Electrical Contractor shall make all
necessary arrangements with the municipal or highway authority for permits,
inspections, and repairs without additional cost to the Owner.
(d} All materials and equipment shall. be installed in strict compliance with
manufacturer's recommendations unless directed otherwise. Ail exposed
conduit shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to walls and partitions and
shall be vertically plumb. All piping shall be run concealed in finished areas.
Installation of work shall be complete in every respect, insuring system will
operate satisfactorily, All equipment shall be adequately protected prior to
installation, The Contractor shall provide and connect power in accordance
with the NEC and the manufacturer's recommends#ions to all motor and
equipment space heaters which have been famished with same prior to
connection to the project electrical system. In the event the Contractor fails or
neglects to connect power to an equipment space heater as specified, the
Contractor shall perform tests to determine if the equipment insulation system
has been affected and shall disassemble and brake out the insulation or
suitably repair same in an approved manner directed by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall bear the expense of all tests and repairs as directed by the
Engineer.
(e} The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for:
(1} Arranging order of work sa as not to cause interference of
delays with other trades.
(2} Ubtaining all required tests and approvals of work before such
work is closed in or covered up.
(3} Proceeding with roughing -in all portions of work before such
work is closed in or covered up.
{4} Keeping the premises free from all debris and waste materials
resulting from the work under this section, All such debris and
rubbish shall be removed from the site.
Rev 5/(19 SECTIQN 16

Page 31
16,g3.2 INSTAE.LATIt3N OF MATERIALS
Rev 5/g9
CONDUIT
(1} All conduit installation shall be in full compliance with the NEC.
{2} Conduits steal{ be either underground, concealed in walls, concealed in
slabs, unless indicated otherwise by the Drawings or directed by the
Engineer.
(3} All exposed canduit in the plant shall be supported with rustproof malleable
iron one hole scraps and Appleton "clamp backs" securely anchored with
rustproof screws at a maximum spacing of 8'. For unto or mare exposed canduit
runs, a trapeze hanger or other approved method of installation shall be used,
Perforated strap hangers will not be acceptable. All exposed conduits shall run
parallel or perpendicular with adjacent wall or partitions.
{4j Conduits steal[ be thoroughly cleaned of dirt and free of moisture before
ins#ailing any conductors.
{5} Expansion couplings shall be installed at all paints where conduits cross
structural joints, Banding jumpers shall be provided.
{6} Conduit insulating bushings with ground lugs shall be provided an all conduits
terminating in or under equipment, and ground to the equipment and to the
system ground. Insulating bushings shall be provided at locations which the
NEC requires. Conduit stubs under equipment shall be of uniform height and
neatly arranged with a minimum of 1" space between conduits.
{7} Conduit connection to motors and other equipment subject to vibrations shall
be made by means of a short length of #lexible canduit between the motor ar
equipment outlet box and the feeder canduit in compliance with the NEG.
{8} The minimum conduit size shall be 3/4" unless otherwise specified or
indiaated on the Drawings.
(9} Conduits shall be plugged and capped until ready for pulling oonductors and
making connections.
{1U} Rigid conduit shall be used in non -chemical areas and when placed where
subject to mechanical injury. Conduit in contract with earEh and in chemical
area shall be Schedule 4Q PVC.
{11 } No electrical metallic tubing {EMT} may be used.
{12} Flexible steel canduit may be used in runs from adjacent junction boxes or
motors and in certain Ipcatians where, for structural or other reasons, it is
impractical to use rigid tube and where speoifia permission to da so has been
granted by the jurisdictional authorities. For motor conneation in moist or damp
locations use flexible canduit; American Srass "Sealtite Flexible" Type "UA"
Columbia, "Flex -Seal" Type "Xt_"', Allied, or approved equal, with flexible fittings
Aluminum flexible conduit shall net be used far paver circuits.
{13} PVC Schedule 40 canduit shall be -used in and under slabs and underground
where approved by local cedes, A green ground wire shall be installed in all
SECTION 16

Page 32
PVC canduits of the required size and canduit size sha0 be adjusted for the
additional wire. The joints shall be made liquid tight.
(14) Conduit installed underground, in concrete, ar in any moist or periodically damp
location shall have joints made liquid and gas -tight and made up with an
approved joint compound.
(15} Provide and install PVC sleeves where Conduits pass through masonry
walls, etc, Caulk all sleeves after installation of canduits with silicon.
{16) Conduit shall not be run Closer than 6" to any water pipe.
shall be installed in concrete slabs laid on the ground.
{17} Ends of canduit shall be Cut square and carefully reamed.
{a} Conduit riser shall be fully protected from physiaa( damage by a
skirt ar in same other approved manner fully enclosed.
{b} Nylon pullers shall be used {when pulling conductor wire}.
No canduit
metal
{18) Na running threads permitted. Special union fittings shall be used in lieu
thereof. C}pen ends of all conduit shall be kept closed with approved conduit
seals during the Construction of the building.
(19) Underground Conductors entering a raceway in a gutter, puff box, junction
box, ar auxiliary gutter, shall be protect by a substantial bushing or liner.
(20) Candu'rts 1" and smaller require 1 ar 2 hale pipe straps spaced at not greater
than 10' intervals and within 24" of an outlet, junction or pull box ar terminal
closet.
(21) Exposed canduit larger than 1" require 2 ha[e pipe straps. Where canduit runs
are grouped, use canduit trapezes supported on 318"diameter tads.
{22) Provide a threaded flush floor coupling where conduits enter or leave floor
slabs.
(23} Where non-metallic conduit is used the Contractor shall install ground
wire.
{24) it is the Contractor's responsibility to install the conduits with a minimum
number of bends in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid
obstructions, preserve headroom, keep openings and passage ways clear, and
meet all structural code requirements. The routing of oonduits may be
Changed, providing the length of any Conduit is not increased ar decreased
more than 10°l° of the length shown ar indicated an the drawings.
(25} In canduit runs where an excessive number of bends are required, install
additional pull boxes, offsets, condultes, etc., to comply with the applicable
codes.
16,g3.3 CCffV17UCTt?RS
{1} All conductors shall be installed in compliance with the NEC and in a careful
manner to avoid damage to conductors ar insulation.
Rev 51Q9 SECTIC7N 16

Page 33
(2} Copper conductors, joints, splices, taps, and connections for 6Qp volt
conductors, joints, splices, taps, and connections far 6�0 volt conductors shall
be made with solderless connectors approved by the Engineer. The following
connectors are approved:
(a} For wire #'l0 AWG and smaller use "Scotchlock" Buchanan
connectors, MAR connectors, orwirenuts.
(b} For wire #8 AWG and larger use S&B "Lack-Tite" connectors; fl/Z
solderless connectors; or Trumbull solderless connectors,
{3} Terminal lugs shell be used an cif conductors of No, Q AWG size or larger
where canductars are attached to terminal blacks ar screws. The lugs steal(
have a conductivity not less than that of the wore ar cable to which they are
attached. The lugs shall be securely connected ka the conductors and all
contact surfaces securely connected to the conductors and all contact
surfaces shall be carefully finished and fitted to provide a law resistance
connection.
(4} Minimum size conductor far power, single conductor control wire, shall be No.
`l2 AWG unless otherwise specified ar indicated an the brawings.
(5} Minimum size conductor far field multi -conductor control cable wiring shall be
No, 'i4 AWG unless otherwise specified ar indicated an the Drawings.
16.tt3.4 GROUt�I�[tVG
(1} Provide fully bonded system of grounding in accordance with RiEC
requirements including all services, systems and equipment requiring
grounding in accordance with the t�EC and other prevailing Cade
requirements.
{2} The complete ins#allation, including the neutral conductor, metallic conduits
and raceways, boxes, cabinets, structure, and equipment shall be permanently
and effectually grounded in accordance with all wade requirements, whether ar
not such conneatians are specifically shaven, The following methods may be
utilized to achieve an effective ground. l..aca.l inspection authorities shall _be
consulted as to approved methods.
{a} The identified neutral wire afi "WHITE" wire of the interior wiring
system shah be permanently bonded to the main grounding electrode.
All conduit leaving equipment shall be banded to the ground bar in the
equipment.
(b} Ground connections to grounding electrodes shall be made to
non -current carrying meta( parts of panels, secondary neutral paints,
motor frames, eta.
(c} Enclosures and housings shall be bonded to ground with a green
capper conductor and extended to the grounding electrode and
securely attached with proper fittings. Grounding jumpers shaf! be
installed from the building structural steel to the grounding electrodes.
Rev 5109 SECTION 16

Page 34
{3} Provide a green grounding conductor in all non-metaNic, and flexible metal
conduit systems and wherever spawn in the drawings.
{4.} Ground conductor shall by type "TW" ar "THW°wire.
{5} The electrical system and building structure shall be grounded by banding to
the grounding electrodes in accordance with NEG article 250.
�6.Q3.5 GUARANTEE
(1} In addition to the specific warranties called #or under the specifications,
guarantee this work as follows:
(a} All parts of the electrical systems spa!( be guaranteed to perform the
required functions in accordance with the performance requirements
which are indicated- ar specified, ar where such particular requirements
are not stated, shall perform in accordance with the prevailing recognized
trade standards of performance requirements, During the period of one
year following completion, the Gantractor shall make all repairs of
replacements necessary to accomplish the required performance,
(b) For factory assembled equipment and devices an which the
manufacturers' furnished standard published guarantees as regular trade
practice, the Contractor shall obtain such guarantee and will be held to
replace any such equipment which proves defective during the life of the
guarantee.
{c} AI{ work for which materials are furnished, fabricated or erected by the
Gantractor; all factory assembled equipment far which no specific
manufacturer's guarantee is furnished; and ail work in connection with
installing manufacturer's guaranteed equipment shall be guaranteed by
Gontraator for a period of one year from completion of the work, against
defects in materials and defective workmanship of any kind.
{�) in the event of failure of any work, equipment ar device during the life of the
guarantee, the Contractor shall repair or replace the defective work and shall
remove, replace or restore at no cost to the Owner, any parts of the structure
or building which may be damaged as the direct result of the Contractor's
defective work, nr in the course of the Contractor's making replacement of his
defective work or material.
16.t34 CQfU1PLETIQP! OF Ct}NTRACT:
{a} The Electrical Contractor shall examine the rating of the motor starter overload
protective devices, the motor nameplate full load running current, and
determine whether or not the overload devices are suitable to provide
adequate motor protection. Replace any protective devices that will not
provide adequate motor overload protection before energizing any motor.
(b) The Contractor shall examine the rating of the motor starter overload
protective devices, the motor nameplate full load running current, and
determine whether or not the overload devices are suitable to prauide
Rev 5/g9 SECTION 16

Page 35
adequate motor protection. Replace any protective devices that will not
provide motor overload protection before energizing any motor,
(c) Upon completion of the work the Contractor shall measure Fne voltage of each
phase at the load terminals of the main breaker or switch.
{d} Upon completion of the work the Contractor shall measure line currents of
each phase of each piece of equipment under load.
{e} Upon oon7pletion of the work the Contractor shelf energize and put into
operation each item of equipment requiring electrical connection.
(f) All necessary repairs, alterations, replacements and adjustments required for a
complete and satisfactory operating electrical system is required.
{g} All fixtures steal( be tamped and in operating condition when the work is
acoepted by the Qwner.
(h} Gut and patch all holes, openings, or damage to the building caused by the
installation of the electrical equipment.
16.04.3 DATA TCt BE PfLED W1TH dWNER
(a) The Electrical Contractor shall furnish in triplicate the following data upon
completion of the tests and before final acceptance of the Work. The original
and one {�l} copy shall be flied with the Owner and one {1} copy with the
l✓ngineer.
{1) Gomplete nameplate data of each motor, equipment identification,
together with a record of the measured line currents (under load) for
each motor as herein before specified under testing.
(2} List of manufacturer's name and type or code number and/or ampere
rating of all motor starter overload heaters for each motor starter.
{3} Measured voltage at lead terminals of main breaker.
(4} Certificate of Inspection from the Iacal Electrical Cnspector.
16A3.4 WAi.L EXHAUST FADS
Wall exhaust fans shall be direct driven type and shalt provide the exhaust air
volume as shown in the exhaust fan schedule on the drawings. Fans shall be
000rdinated with all louvers and dampers such that the CFM's listed are maintained
regardless of the system static pressure. Any system which requires an increase in
the static pressure shall result in the fan being resized to meet the CFM
requirement listed.
The fans shall bear the UL label where listing is available and bear the AMGA seal.
Ratings shall be In accordance with AMCA Standard 21 and comply with the
requirements of the AMCA Certified Rating Program,
Rev 6lt19 5ECTIC7N 16

Page 36
Pans shall be finished with a corrosive resistant paint or natural aluminum and
include a wire guard where indicated on the drawings and gravity shutters similarly
finished. All dimensions and openings shall be coordinated with the building
openings and certified dimensions shall be submitted to the engineer priar to any
construction which effects the location and size of any opening. The units shall be
securely mounted and include an Integra[ disconnect switch.
16.03,5 LO[lVERS
Louvers shall be anodized medium bronze extruded a(uminurn stationary drainable
blade type and sha[l provide maximum weather protection with minimum pressure
drop. Louvers shall be 4 to 6 inches deep depending on the size and shall have
drainable blades with built-in gutters which divert moisture down full depth jamb
channels and out aver sill blades to reduce cascading across the louver face.
Blade design shall provide superior free area for intake with no more than O.E305
ozs. per square foot of water penetration at an air velocity of 900 feet per minute.
Construction shall be .t781 anodized extruded aluminum blades and frames. The
Lauver shall include aluminum mesh insect screen.
The louver shall bear the AMCA seal with ratings in acccrdanae with AMCA
standard 60i3 which applies to air pertormance ratings and water penetration
ratings.
The louvers shall tit flush to the outside wall except where shown in the drawings.
ALI dimensions shall be accurately coordinated with the general contractor and
certified dimensions submitted to the engineer priar to any construction which
effects the location and size of the openings,
The contractor shall furnish the [ouvers to the general contractor for installation.
The louvers shall be delivered to the job site with a€( installation hardware well in
advance ofi the work schedule for this item.
16,fl3.6 GRAVITY RAMPER
All wall mounted axial exhaust fans and intake louvers shall include a gravity
damper. Dampers shalt be coordinated to operate and interface with the fan being
furnished. In addition, all intake louvers shall include intake dampers designed to
operate when the exhaust fan is on. Dampers on the fan shall be mounted to
operate with a flush louver. Dampers on the intake louvers shall be mounted on the
inside walls. All dampers shall be low leakage type.
Dampers shall have aluminum blades w[th sealing edges and couplings at both
ends with tie rods. Frames shall be welded steel painted with a corrosive resistant
primer and a finished coat of medium bronze epoxy. Dampers shall be pre -drilled
to match the fan and Lauver.
hampers shall be sized to fit the openings, and where necessary, multiple dampers
shall be used for large intake openings.
Rev 5/Q9 S�CT[ON 16

Page 37
All dimensions shalt be coordinated with the general contractor and certified
dimensions shall be submitted to the engineer prior to any construction which
effects the lacatinn and size of the openings.
Rompers steal( be gravity operated where fisted static pressures are met. Should it
be necessary for any supplier to lower the system's static pressure to meet those
listed, the contractor shall use motor operated dampers interlocked to the fan
control as part of the bid price which results in no additional cost to the owner.
The contractor shall furnish the dampers to the general contractor fnr installation.
The dampers steal( be delivered to the job site with aii installation hardware well in
advance of the work schedule far this item.
Rev 5/Q9 SECTION 16

Page 1
Y�tTi �+ei � r• 1 � 7y1:
'E7.tI1y1 SCOPE OF"1�4RK
{a} All lobar, materials, equipment, #Dols and services to fulfil! the
requirements of this General Specification, the Project Specifications and
the Contract Cirawings shall be furnished by the Contractor as part of his
Base Bid.
{b} Al( concrete sidewalk, asphalt and concrete driveways, asphalt and
canarefe pavements, ditches, curb and gutter, fences, poles, mail boxes,
landscaped areas, building components, equipment, and all- other
disturbed areas shall be replaced or restored to equal or better than their
condition prior to work beginning. Upon completion of the work in this
Contract, all surplus material, earth, rubbish, etc., shall be removed from
the site of the work. That portion of the surface of each yard or street
disturbed by construction under this Contract shall be left in as goad
condition as it was before the commencement of the work, and it shalt be
promptly and regularly maintained in such aonditan during a period of one
year after the acceptance of the work. This work of maintenance shall
apply only to items of materials and workmanship improperly installed
under this Contract, and maintenance measures made necessary by the
ordinary wear and tear shall not be at the expense of the Contractor.
However, any repairs required because of unsatisfactory trench backfilling
shall be at the expense of the Contractor. The inclusion of items of
material or work within this Specificatian does not necessarily constitute
their use on this Project.
� - - �, _;,
{a} in ail streets ar parts of streets ar other areas that are paved or macadamized, all
backfilling shall be well compacted by jetting. After the trench or excavation has
been backfilled and jetted to the required height, the subgrade for the new paving,
curb andfor curb and gutter shall be replaced.
{b} Ali pavements, curbs and Curbs and gutters shall be replaced fa the section and of
the same materials as that removed in accordance with the Owner`s established
standards ar in their absence to the Standards of the State Highway Qepartment.
{a} The backfill and subgrade far all driveway and sidewalk replacement shall be
jetted and compacted in the same manner as that specified for pavements. All
edges broken from driveways and sidewalks shall be sawed or cut off at right
angles to the driveway or sidewalk and after approval of Engineer replaced.
Rev. 09fQQ SECTI©N 97

Page 2
(b} All driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced #a the section and of the same
materials as that removed in accordance with the Owner`s established standards
for similar work.
i7.ti� �III�G�LL�N�t�la�
All ditches disturbed during this construction' shall be regraded to their original line and
grade unless otherwise noted. All regrading of ditch fines shall be followed by reseeding
and adequate protection from erosion until seed can be established. Any part of any lawn
disturbed whether part of road right-af-way ar not sf�a[f be regraded tc its original grade,
shaft have a minimum of four {�4) inches of topsoil placed and shall be reseeded with seed
similar to the original sod. All damaged trees and shrubs in yards shelf be replaced with
similar items unless otherwise noted. ibis replacement of damaged trees and shrubs
does not apply to those planted within established road rights-af-way unless specifically
stated otherwise in the Project Specification.
Rev, 09(QQ SECTION 17

SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ITEM NO. 1
DIGESTER SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The General Contractor shall furnish, install, test and place in satisfactory
operation, as shown on the- Plans and specified, two (2) wet -pit submersible
pumps) complete with all appurtenances, accessories and spare parts as will be
required to produce a complete and workable installation. To maintain system
unit responsibility, the pump control system shall be furnished by the pump
manufacturer as described herein.
PART 2 -MATERIALS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer:
Sewage pumps shall be manufactured by Wilo-USA, Flygt, Pentair Fairbanks
Nijhuis, Sulzer, or pre -approved equal.
B. Pump Performance:
Each pump shall be capable of the following performance:
Duty Point Flow, gallons per minute
55
Duty Point Total Dynamic Head, feet
20
Minimum Hydraulic Efficiency at Duty Point, %
45
Frequency, hz
60
Maximum Nominal Motor Power, Horsepower
5
Maximum Motor Speed, Revolutions Per Minute
1,800
2.02 PUMP CONSTRUCTION
A. GENERAL
The sewage pumping units shall be vertical, non -clogging, centrifugal grinder
sewage pumps with bottom inlet and side discharge. The pumps shall be direct
driven by integral squirrel cage, electric induction motors. Each pump shall
include -quick removal system, anchor bolts and atl accessories specified herein.
f

B. VOLUTE
1. The volute shall be constructed of ASTM A48 minimum Class 35B or
higher cast iron (GG25) capable of prolonged resistance to raw sewage.
2. Suction and discharge flanges shall be 125# and meet ANSI standard
B16.1.
3. All nuts, bolts, washers, and other fastening devices supplied with the
pumps shall be stainless steel.
4. All mating surfaces requiring a watertight seal shall be machined and
fitted with FPM (Viton) O-rings. Paper gaskets are not acceptable.
C. IMPELLER
1. Pump impellers shall be of the solids handling non -clog type. The
impeller vane shall be smooth, finished throughout, and shail be free from
sharp edges.
2. Pump impellers shall be manufactured from ASTM A48 Class 35B or
higher cast iron (GG25).
3. Impellers shall be key driven and securely held to the shaft by a
streamlined impeller washer and bolt assembly specifically designed to
reduce friction in the suction eye of the impeller. The arrangement shall
be such that the impeller cannot unscrew or be loosened by torque from
either forward or reverse rotation. Designs based on threaded connection
between pump shaft and impeller will not be considered.
4. The impeller shall be capable of passing a 3.1 inch solid non-deformable
sphere through the bottom inlet and out between the two shrouds.
Designs which cannot pass a sphere through the impeller or rely on
deforming, cutting or chopping solid materials shall not be acceptable.
D. WEAR RINGS
1. The impeller shall be provided with an AISI 329 (1.4462) duplex stainless
steel wear ring which is drive fitted to the suction eye of the impeller.
2. The casing shall be provided with an AISI 304 (1.4308) stainless steel
wear ring which is drive fitted to the bottom suction inlet.
2.03 MOTORS
A. SUBMERSIBLE MOTORS
1. Each pump shall be furnished with a squirrel cage, induction motor
enclosed in a watertight housing suitabte for use and compatible with all
variable frequency drive systems.
2

2. The motors shall be air -filled and constructed with moisture resistant
NEMA Class H insulation and Class H slot liners and constructed to
NEMA B design standards. The copper wound stator shall be dipped in
epoxy enamel and hardened to withstand a temperature of 180 degrees
Centigrade as defined in NEMA Standard- MG-1. Each winding phase or
layer shall be laced with Class H glass lined paper. The use of cable ties
to restrain windings shall not be allowed. The rotor shall be statically and
dynamically balanced after fabrication. The rotor shall utilize aluminum
amortisseur bars and short circuit rings. The constructed motor shall be
certified for continuous duty with a service factor of 1.10 and shall be nen-
overloading over the entire range of the impeller.
3. Motors shall be capable of sustaining 15 starts per hour (unlimited starts
with �IFD) at a minimum ambient temperature of 40°C.
4. Motors shall be capable of uninterrupted operation with a voltage drop of
10%.
5. Thermal switches shall be furnished io monitor stator temperatures. The
stator shall be equipped with three (3) thermal switches. Thermal
switches shall automatically de -energize the motor when its temperature
exceeds a preset limit as recommended by the manufacturer. .
6. The motor shall bear the FM (Factory Mutual) explosion -proof label
certifying its use in a Class 1, Division 1, Groups C & D hazardous
location.
7. The pump manufacturer's nameplates .shall be engraved, laser etched or
stamped on stainless steel and fastened to the motor casing.
B. SHAFTS
1. All shafts shall be dynamically balanced and shall be constructed of AISI
420 (1.4021) stainless steel. Carbon steel shafts or shafts with sleeves of
any type are not acceptable. The shaft shall be one piece construction
without joints or stubs attached. ,
2. Multiple row lower bearings for axial thrust and a single row upper bearing
for radial thrust shall support the motor/pump shafts.- Thrust bearings
shall be restrained from thrust in both directions. Designs that do not
protect the pump/motor from thrust in reverse directions shall not be
acceptable.
4. Bearings shall be sealed and grease lubricated.
5. Minimum shaft diameter shall be 2-1/8 inches at the lowest bearing.
6. Shaft overhang ratio L3/D4 shah not exceed 10.
C. MECHANICAL SEALS
3

1. Each pump shall be provided with an enclosed block mechanical seal
with the seal housing and spring system constructed of AISI 316 stainless
steel. The block seal housing shall be constructed such that it can be
dismantled allowing the seal faces and springs to be renewed and the
seal system to be put back into service. Cartridge seals constructed such
that they cannot be repaired or renewed shall not be acceptable. Both
upper and lower seal faces shall be silicon carbide versus- silicon carbide.
2. The seal shall be mounted in a separate and isolated seal chamber. The
seal chamber shall be filled with- non-conductive lubricating oil as
recommended by the manufacturer.
3. A moisture sensor shall be furnished to sense seal failure for each pump.
This sensor shall be wired to the Pump Control Pane! (specified in
Division 16) and shall activate an alarm light upon seal failure. The
sensor probe shall be mounted in the seal chamber and shall be of the
conductive type, sensing moisture intrusion above the lower seal, but
below the upper seal. Designs which sense seal failure above the upper
seal through the use of a float switch are not acceptable.
D. Power and Control Cables:
1. Power and control cables shall be furnished in lengths to run un-spliced
from the pump to the pump control panel as shown on the Contract
Drawings and as specified herein. Cables shall terminate with conductor
sleeves that bundle the entire group of strands of each phase to improve
termination at the pump control panel. The sleeves shall be provided to
confirm that all strands of each conductor is terminated properly.
Termination shall be coordinated with the connection to the Pump Control
Panel.
2. Cables shall be of the "NSSHOU" type and shall be approved by the
MSHA for use in hazardous locations and shall conform to industry
standards for loads, resistance under submersion against sewage, and
be of stranded construction. The cables shall enter the pump through a
heavy duty galvanized cast iron entry assembly which shall be provided
with an external clamp assembly to protect against tension once secured
providing a strain relief function as part of standard construction.
3. The cables for each pump shall pass through the galvanized cast iron
strain relief component and then through a series of stainless steel disks
and Buna-n grommet that is sandwiched between the disks to controi
compression of the grommet. The cable entry design shall be of the type
recommended in the Factory Mutual Research Corporation specifications
for Explosion Proof Certification. The entry shall be comprised of the cast
iron fitting that will include the Buna-N strain reti�f grommet coupled with
a poured conductor section. In the poured section, only Factory Mutual
approved sealant shall be used to wick into each conductor strand that
has the insulation removed in this area to provide a positively leak proof
seal for the power and sensor cords.
CI

2.04 SHOP PAINTING
A. Primer and Finish Paint -Shop apply to all exterior ferrous surfaces of the pump
and motor.
1. Solids by volume: 75 +/- 2%
2. Type: Two part, cross -linked epoxy with VOC content of 1.78 lbs./gal
3. Total Dry Film Thickness: 1 coat at 6-8 mils.
4. Resistance: Level 1 (continuous duty) for sewage with pH of 6-10, Level
2 (occasional duty) for saltwater, Level 3 (not recommended) for 10%
hydrochloric acid.
B. Surface Preparation -Prepare all surfaces to receive coating system.
1. Method: Blasting per ISO 12944-4
2. Standard Cleanliness Grade: 2.5
3. Minimum Peak to Valley Height: 70 microns (2.75 mils)
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 WARRANTY
A. The pumps and motors will be covered by a five (5) year warranty that shall
comprise the following terms: The initial year from start-up of the equipment shall
be covered 100%for parts and labor. The following years 2 through 5 shall be
covered 50%for parts. This warranty shall not be limited by hours of running
time or operation from variable speed drives.
+ +END OF SECTION + +
5